A dive with Dr. Scott Wallace for the Discovery Channel,

Scott Wallace did research in 1997 and 1998 at Race Rocks with Pearson College divers. He studied the population dynamics of the Northern Abalone,Haliotis kamtchatkana
His research was done as part of a PhD thesis in Resource Management from the University of British Columbia in Vancouver :

Wallace, S. S. 1999. Fisheries Impacts on Marine Ecosystems and Biological Diversity: The role for marine protected areas in British Columbia. Ph.D. Dissertation. The University of British Columbia. Pp. 198.

 In May of 2000, he returned to Race Rocks for a dive with Garry and Hana and an interview with Stephanie Paine and Director Julia Nunes for the Discovery Channel. In this video he demonstrates the measurement technique he used in his research.

Wallace, Scott, S. 1999, Evaluating the Effects of Three Forms of Marine Reserve on Northern Abalone Populations in British Columbia, Canada.

Conservation Biology, Vol 13 No 4, August, 1999, pages 882-887.

ABSTRACT: :Marine reserves have been suggested as tools for assisting the management of fisheries by protecting vulnerable marine species from overexploitation. Although there is a theoretical basis for believing that marine reserves may serve as management tools, there are few marine reserves in the world in which to test their effectiveness. My research evaluated three forms of marine reserve on the south coast of Vancouver Island, British Columbia, Canada. I used northern abalone (Haliotis kamtschatkana), a severely depleted shellfish in this region, as an indicator of the effectiveness of the reserves. Abalone populations in eight sites receiving different degrees of spatial protection were counted and measured in situ during the spring of 1996 and 1997. In all sites with enforced harvest closures, populations of abalone were greater, and one site with nearly 40 years of protection had on average much larger (older) abalone. Reproductive output, as a function of abundance and size, was also greater in the enforced reserve areas. Larval dispersal from reserves, and hence the benefit to exploited areas, was not formally surveyed. Nevertheless, the results of my study, combined with knowledge of present abalone populations, life history, and regional hydrodynamics, suggest that establishment of reserves is justified in the absence of perfect knowledge of larval dispersal.

This video was taken by Garry Fletcher of Scott as he was involved in measuring abalone at Race Rocks:

Articles published by Scott Wallace: 

Wallace, Scott, S. 1999, Evaluating the Effects of Three Forms of Marine Reserve on Northern Abalone Populations in British Columbia, Canada. Conservation Biology, Vol 13 No 4, August, 1999, pages 882-887.

 

Out of Sight, Out of Mind, and Almost out of Time:

Out of sight, almost out of time–mpa

Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area (RR ER-MPA) Draft Management Plan

This draft version has been replaced by a newer versionProceed to this link

 Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area
(RR ER-MPA) Draft Management Plan

Table of Contents
  • Map
  • Executive Summary
  • Acknowledgments
  • Introduction
  • Objectives, Background and Action?
  • Key Management Issues?
  • Appendix 1: Ecosystem Overview?

Map

Executive Summary

Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area will be managed to protect the rich intertidal communities and to encourage educational and research benefits while minimizing impacts.

The relationship with Lester B. Pearson College will be formalized to assist in the education, research and management of the ecological reserve – marine protected area.

The addition of Great Race Rock will be pursued to protect the integrity of the area and its values. If Great Race Rocks is acquired the lighthouse lands will be designated as a Protected Area under the Environment and Land Use Act. The former lighthouse buildings will be operated in conjunction with Lester B. Pearson College (under permit) and other partners as an education and research centre to complement the intent of the Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area.

To provide increased protection to resident groundfish populations, BC Parks will, in consultation with DFO and stakeholders and through direction provided by the emerging joint federal-provincial Marine Protected Areas Strategy, investigate the implications and feasibility of implementing full recreational harvesting closures in Race Rocks either under the federal Fisheries Act or designating the area as a Marine Protected Area under the Oceans Act.

 Acknowledgments

The plan was coordinated by Kris Kennett, BC Parks Planner. Garry Fletcher of Lester B. Pearson College developed the initial draft plan, and provided expert knowledge and information. Assistance and expertise was provided by various BC Parks staff including: David Chater, District Manager; Chris Kissinger, Resource Officer; Don McLaren, Area Supervisor; Mona Holley, Acting Wildlife Ecologist; Doug Biffard, Marine Ecologist; Ken Morrison, Conservation Planner and Jim Morris, District Planner and Fisheries and Oceans staff: Doug Andrie, Integrated Coastal Zone Management Coordinator; and, Marc Pakenham, Community Advisor.

Introduction

 The objective of the ecological reserve – marine protected area strategy in British Columbia is the conservation of representative and special natural ecosystems, plants and animal species, features and phenomena. Ecological reserves and marine protected areas contribute to the maintenance of biological diversity and the protection of genetic materials. They also offer opportunities for scientific research and educational activities. In many ecological reserve – marine protected areas, non-consumptive low-intensity uses such as nature appreciation, wildlife viewing, bird watching and photography are allowed and Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – marine protected area – Marine Protected Area features many of these activities.

Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area was created to protect a unique small rocky island system, intertidal areas and high current subtidal area in the eastern entrance of the Strait of Juan de Fuca. It is located off the southern tip of Vancouver Island, approximately 17 km. southwest of Victoria. It covers an area of 220 ha and includes nine islets, but does not include Great Race Rock. It was established in 1980 as a result of a proposal by the students and faculty of Lester B. Pearson College.

Purpose of the Race Rocks Ecological Reserve — Marine Protected Area Feasibility Study Plan

This plan defines management goals and objectives for Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area. It provides the strategies and guidance necessary to protect and manage the ecological reserve – marine protected area, particularly concerning the protection of natural values, recreation use, research and education uses. The management plan will be the working tool that will require periodic updating. Specific recommendations are documented for a multi-year management program.

Vision

Race Rocks Ecological Reserve — Marine Protected Area will continue to protect the high-energy marine system found in the eastern entrance of the Strait of Juan de Fuca. Research will assist in the management of the ecological reserve – marine protected area and contribute to the knowledge base of marine systems. The ecological reserve – marine protected area will provide opportunities to increase the awareness of students, visitors and the general public about marine systems and the ecological reserve – marine protected area program. Lester B. Pearson College and the surrounding community will play a large role in the education, research and management of this area. Non-consumptive low-intensity educational uses such as nature appreciation, wildlife viewing, bird watching and photography will continue.

OBJECTIVES

  1. To contribute to the protection of marine biodiversity, representative ecosystems and special natural features.
  2. To contribute to the conservation and protection of fishery resources and their habitats.
  3. To contribute to the protection of cultural heritage resources and encourage understanding and appreciation.
  4. To support recreation and tourism opportunities.
  5. To provide scientific research opportunities and support sharing of traditional knowledge.
  6. To enhance efforts for increased education and awareness.
  7. To develop partnerships for management and protection of the ecological reserve – marine protected including monitoring and reporting activities. 
  8. To develop working relationships and educational programs with First Nations

Objectives, Background and Action

 1. Objective:

To contribute to the protection of marine biodiversity, representative ecosystems and special natural features.

Background:

Establishing boundaries is a difficult task, given the problems associated with establishing ‘markers’ in a marine environment. The present boundaries were determined by the normal limits of SCUBA diving and based on the contours of the nautical charts of the time. This has created a situation where features are not captured and the boundary is not well-defined. In addition, metric charts are now the standard which makes the ‘fathom’ description more difficult to determine.

The ecological reserve is protected under the Ecological Reserve Act and the Ecological Reserve Regulations. In addition, the penalty provisions of the Park Act can now be used to assist in protecting the ecological reserve – marine protected area and its values. Organisms in the water column are not subject to provincial legislation, being under the jurisdiction of the federal government.

Fisheries and Oceans Canada can manage marine resources under the Fisheries Act and the new Oceans Act. The Oceans Act, enacted in January 1997, also gives DFO the authority to establish Marine Protected Areas (MPAs). Under this Act, MPAs can be established for a number of purposes, including conservation and protection of: commercial and non-commercial fisheries resourced; marine mammals and their habitats; endangered or threatened species and their habitats; unique habitats; and areas of high biodiversity or biological productivity. Race Rocks Ecological Reserve and its values, particularly the protection of resident groundfish populations, would benefit from the implementation of full harvesting closures under the Fisheries Act or designating it as a Marine Protected Area under the Oceans Act.

Great Race Rock is surrounded by the ecological reserve – marine protected area but is not part of it. It is the largest island in the group and supports a lighthouse station, which is federally administered. Recently, the federal government has been automating lighthouses and returning surplus Crown provincial land to the provincial government for others uses. BC Parks has the opportunity to add Great Race Rock to the ecological reserve – marine protected area.

Action:

In conjunction with DFO, investigate opportunities to expand the boundary from the existing 36.5 m (20 fathom) contour to the 50 m contour.

Investigate opportunities to establish global position system coordinates for identification of the ecological reserve – marine protected area.

Identify ecological reserve – marine protected area boundaries on marine charts and related marine guides and publications.

BC Parks will, through consultations with other agencies, such as DFO and stakeholders and through direction provided by the emerging joint federal-provincial Marine Protected Areas Strategy, investigate the implications and feasibility of implementing full recreational and commercial harvesting closures in Race Rocks either under the federal Fisheries Act or designating the area as a Marine Protected Area under the Oceans Act.

Develop a protocol agreement with DFO to ensure consistent management of the water column and the land base.

Pursue the addition of Great Race Rock to the ecological reserve – marine protected area.

  • Cooperate with Parks Canada and their national marine conservation area feasibility study.

2. Objective:

To contribute to the conservation and protection of fishery resources and their habitats.

Background:

 Race Rocks Ecological Reserve protects a provincially, if not nationally, significant high-current subtidal and intertidal ecosystem. The reserve has ecologically significant and unique assemblages of benthic and pelagic invertebrates. It protects several rare species, including the spiral white snail Opalia, and many rare hydroid species (such as Rhysia fletcheri), that represent unique Canadian or North American occurrences and provides haul outs and feeding areas for elephant seals, sea lions, breeding areas for harbour seals and nesting habitat and migrating resting areas for seabirds.

In 1991, DFO closed Race Rocks Ecological Reserve to commercial fin and shellfish harvesting for all species. Race Rocks is also closed to recreational harvest of shellfish, ling cod and rock fish but remains open for salmon and halibut. Fishing for salmon still occurs inside the ecological reserve – marine protected area boundaries, whereas halibut is largely found in the deeper, adjacent waters.

Oil spills next to the ecological reserve – marine protected area could potentially be devastating to the sensitive intertidal communities, marine mammal and bird populations. The ecological reserve – marine protected area probably has a relatively short time for self cleansing given its location in a high current zone with high energy exposure from both easterly and westerly winds in the Strait of Juan de Fuca. However, options for protection of this valuable ecosystem in the event of an oil spill should be investigated.

The lighthouse station on Great Race Rock poses two threats to the marine environment. First, sewage from the residences is being discharged directly into the water column. Although the extreme tidal flushing lessens the impact, this situation is not appropriate in an highly valued marine environment. Second, electricicty is provided by diesel generators, and diesel spills pose a hazard to the environment. Alternative technologies for sewage treatment and power generation, such as composting toilets and solar energy, should be investigated. Composting toilet has already been installed in assistant’s residence.

Visitors to the ecological reserve – marine protected area can severely impact the delicate underwater communities by anchoring, or disturb nesting sea birds or resting sea lions and seals by landing or passing too close to these small islets. Boats driven in the reserve at high speeds endanger the marine mammals.

Action:

Develop a marine management plan to ensure protection of intertidal and rare species and to ensure that elephant seals, harbour seals, California and Steller’s sea lions, and seabirds are not disturbed on their haulout and nesting sites.

In conjunction with Lester B. Pearson College and commercial tour operators, develop a code of conduct for visiting the ecological reserve – marine protected area to ensure protection of natural values and to maintain a high quality educational experience (including speed restrictions).

Discourage landings on islands through the provision of information and permit requirement.

Discourage anchoring in the ecological reserve – marine protected area through the provision of information.

In conjunction with Marine Protected Areas Strategy initiative, work with DFO in consulting all stakeholders to explore the implementation of full harvesting closures under either the Fisheries Act or the Oceans Act in order to assist in the protection of resident groundfish populations.

Ensure the recognition and clear information of the boundaries of the ecological reserve – marine protected area, speed limits and its protective status are clearly described in the BC Sports Fishing Regulations, on marine charts and guides.

In conjunction with the Oil Spill Recovery Information System (OSRIS), develop and register a strategy for protection of the ecological reserve – marine protected area in the event of an oil spill.

Work with the federal government to clean up and improve the site, including the removal of the present sewage disposal facilities and diesel tanks. Pursue opportunities for compensation. Investigate opportunities to utilize alternative technologies. Monitor technology that supports more intensive use remotely with less impact on the ecological values. Institute a monitoring program to determine marine and terrestrial site degradation or enhancement within the ecological reserve – marine protected area.

3. Objective:

To contribute to the protection of cultural heritage resources and encourage understanding and appreciation.

Background:

One of the main objectives of the ecological reserve – marine protected area program is to provide opportunities for scientific research. Race Rocks Ecological Reserve has been very successful at fulfilling this objective through the interests and actions of Lester B. Pearson College. The college undertakes and assists in most of the research conducted at Race Rocks. The students and faculty provide local knowledge, orientation services and willing assistants to other researchers. They also monitor permanent transects and conduct their own research as part of their course requirements.

BC Parks encourages research that contributes to the long-term protection and understanding of ecosystems. Research priorities reflect BC Parks’ mandate, with emphasis on conservation objectives, acute and chronic management problems, and rare and endangered species. To achieve this, research proposals are subjected to a systematic review process. The collected data are required to be made available and shared with the scientific community. As required by the Ecological Reserve Regulations, researchers must require a permit through BC Parks to legitimize their activities.

In the past, Lester B. Pearson College developed a good working relationship with the Coast Guard and the lighthouse keepers. The College was able to use some of the buildings to assist in their research. With the automation of lighthouses, Lester B. Pearson College has taken the opportunity of formalizing the use of the surplus buildings for a two-year period ending in 1999 and presently (since March 1997) employed the former light keepers to stay at Race Rocks. The College proposes to continue to utilize the facilities as an education and research centre.

Action:

With assistance from Lester B. Pearson College and other researchers, develop a long-term research and monitoring plan to minimize impact to ecological reserve – marine protected area values and maximize research opportunities and benefits.

Ensure all researchers have permits.

Operate buildings on Great Race Rock as a research and education centre, as funding permits. Work with community groups such as Lester B. Pearson College and other partners for the ongoing operation and funding for such as facility through a long term permit.

Develop a comprehensive permit with Lester B. Pearson College which define roles and responsibilities for education, research and management.

4.) To support tourism recreation and tourism ( this objuective was not completed inthe original)

5 Objective:

To provide scientific research opportunities and support sharing of traditional knowledge.

Background:

Education is another objective of ecological reserve – marine protected areas. Since the late 1970s, Lester B. Pearson College has been using the ecological reserve – marine protected area as an outdoor classroom and educational facility for students from both the college and local schools. In addition, groups like Friends of Ecological reserve, naturalists, and commercial operators visit the ecological reserve – marine protected area as part of their education programs.

Films and live televised programs such as the “Underwater Safari” series assist in developing an appreciation of the biodiversity with little impact on the ecological reserve – marine protected area. Approval for filming takes into account the purpose of the filming and the type of footage in relation to the purpose of the ecological reserve – marine protected area and the current inventory of ‘stock’ footage available.

The Internet is another means of education. In 1995, Lester B. Pearson College established files connected to their website with information on Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – marine protected area – Marine Protected Area, an ecological reserve – marine protected area publications list and intertidal photographic transects. Since that time the site has expanded to include more records of research, profiles of organisms, tidepools, as well as history. This has raised awareness globally and has resulted in students from other parts of the world undertaking comparative studies.

Race Rocks has a colorful marine history, with the ships that sunk as a result of the rocks and the building of the lighthouse. Little is known about First Nations historical interests and use of the ecological reserve – marine protected area. The college has established an archive on the internet of relevant historical information and images.

Action:

Undertake proactive measures to provide educational information to the public and visitors. Ensure accurate information in fishery regulations, provide information at points of entry (such as marinas); ensure the ecological reserve – marine protected area is mapped on marine charts and navigation guides.

Work with Lester B. Pearson College and other community groups to provide: low impact educational opportunities for schools and the community; offsite educational opportunities; and information on the Internet.

Continue to permit filming for only educational and research purposes. Develop stock footage to respond to standard filming requests.

Monitor the level of educational use and take management actions where necessary and in consultation with Lester B. Pearson College, commercial tour operators and others.

Develop, in consultation with Lester B. Pearson College and First Nations, educational information on ecosystems and the cultural and marine history of Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area.

Update existing Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area brochure to reflect management direction established in this plan.

 5. Objective:

To permit educational opportunities that have minimal impact to the ecological reserve – marine protected area and increase public awareness, understanding and appreciation for Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area and its values.

Background:

Ecological reserve – marine protected areas are established to support research and educational activities. Visitation to the waters surrounding Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – marine protected area – Marine Protected Area has been increasing, particularly those engaged in wild life viewing and diving. Uncontrolled, uninformed and excessive use could result in: behavioral changes or injury to marine mammals and seabirds; poaching of sealife; or physical injury or mortality from handling or improper dive techniques. Given the proximity of the ecological reserve – marine protected area to Victoria and the interest in these types of activities, commercial and recreation use will continue to grow.

Given the roles of ecological reserves – marine protected areas, uses that occur at Race Rocks should contribute to education or research objectives without negatively impacting the natural values. This may include commercial tours.

Action:

Subject to an impact assessment, only issue permits for commercial activities that are educational or research oriented.

Work with the volunteer warden, Lester B. Pearson College, to provide annual orientation session for commercial operators and tour guides. Continue to provide public information to increase awareness of the ecological reserve – marine protected area, the potential of ecological impact of various activities, and the need for caution in the ecological reserve – marine protected area. This would include: brochure; accurate information in BC Sports Fishing Regulations; information at points of entry; mapping on marine charts and navigational guides; internet/web site.

Work with commercial operators and researchers to develop a code of conduct within the ecological reserve – marine protected area to ensure protection of the natural values and to maintain a high quality educational experience. Develop a monitoring system with Lester B. Pearson College, site guardian, researchers and commercial tour operators to ensure appropriate behavior of diving and wild life viewing companies and other visitors.

Develop an outreach program and stewards program to assist with the management, and to develop respect for the ecological reserve – marine protected area and its values.

Discourage anchoring in the ecological reserve – marine protected area.

As per the Ecological reserve – marine protected area Regulations ensure that commercial operators in the ecological reserve – marine protected area have permits for their activities.

6. Objective:

To enhance efforts for increased education and awareness.

Background:

Commercial and sports fishing, nature tours, marine traffic, and explosives testing occur in the waters surrounding the ecological reserve – marine protected area. Presently, a part of Great Race Rock is administered by the federal government and partly by Lester B. Pearson College. Although most of the land base will be returned to the Province, the tower, which has been automated, will continue to be administered by the Canadian Coast Guard.

A number of federal and provincial initiatives for planning in the marine environment are either proposed or underway. These include the Pacific Marine Heritage Legacy, Marine Protected Areas Strategy and strategic planning for marine areas that is consistent with the Vancouver Island Land Use Plan.

Action:

Establish communications with CFB Esquimalt to determine the impact of nearby explosives testing on, the ecological reserve – marine protected area, and develop mitigative measures if necessary.

Work with DFO to lessen the impact of fishing, whale watching, seal and sea lion observing and bird watching.

Before Great Race Rock property reverts to the Province, work with federal government to clean up and improve site, including the removal of sewage disposal facilities and diesel tanks. Pursue opportunities for compensation. Investigate opportunities to utilize alternative technologies.

Develop protocol with Coast Guard for their continuing operation of the light tower, including helicopter landings, marine access, repairs.

Work with federal and provincial agencies in marine planning initiatives.

7. Objective:

To develop partnerships for management and protection of the ecological reserve – marine protected including monitoring and reporting activities.

Background:

Under the volunteer program, BC Parks has an ecological reserve – marine protected area warden program to provide on-site monitoring and reporting on ecological reserve – marine protected areas. Since the establishment of Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area, the Biology and Environmental Systems faculty and students at Lester B. Pearson College have taken on the role of warden. They were greatly assisted by the former lighthouse keepers stationed at Race Rocks who monitored activities in the ecological reserve – marine protected area and reported violations such as commercial fishing, shooting of sea lions and oiled birds on islands. Since the automation of the lighthouse, the college has an interim agreement with the Coast Guard to use the facilities for the next two years and they have generated private funding to keep the former lighthouse keeper in place as a guardian until March 1, 1998. The role of the site guardian is to support Pearson College’s activities on the island and alsoupport the College’s ecological reserve – marine protected area warden duties (e.g. provide information and report violations).

BC Parks is now developing a broader conservation stewardship initiative under the volunteer program. This program will encourage community involvement in the stewardship of parks and ecological reserve – marine protected areas. Given the interest in Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – marine protected area – Marine Protected Area and its proximity to an urban centre, there are opportunities to implement the program here. The integrity of the ecological reserve – marine protected area will be assisted by involving tour operators and other interests in the stewardship of Race Rocks.

Action:

  • Work with Lester B. Pearson College as host warden to assist in the management of the ecological reserve – marine protected area. Develop a protocol agreement to define relationship and outline roles and responsibilities for education, research and management, including operation of research facility on Great Race Rock.
  • In consultation with the volunteer warden, Lester B. Pearson College, develop opportunities for operators, naturalists and others to contribute to the stewardship of the ecological reserve – marine protected area.
  • Develop procedures to report violations in order to assist with enforcement.
  • Work with Lester B. Pearson College to provide a presence or guardian to assist in information distribution, education, monitoring and reporting of violations.
  • Work with DFO and the Coast Guard to enforce site-specific fisheries regulations and objectives.

8Objective:

To develop working relationships and educational programs with First Nations

Background:

First Nation interests and traditional uses of Race Rocks are not documented. A good working relationship between BC Parks and the First Nations people is needed to ensure BC Parks is fulfilling its fiduciary obligations and to develop a mutual understanding of the values of the ecological reserve – marine protected area and its ongoing protection.

Action:

Consult with representatives from the Beecher Bay, T’souke, Songhees and Esquimalt First Nations to understand the traditional uses of Race Rocks ecological reserve – marine protected area.

Ensure regular communication on ecological reserve – marine protected area management issues.

  • Investigate opportunities to undertake a traditional use and education study.
  • Establish joint management initiatives.

KEY MANAGEMENT ISSUES

Relationship with Other Land Use Planning

Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area Boundaries

Cooperation with the Federal Government

Cooperation with Lester B. Pearson College

Management of Research Activities and Facilities

Management of Education Activities

Management of Recreation and Commercial Activities

Conservation and Representation

Surrounding Land Use

Community Stewardship

Relationship with First Nations

KEY MANAGEMENT ISSUES

Relationship with Other Land Use Planning

Management planning processes provide a mechanism for public review and support for management strategies. In this respect, an ecological reserve – marine protected area management plan must be considered in terms of its relationship with other land use strategies.

In June 1994, the provincial government announced the Vancouver Island Land Use Plan. This plan recommended that strategic planning occur for marine areas. Marine planning units have now been identified and planning framework statements summarizing values and capabilities have been prepared for the next level of planning. Race Rocks and surrounding areas are included in this process.

The marine environment of the Pacific coast is not well represented in either federal or provincial protected areas systems. The federal and provincial governments are committed to establishing a system of marine protected areas and are developing a strategy to this end. A separate but related initiative is the Pacific Marine Heritage Legacy (PMHL), where the federal and provincial governments are working to form a network of coastal and marine protected areas along the southern Pacific coast. Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area is situated adjacent to a study area for a national marine conservation feasibility study which will be initiated in 1998-99 as part of the PMHL Program.

 Key Management Issues

Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area Boundaries

The ecological reserve – marine protected area includes an area of ocean, nine small islands and reefs bounded by the 36.6 metres contour, which is an outdated notation that does not follow natural features. Because of the presence of the Canadian Coast Guard light station, Great Race Rock has not been included in the ecological reserve – marine protected area. With the decommissioning of these stations, Great Race Rock is available to be added to the ecological reserve – marine protected area to enhance its integrity.

Cooperation with the Federal Government

Jurisdictional responsibilities for the management of the marine environment and marine resources are shared between the federal and provincial governments. For example DFP is responsible for organisms in the water column. The Coast Guard is presently reponsible for the management of Great Race Race Rock. The province has jurisdication over the other islands and the land under the water column. The provincial government is working with federal government agencies of DFO, Parks Canada and Environment Canada to develop and implement a marine protected areas strategy, and with Parks Canada to implement the PMHL program. The Canadian Forces Base (CFB) in Esquimalt tests explosives in the area, which may impact the ecological reserve – marine protected area’s values. Cooperation with the Coast Guard, DFO, Parks Canada and CFB Esquimalt is essential to ensure the best protection for the ecological reserve – marine protected area.

Cooperation with Lester B. Pearson College

Lester B. Pearson College was instrumental in the establishment of the ecological reserve – marine protected area. The faculty and students of the Biology and Environmental Systems program at Pearson College are long-time volunteer ecological reserve – marine protected area wardens. They are actively involved in research and education activities and provide an important monitoring function. Lester B. Pearson College has a temporary agreement with the Coast Guard to operate a research station at the lighthouse on Great Race Rock. Clarification of roles and responsibilities of both Lester B. Pearson College and BC Parks are needed to ensure successful management of the ecological reserve – marine protected area.

Management of Research Activities and Facilities

Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area provides outstanding marine research opportunities. Lester B. Pearson College has been the principal research agency and has developed a good database for the ecological reserve – marine protected area and its values. The College has pursued options to use the decommissioned lighthouse buildings as a research and education facility and guardian base.

Management of Education Activities

Given the proximity of an urban centre, Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area provides excellent educational opportunities. Lester B. Pearson College uses Race Rocks for their marine ecology program for college and local school students and naturalists. Tourism operators from Victoria offer educational nature tours as well. These activities must be managed to ensure protection of the values of the ecological reserve – marine protected area.

Management of Recreation and Commercial Activities

Commercial and non-commercial recreation activities such as wild life viewing, diving, boating and nature appreciation occur in the ecological reserve – marine protected area, both in the water and on land. These activities require cooperative management with the federal government, tour operators and recreational users to ensure that the values of the ecological reserve – marine protected area are maintained.

Background Summary

The Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area Background Report (Appendix 1) provides information on the ecological reserve – marine protected area to provide the basic information and assist in understanding the rationale behind the management plan.

Plan Implementation

This section compiles all the actions listed through this plan into three categories.

The implementation plan is divided into three components: ongoing management, priority one actions, and priority two actions.

Ongoing Management

Discourage anchoring and landings on islands in the ecological reserve – marine protected area through the provision of information.

Undertake proactive measures to increase awareness of the ecological reserve – marine protected area, the potential of ecological impact of various activities and the need for caution in the ecological reserve – marine protected area. This would include providing information such as the ecological reserve – marine protected area brochure at points of entry and ensuring accurate information and mapping in BC Sports Fishing Regulations, marine charts and navigational guide.

Only issue permits for activities that are educational or research oriented. Ensure all researchers and commercial operators have permits.

Work with Lester B. Pearson College and other community groups to provide: low impact educational opportunities for schools and the community; offsite educational opportunities; annual orientation session for commercial operators and tour guides; and information on the Internet.

Continue to permit filming for only educational and research purposes. Develop stock footage to respond to standard filming requests.

In consultation with Lester B. Pearson College as the ecological reserve – marine protected area warden, monitor the level of educational use and take management actions where necessary. This may include a site guardian to assist in information distribution, education, monitoring and reporting of violations to BC Parks.

Establish communications with CFB Esquimalt to limit testing near, and impact on, the ecological reserve – marine protected area.

  • Work with DFO and the Coast Guard to protect the values of the ecological reserve – marine protected area and to lessen the impact of fishing, whale watching and seal and sea lion observing.

Ensure regular communication with First Nations on ecological reserve – marine protected area management issues.

Priority One Actions

Develop a protocol agreement with DFO to ensure consistent management of the water column and the land base.

Pursue the addition of Great Race Rock to the ecological reserve – marine protected area. ( done in 2002)

Support the application of Park Act Regulations and penalties to ecological reserve – marine protected areas.

Cooperate with federal and intergovernmental initiatives such as Pacific Marine Heritage Legacy, Marine Protected Areas Strategy, Parks Canada’s national marine conservation area feasibility study, and other marine planning initiatives.

Work with operators and researchers to develop code of conduct within the ecological reserve – marine protected area to ensure protection of the natural values and to maintain a high quality educational experience.

Work with the federal government to clean up and improve site, including the sewage disposal facilities and diesel tanks. Pursue opportunities for compensation. Investigate opportunities to utilize alternative technologies.

With assistance from Lester B. Pearson College and other researchers, develop a long-term research and monitoring plan to minimize impact to ecological reserve – marine protected area values and maximize research opportunities and benefits.

  • Develop a protocol agreement with Lester B. Pearson College to define relationship and outline roles and responsibilities for education, research, and management issues, including operation of a research facility on Great Race Rocks. Develop a comprehensive research and park use permit with Lester B. Pearson College.

Operate buildings on Great Race Rock as research education centre, as funding permits. Work with community group such as Lester B. Pearson College for the ongoing operation and funding for such as facility through a long term permit.

Develop a monitoring system with Lester B. Pearson College, guardian, researchers and operators to ensure that appropriate behavior of diving and whale watching companies.

Develop protocol with Coast Guard for their continuing operation of the light tower, including helicopter landings, marine access, repairs.

Develop procedures to report violations in order to assist with enforcement.

Consult with representatives from the Beecher Bay and T’souke First Nations to determine their traditional use in the ecological reserve – marine protected area.

Priority Two Actions

Develop a marine management plan to ensure protection of intertidal and rare species and to ensure that elephant seals, harbour seals, California and northern sea lions, and seabirds are not disturbed on their haulout and nesting sites.

In conjunction with DFO, investigate opportunities to expand the boundary from the existing 36.5 m (20 fathom) contour to the 50 m contour.

Investigate opportunities to establish global position system coordinates for identification of the ecological reserve – marine protected area.

In conjunction with the MPA Strategy initiative, pursue the feasibility of establishing Race Rocks as a marine protected area under the Oceans Act.

In conjunction with OSRIS, develop and register a strategy for protection of the ecological reserve – marine protected area in the event of an oil spill.

Develop, in consultation with Lester B. Pearson College and First Nations, educational information on ecosystems, history and culture of Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area.

Develop outreach program and stewards program to assist with the management, and develop respect for the ecological reserve – marine protected area and its values.

  • In consultation with Lester B. Pearson College, develop opportunities for operators, naturalists and others to contribute to the stewardship of the ecological reserve – marine protected area.

Investigate opportunities to undertake a traditional use study.

Appendix 1: Ecosystem Overview

Introduction

The objective of the ecological reserve – marine protected area program is to preserve representative and special natural ecosystems, plants and animal species, features and phenomena. Ecological reserve – marine protected areas contribute to the maintenance of biological diversity and the protection of genetic materials. Scientific and educational activities are the principal reasons for ecological reserve – marine protected areas. Most ecological reserve – marine protected areas are open to the public for uses that are non-consumptive, educational, low-intensity such as natural appreciation, wildlife viewing, bird watching and photography.

Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area was created to protect an unique small rocky island system, intertidal and high current subtidal areas in the eastern entrance of the Strait of Juan de Fuca. It has ecologically significant and unique assemblages of benthic and pelagic invertebrates. In addition, it is a haul out and feeding areas for seals and sea lions and a nesting and staging area for seabirds.

Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area Description

Location and Access

Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – marine protected area – Marine Protected Area is located 17 km south west of Victoria at 123∞ 31.85’W latitude and 48∞ 17.95’N longitude. It is 1.5 km off the extreme southern tip of Vancouver Island at the eastern end of Strait of Juan de Fuca. Given the marine environment, access is limited. A Canadian Coast Guard helicopter pad is located on Great Race Rocks (which is excluded from the ecological reserve – marine protected area). Only seaworthy vessels are able to approach the ecological reserve – marine protected area, given the extreme sea conditions and lack of sheltered moorage.

Size and Boundaries

The ecological reserve – marine protected area is 220 ha to a depth of 20 fathoms (36.6 metres). It is almost entirely subtidal, although nine islets comprise less than 1 ha. The present boundaries were determined by the normal limits of SCUBA diving and the contour lines of nautical charts.

History of Ecological Reserve Establishment

Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – marine protected area – Marine Protected Area was first proposed by Lester B. Pearson College in 1979. Concerned about the effect of increasing visitation and harvesting, the marine biology teacher, Garry Fletcher, and his students sought legal protection. Their goal was to ensure the preservation of marine mammals, sea birds and underwater organisms for future generations. They were assisted by Brent Cooke of the Royal British Columbia Museum, Dr. Paul Breen of the Pacific Biological Station in Nanaimo, Dr. Derek Ellis of the University of Victoria and a host of other advisors. Garry and his students undertook 80 dives to collect data. They compiled background information to support ecological reserve – marine protected area designation including: observation records; species checklists; bottom profiles; tidal currents; salinity levels; and temperature variations. They also offered to undertake the responsibility for stewardship of the area as volunteer wardens. Their role wou be to provide information to divers and advised them of appropriate behavior. They would also continue to accumulate information and serve as assistants to researchers.

With the data collected by Lester B. Pearson College, the Race Rocks area fit the criteria for ecological reserve designation and was proclaimed under Order In Council no. 692, March 27, 1980.

Natural Features

Physical Features

The ecological reserve – marine protected area is almost entirely subtidal, but includes nine islets, comprising less than 1 ha in total. Intertidal and subtidal zones have substrates primarily of continuous rock and a rugged topography which includes cliffs, chasms, benches and surge channels. The location at the southern tip of Vancouver Island, plus the rugged shallow sea bottom, result in strong currents, eddies and turbulence.

Geology

The geology of Race Rocks is volcanic in origin, with the islets being offshore basalts. Granite and quartz intrusive, probably of the undeformed kind, are evident. Sediment basins can be found in subtidal areas.

Oceanography

The important oceanographic features which have a bearing on biodiversity are tides, currents, wave action, water temperature and turbidity.

Tidal currents are a major oceanographic feature of Juan de Fuca Strait. The ebb and flood tides and residual current have a major influence on the water structure. In addition, Race Rocks is a transition zone between the inner waters and the open ocean. For ebb tide that funnels water from the low-salinity, nutrient-rich waters of coastal rivers such as the Fraser and countless tidal marshes along the Strait of Georgia and Puget Sound through the narrow part of the Strait of Juan de Fuca. The flood tides, that bring in water from the nutrient-rich upwellings of the open Pacific Ocean. As tidal flow surges past the rugged topography of Race Rocks results in ‘racing’ current, eddies and turbulence. Currents flow with velocities of two to seven knots and change direction according to tide, wave and wind direction. The wave action is more pronounced at Race Rocks due to the exposure to the outer portion of the Strait of Juan de Fuca. The variability in undersea topography results in waves being reflect, diffracted and refracted in irregular patterns, resulting eddies and complex tides.

The water temperature is generally greater than 7∞ C with no distinct thermocline occurring. Mean surface temperatures are 7∞ C to 8∞ C in January, rising to 10∞ C to 11∞ C in August and September. In summer, the water is slightly cooler during flood than during the ebb tidal phase. Tidal flushing and turbulent currents reduce vertical layering of water masses. Surface salinity values average 31∞ /00 through the years and are characteristic of the waters in the Strait of Juan de Fuca.

Water clarity is seasonally dependent, being largely determined by the phytoplankton content of the water. In the winter, low phytoplankton populations result in good underwater visibility (sometimes greater than 15 metres) except after storms. In the summer , underwater visibility lowers with increasing phytoplankton. There is no significant turbidity due to freshwater run off.

Race Rocks is subjected to strong wave action during southeasterly and southwesterly gales which are characteristic of fall and winter. A prolonged westerly storm may produce swells 3 to 4.6 m high with 1 to 3.24 m high wind waves superimposed. Southwesterly gales produce smaller swells (2.5 to 3.7 m high) because of the limited fetch available across the Strait of Juan de Fuca. During calm periods between gales and the summer, a surge is produced by the low westerly swells (1 – 1.2 m) that are present through most of the year.

Climate

Race Rocks is in the rainshadow of the Olympic Mountains and the end of the wind funnel of the Strait of Juan de Fuca. Often, the ecological reserve – marine protected area experiences weather patterns quite different than southern Vancouver Island. It has an unusually high amount of sunshine the winter months, very seldom recording freezing temperatures. In summer, there is the occasional blanketing of fog.

The winds in Juan de Fuca Strait blow principally from the southeast and northwest. Outward blowing winds occur 50% of the time during the winter (October through March) while the inward blowing winds predominate during the summer (April through September).

Biotic Features

The rich variety and abundance of seashore life of the Pacific coast is due to the nutrient-rich waters, relatively uniform seasonal range of temperature and freedom from winter icing. Excellent light penetration results in the shallow clear waters teeming with plankton. Combined with the varied topography, the ecological reserve – marine protected area has exceptional variety and productivity of marine life and tremendous ecological diversity. Intertidal, shallow water, deep water and rocky substrate ecosystems support encrusting animals and plants capable of withstanding high velocity currents. In the lee of the island, quiet water flora and fauna are extremely abundant.

The marine communities here are unusually luxuriant and rich. The “coelenterate” fauna is perhaps the richest in the world and benthic fauna is abundant and diverse. Species such as Pink Coral, Gersemia rubiformis, and Basket Seastar, Gorgonocephalus eucnemis, that are usually found at much greater depths are found here at several metres. In addition, there is an unusual abundance of ubiquitous species such as Coralline Algae, Corallina sp., and Brooding Anemone, Epiactis prolifera.

Given the nutrients, some organisms grow to a large size. For example, Giant Barnacle, Balanus nubilus, reaches sizes in excess of four inches and the Thatched Barnacle, Semibalanus cariosus, achieves a prickly texture. The occurrence of disjunct echinoderm species such as the seastar Ceramaster articus, numerous specimens of the Cup Coral, Balanophyllia elegans, the Northern Abalone, Haliotis kamtschatkana, and the Butterfly or Umbrella Crab, Cryptolithoides sp., contribute to the unusual character of the subtidal communities.

The ecological reserve – marine protected area contains an abundance of plumose and brooding anemones, Epiactis prolifera, and large numbers of sponges and ascidians. At least 65 species of hydroids, giant barnacles, a variety of colonial tunicates, three species of sea urchins, sea cucumbers, and basket stars adorn the underwater cliffs. Bright pink hydrocoral, soft pink coral, bryozoans and long-lived species of mussels are found here. Other molluscs include chitons, limpets, snails, scallops, and pacific octopus. The rare spiral white snail, Opalia sp., occurs in one limited area. The ecological reserve – marine protected area protects thriving populations of intertidal species that have been severely impacted by sports and commercial harvesting elsewhere. These include three species of sea urchins, goose-neck barnacles and the mussel, Mytilus californianus.

Twenty-two species of algae have been recorded, including extensive stands of Bull Kelp, Nereocystis luetkeana,. In the intertidal zone, over 15 species of red, brown and green algae exhibit striking algal zonation patterns, distinctive to the Pacific coast. Several species of red algae, Halosaccion glandiforme, Endocladia muricata and Porphyra sp., occupy relatively high levels on the intertidal shoreline. Porphyra sp. are particularly abundant in the early spring at higher intertidal levels. Microscopic flagellated euglenoids, Pyramonas, live in the high rock pools, giving them a bright green color. The rock walls of tide pools and the shallow subtidal areas are encrusted with the Encrusting Pink Algae, Lithothamnion sp., and large populations of coralline algae. Dead Man’s Fingers, Codium fragile, rare to this area, is found in two small isolated areas of the intertidal zone on the main island. Over 20 species live subtidally and a dense canopy of bull kelp rings all the islands and extends underwater to 12 metres.

The Surfgrass, Phyllospadix scouleri, is abundant in a narrow band near zero tide level and in the deeper tidepools on the western side of the main island.

Marine Mammals

Over fifteen hundred California Sea Lions, Zalophus californianus, and Steller or Northern Sea Lion, Eumetopias jubatus, haul out on the islets south of Great Race Rocks between months of September and May. In the spring, they tend to move out the area and head north to breed on the Scott and Queen Charlotte Islands. In recent years, 35 to 70 Northern lions and up to 800 California sea lions have used Race Rocks as a winter haul-out.

Several hundred Harbour Seals, Phoca vitulian, inhabit Southwest and North Race Rocks year round, bearing their young in June. Six to eight Northern Elephant Seals, Mirouaga angustirostris, have started to frequent the reserve. Up to 60 transient and resident Killer Whales, Orcinus orca, frequent the waters foraging on the sea lions and seals. A family of River Otters, Lontra canadensis, has also been living in the ecological reserve – marine protected area. Other marine mammals that are occasionally observed in the waters of the ecological reserve – marine protected area are Northern Fur Seal, Callorhinus ursinus, Dall’s Porpoises, Phocoenoides dalli, Gray Whales, Eschrichtius robustus, and False Killer Whales, Pseudorca crassidens.

Sea Birds

Race Rocks serves as a nesting colony and a migration resting area. Glaucous-winged Gulls, Larus glaucescens, and Pelagic Cormorants, Phalacrocorax pelagicus, are the most abundant nesting birds in the summer months. Approximately 235 pairs of cormorants nest on the cliffs of Great Race Rock and on the southern outer island. One hundred and eighty pairs of gulls nest in the high spray zone around the perimeter of the main island and on the small outer islands. Eighty pairs of Pigeon Guillemots, Cepphus columba, nest in rock crevasses on the central island and up to 10 pairs of Black Oyster Catchers, Haemotopus bachmani, nest on the islands. Bald Eagles, Haliaeetus leucocephalus, frequent the area, with groups of 50 birds being sighted on the rocks in winter months. Harlequin Ducks, Histrionicus histrionicus, Surfbird, Aphriza virgata, Rock Sandpipers, Calidris ptilocnemis, and Black Turnstons, Arenaria melanocephala, can be observed occasionally, particularly in the winter. Brandt’s Cormorants, Phalacrocorax penicillatus, and Glaucous-winged Gulls, Larus glaucescens, are the most abundant birds in the fall and winter. Common Murres, Uria aalge, Tufted Puffins, Fratercula cirrhata, Rhinoceros Auklets, Cerochinca monocerata, Ancient Murrelets, Synthliboramphus antiquus, and Marbled Murrelets, Brachyramphus marmoratus,are occasional visitors. Lester B. Pearson College staff reported counting thirteen brown pelicans also on Race Rocks.

The islets of Race Rocks function as suitable alternate habitat for various sea birds that have been forced out of other areas due to environmental disturbances. For example, in the fall of 1974, unusually severe weather conditions off the Queen Charlotte Islands forced the ancient murrelet to frequent Race Rocks.

Fish

Decorated Warbonnets, Chirolophis decoratus, Red Irish Lords, Hemilepidotus hemilepidotus, sculpin, Kelp Greenling, Hexagrammos decagrammus, Ling Cod, Ophiodon elongatus, China Rockfish, Sebastes nebulosus, Tiger or Black Banded Rockfish, Sebastes nigrocinctus, and Copper Rockfish, Sebastes caurinus, swim in ecological reserve – marine protected area waters. Wolf Eels, (Anarhichthyes ocellatus, also inhabit the rock cervices. Salmon species pass through the area including: Pink Salmon, Oncorhynchus gorbuscha; Chum Salmon, O. keta; Sockeye Salmon, O. nerka; Coho Salmon, O. Kisutch; Chinook Salmon, O. tshawytscha.

Historical and Cultural Features

This small group of islets were known to the early sailors as the “dangerous group” . They were subsequently renamed “Race Rocks” by officers of the Hudson’s Bay Company upon the recommendation of Captain Kellet who previously noted the dangers created by the rip tides and current which raced around the islands.

Given that the rocks and reefs of Race Rocks were a danger for converging shipping traffic from Seattle, Vancouver and Victoria, the second oldest lighthouse on the southwest coast lighthouse was built on Great Race Rock. It was constructed of four-foot, cut and fitted granite blocks brought around Cape Horn from England in 1858, build in 1860 and lit on February 7, 1861. It stands 39 metres (105 feet) above the ground. The tower was automated in 1996 and no longer requires light keeper staff.

Despite the Race Rocks lighthouse and another at Fisgard at Esquimalt Harbour, by 1936 at least thirty five vessels had met with disaster in the immediate vicinity of Victoria. The “Nanette” (1860), the “Lookout” (1872), the “Sechelt” (1911), “Rosedale”, “James Griffith”, “Albion Star”, and the “Siberian Prince” are only a few of the ships which were wrecked on or near Race Rocks. Within the ecological reserve – marine protected area lie at least two shipwrecks, the “Nanette” and the “Fanny”, a sailing ship which was built in Quebec.

In 1950, the lighthouse keeper disappeared in Race Passage while trying to row to the mainland for supplies. In 1960, the Department of National Defense installed a bronze plaque on the lighthouse tower to commemorate the centennial of the lighting of this important aid to navigation.

Tenures, Occupancy Rights and Jurisdictions

Water column is in federal jurisdiction and the land, including the sea bottom, is provincial jurisdiction. Great Race Rock is excluded from the ecological reserve – marine protected area and, until recently, was administered by the federal government. With the automation of light houses, most of the island is now being transferred back to the Province. Lester B. Pearson College has a two-year agreement with the Canadian Coast Guard to occupy the site and run a research station from the outbuildings. The College has been successful in generating funding to maintain the buildings and to keep on the lighthouse keeper as a guardian until 1998. The College has applied for a license of occupation with BC Lands to continue their activities there.

The lighthouse has been designated a heritage site under the Heritage Conservation Act. With recent changes to the Heritage Conservation Act, wrecks more than two years old are protected from unauthorized removal of artifacts.

Resource Use Adjacent to Ecological reserve – marine protected area

Fishing

This part of the coast is one of the most productive recreational salmon sport fishing water in British Columbia and in the past sports fishing has been a popular activity in ecological reserve – marine protected area waters. In 1990, the Department of Fisheries and Oceans closed the waters surrounding the ecological reserve – marine protected area to the commercial harvest of fin and shellfish and to recreational harvest of shellfish, ling cod and rockfish. Recreational fishing of salmon and halibut can still occur. Fishers have reported that the ecological reserve – marine protected area is not a good fishing area for salmon and that the halibut recreation fishery occurs in deeper water beyond the bounds of the ecological reserve – marine protected area.

Military

The Naval Base in Esquimalt use the area for testing of weapons. Underwater explosions may be negatively impacting marine mammals in and around the ecological reserve – marine protected area.

Marine traffic

Oil tankers from Alaska, freighters from Europe and Japan with industrial goods ranging from cars to forest products pass by the ecological reserve – marine protected area. Ships used to come within half a mile of the rocks but since designation of the Traffic Separation Lanes, they pass further away. Smaller vessels come close or pass through Race Passage, mainly tenders and fishing boats from Vancouver and Victoria on their way to or from the salmons and herrings grounds in the Pacific. On weekends, particularly in the summer, the surrounding waters are covered with sports fishers and small boats.

Activities

Research

Much of the research activity in the ecological reserve – marine protected area has been undertaken or assisted by Lester B. College, for two reasons. First, the college is close by, located in nearby Pedder Bay. Secondly, the marine ecology instructor, Garry Fletcher, has used the area for educational purposes with his students undertaking many research projects and has an interest in researching the area. The light station complex on Great Race Rock provides a base and sanctuary for the researchers.

Since the establishment of the ecological reserve – marine protected area, the science students, members of the diving service and faculty of Lester B. Pearson College have continuously monitored underwater and intertidal life. They now monitor tidepools and 13 under water reference stations and have installed intertidal and subtidal reference pegs. Students have done original research on the following topics: distribution of barnacles in the intertidal zones in the different exposures; population density study on sea urchins; intertidal anemone Anthopleura elegantisima; limpets; marine mammals acoustic monitoring; Euglenoid; incidence of Imposex in carnivorous snails such as the spindle whelk (Serlesia dira); internal parasites of the Hairy Shore Crab (Hemigraspus oregonensis) and Purple Shore Crab (H. nudas); colonization in a heavy current channel; marine red algae Halosaccion glandiforme populations; and research on biotic association of Giant Barnacles with hydroid species.

The students of Lester B. Pearson College assisted Dr. Anita Brinkmann-Voss (under the auspices of the Royal Ontaria Museum) to identify 65 species of hydroids. Many of these had never been found in North America and is totally changing the classification of these animals, with a new genus and possibly even a new family. The Royal British Columbia Museum has done research on nesting seabirds. Other researchers have studied transient Orca whales, seals and sea lions. Research on northern abalone (Haliotis kamschatkana) as an indicator species for ‘No Take’ marine protected areas was completed in 1997 by Scott Wallace.

Daily water temperature since 1927 and salinity records since 1936 of the surrounding waters have been taken by the staff of the light station. Water currents were monitored by instruments from the Institute of Ocean Sciences with assistance of Lester B. Pearson College in the early 1980s. The present Race Passage Current tables are a result of that research.

Education

Since the late 1970s, Lester B. Pearson College has been using the ecological reserve – marine protected area as an education facility for courses on biology and environmental systems. In addition, they lead school tours in the spring and fall. Up to 150 grade seven students from local schools either visit Great Race Rock for ecology work in the spring. The objectives of this school program are: to gain a first hand experience on the complex marine systems; to instill a respect for marine life and concern for its conservation; and, to develop an appreciation for ecological reserve – marine protected areas. The children often get a tour of the light station, and are introduced to intertidal and subtidal marine life.

Education has been enhanced through live telecasts in the Underwater Safari series, which continue to be broadcast. This experiment in real-time video access for one week in 1992 showed the potential for using technology to provide access electronically to thousands of viewers without impacting the integrity of this sensitive ecosystem. This has raised awareness globally on the “Adopt an Ecosystem” approach.

The Internet is another means of education. In 1995, Lester B. Pearson College established a world wide web page with information on Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area and their activities there. This has raised awareness globally.

Other Activities

Generally, there are three categories of visitors to the ecological reserve – marine protected area: 1) boaters who are primarily observing the marine life around the rocks, particularly marine mammals; 2) boaters who come ashore, usually to visit the lighthouse facilities; 3) divers who dive either from shore or from boats. Visitation to the ecological reserve – marine protected area has been increasing, particularly those engaged in whale watching and diving. Concerns are being raised about the affects on visitation on the whales and their foraging activities. Uncontrolled, and unrestrained pursuit of the whales could interfere with behaviors and ability of the whales to feed in this area.

Dive tours are also increasing. Uncontrolled use of the ecological reserve – marine protected area could result in increasing in poaching of sea life, physical injury and mortality from handling and improper dive techniques. These could lead to impacts on the underwater life, for which the ecological reserve – marine protected area is to protect.

Management Considerations

Management of Recreation and Commercial Activities

Activities such as whale watching, commercial diving, boating and nature appreciation occurs in the ecological reserve – marine protected area, both in the water and on land. Activities, their types, and levels of use require management to ensure that values of the ecological reserve – marine protected area are maintained.

Management of Research Activities and Facilities

Race Rocks is well-known and well-used for research purposes, as a result of the efforts of Lester B. Pearson College. The college undertakes and assists with most of the research .

Cooperation with the Federal Government

The ecological reserve – marine protected area legislation pertains only to the foreshore and the land under the water column. The water column, which is an important component of the ecological reserve – marine protected area, actually under Federal jurisdiction.

Cooperation with Lester B. Pearson College

Lester B. Pearson College plays a large role in the management and the research undertaken in the research. Garry Fletcher and his students have been the wardens of the ecological reserve – marine protected area since its creation. They work closely with school groups, naturalist groups, divers and other researchers who visit the ecological reserve – marine protected area, providing information on appropriate conduct and guiding services. With their plans to set up and staff a research centre on Great Race Rock, they could provide an even greater monitoring role.

Ecological reserve – marine protected area Boundary

The 220 hectares of the ecological reserve – marine protected area include an area of ocean, nine small islands and reefs bounded by the 36.6 metres contour. This boundary is difficult to mark and enforce.

Management of Educational Activities

Lester B. Pearson College uses Race Rocks Ecological Reserve – Marine Protected Area for their marine ecology program involving college, local school students, and naturalists. Tourism operators from Victoria also offer natural history tours of the area.

Management of Ecological reserve – marine protected area Values

Sewage disposal on Great Race Rocks, fishing in the ecological reserve – marine protected area for salmon and halibut, military testing and the potential for oil spills are issues that exist on this site.

 

 

LGS Project Management of the Millennium Project

This Project Management was a donation of the LGS group the following .PDF files represent the valuable contribution that this group contributed to ensuring the successful completion of the Project.

 

 

1. Project Definition Statement
ganttreportfeb112000

2. January 6, 2000 Gantt Report
PDS01

3. LGS Project Management Methodology
PDS02

4.January 11 Gantt Report
PDS03

Race Rocks Ecological Overview- Spreadsheet of References on Race Rocks

This spreadsheet was made by Garry Fletcher as part of the Race Rocks ecological overview done for DFO . The links have not been updated since the website   had to be moved from the Telus Server.  The references are also housed in the bookshelf in the Marine biology lab at Pearson College.   This  alternate link here may be preferable here also Most references should also be available in a google search. 

Race Rocks References
References ID Reference Type Author1, Author2, Author3 year Title Journal, report, book title editor Volume Number page URL Call Number Abstract Comments Links 
2 Refereed Journal Brinckmann-Voss – Anita 1996 Seasonality of Hydroids (Hydrozoa, Cnidaria) from an intertidal pool and adjacent subtidal habitats at Race Rocks, off Vancouver Island, Canada Scientia Marina . 60 1 89-97 rrrefer/Anita’s/seasonal.htm 593.55 Bri S None available– See Comments or Links Includes useful section on systematics, line maps of the Race Rocks Area, and species lists of hydroids from specific tidepools and subtidal areas. Complete text and diagrams included in link. http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/hydroid/pub/seasonal.htm
3 Refereed Journal Brinckmann-Voss- Anita,Lickey-D.M.,Mills-C.E. 1993 Rhysia fletcheri (Cnidaria, hydrozoa, Rhysiidae), a new species of colonial hydroid from Vancouver Island ( British Columbia, Canada) and the San Juan Archipelago ( Washington, U.S.A.) Can.Journal of Zool. . 71: 2 401-406 Rhysia/Rhysia.htm 593.55 Bri A new species of colonial athecate hydroid, Rhysia fletcheri , is described from Vancouver Island, British Columbia, Canada, and from Friday Harbour, Washington, U.S.A. It’s relationship to Rhysia autumnalis Brinckmann from the Mediterranean and Rhysia halecii (Hickson and Gravely) from the Antarctic and Japan is discussed. Rhysia fletcheri differs from Rhysia autumnalis and Rhysia halecii in the gastrozooid having distinctive cnidocyst clusters on its hypostome and few, thick tentacles. Most of its female gonozooids have no tentacles. Colonies of R. fletcheri are without dactylozooids. The majority of R. fletcheri colonies are found growing on large barnacles or among the hydrorhiza of large thecate hydrozoans. Rhysia fletcheri occurs in relatively sheltered waters of the San Juan Islands and on the exposed coast of Southern Vancouver Island. Microphotographs of male and female specimens and Systematics discussion are included with the description of this new species found at Race Rocks. Color photographs by the author of male and female specimens are included in the link to the article. We wish to acknowledge the National Research Council of Canada who have kindly consented to the printing of this article. We also wish to thank the author, Dr. Anita Brinckmann-Voss for providing the color photographs of the specimens for the web site http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/hydroid/anitabv.htm
4 Refereed Journal Ford, John K.B. 1991 Vocal Traditions among resident killer whales(Orcinus orca) in coastal waters of British Columbia . . 69 . 1454-1481 . . Underwater vocalizations were recorded during repeated encounters with 16 pods, or stable kin groups, of killer whales (Orcinus orca) off the West Coast of British Columbia. Pods were identified from unique natural markings on individuals. Vocal exchanges within pods were dominated by repetitious discrete calls. Pods each produced 7-11 (mean 10.7) types of discrete calls. Individuals appear to acquire their pod’s call repertoire by learning, and repertoires can persist with little change for over 25 years. Call repertoires differed significantly among pods in the resident population. The 16 pods formed four distinct acoustic associations, or clans, each having a unique repertoire of discrete calls or vocal tradition. Pods within a clan shared several call types but no sharing took place among clans. Shared calls often contained structural variations specific to each pod or group of pods within the clan. These variants and other differences in acoustic behavior formed a system of related pod-specific dialects within the vocal tradition of each clan. Pods from different clans often traveled together, but observed patterns of social associations were often independent of acoustic relationships. It is proposed that each clan comprises related pods that have descended from a common ancestral group. New pods formed from this ancestral group through growth and matrilineal division of the lineage. The formation of new pods was accompanied by divergence of the call repertoire of the founding group. Such divergence resulted from the accumulation of errors in call learning across generations, call innovation , and call extinction. Pod-specific repertoires probably serve to enhance the efficiency of vocal communication within the group and act as behavioural indicators of pod affiliation. The striking differences among the vocal traditions of different clans suggest that each is an independent matriline. . .
Walker- Bruce 1987 Pearson College Transect Data – Methods. . . . . 9 . . None available– See Comments or Links Report on how to set up a transect and use transect data with reference to Race Rocks. .
Helm – Denise 1996 Light station Falls into College Hands Times- Colonist . Dec 12 . . . 577.7 Hel Ra None available– See Comments or Links . .
, Veiogo-Peniasi S. 1991 A study of the level of Parasitic Infection (in crabs) between two separate locations. . . . . 30 . 578.65 Vei Two locations were chosen to try to determine, and compare the level of parasitic infection between them. From each location, a total of forty crabs were observed for two species of parasites, and the test showed that there was, indeed, a difference in the level of parasitic infection between the two locations. I have purposely chosen in this study a few factors that could possibly be responsible for the observation stated above. In doing so, I picked factors that were most closely associated with the crabs and their natural habitats. Neither the sex nor the size of the crabs affects the level of infection in both the locations (i. e. there is no linear relationship between the level of infection and the size or sex of the crabs); the parasites infect all crabs with almost
the same frequency showing no preference to any particular sex or size. Therefore, this is a very simple and straightforward study with the prime objective of solving an ecological problem, basing much of the conclusions on preliminary observations. Furthermore, this study tries to stimulate and encourage wider and more extensive research of marine parasites and their role in the ecology of marine life.
Study to compare the level of parasitic infection between two different locations – Pedder Bay and Race Rocks. 40 crabs were observed for two parasites to observe if a relationship existed between the level of infection and the size of the hosts, as well as its sex. .
Odeh- Omar 1991 Microorganism association withHalosaccion glandiforme. . . . . 36 . . This study involves the microorganisms associated with Halosaccion glandiforme. The samples of Halosaccion glandiforme were taken from Race Rocks Island in the Race Rocks Ecological Reserve.In this study the main purpose was to detect the effect of certain characteristics of the habitat (Halosaccion glandiforme) on the diversity and population of the species present inside Halosaccion glandiforme. The results of this study show that the diversity and population of the species present in Halosaccion glandiforme is sometimes affected by the factors studied. The factors that were studied include total surface area of the sample, the location of the species within Halosaccion glandiforme and the fact that some samples have their top part open and others closed. Study done in the Race Rocks ecological reserve to detect the effect of certain characteristics of the red algae habitat (H. glandiforme) on the diversity and population of the species present inside H. glandiforme. .
Obee-Bruce 1986 Race Rocks Beautiful British Columbia . . . . rrrefer/obee/obee.htm . None available– See Comments or Links Article about Race Rocks, off southern Vancouver Island. .
Hardie-D.,Mondor-C 1976 Race Rocks National Marine Park- A Preliminary Proposal . . . . 69 rrrefer/rrnatpark.htm . None available– See Comments or Links The federal- Provincial task force Working Group established in 1972 selected the marine and coastal area surrounding Race Rocks as one of several sites in the Strait of Georgia and Juan de Fuca Strait warranting further study as a potential marine park. In 1973 a second task force was given the responsibility of developing a proposal for establishing the same. Complete copy in this database. .
Fisheries and Oceans Canada 1998 Marine Protected Areas Program Policy . . . . 27 http://www.oceansconservation.com 577.7 Mar C None available– See Comments or Links
The Marine Protected Areas Program Policy provides the rationale for
the Department of Fisheries and Oceans’ efforts with respect to the
identification, development, establishment and management of Marine
Protected Areas (MPAs) under the Oceans Act.
The purpose of this document was to give the public an opportunity to review and comment upon the elements of the Marine Protected Areas Program. .
Hagler- Bailly Consulting, DavidF.Dickens Associates,Robert Allan Ltd. 1995 Benefit-Cost Analysis of Establishing a Dedicated Rescue/Salvage Tug to Serve Canada’s Southern West Coast . . . . 92 . . This report provides a benefit-cost analysis for establishing one
dedicated rescue/salvage tug near the entrance to Juan de Fuca Strait on
the west coast of Canada. The primary role of the tug would be to rescue
a disabled oil tanker or major vessel. The tugs area of operation is
assumed to be a 78 nautical-mile radius from Bamfield, British Columbia,
which is located along the southern portion of Barkley Sound. This area
encompasses a wide portion of Pacific Rim National Park and extends as
far southeast as Port Angeles and as far north as Clayoquot Sound. These
areas contain physical, biological, and recreational resources that are
at risk from oil spills, and that have been injured by oil spills in the
recent past.
Comments on Juan de Fuca Wildlife Impacts of Oil Spill
Chapter 5 ” Benefits from establishing The rescue/Salvager Tugboat Program” is useful:
Figures C1-C3 show oil spill paths in Strait of Juan de Fuca
.
Anderson- David 1989 Report to the Premier On Oil Transportation and Spills . . . . 110 plus 25 pages in appendix . 363.7394 And This report is based on four month’s of public hearings in the coastal
communities of British Columbia during the summer of 1989. The diverse
proposals and recommendations coming from the public have been grouped,
assessed, and where necessary supplemented, in order to come up with a
coordinated and comprehensive series of recommendations to reduce marine
oil spill risks and to improve response capability. The document is not
focused on areas of provincial jurisdiction: the nature of the problems
faced in oil spill prevention and response, the presentations of the
public, and the approach of the Premier all suggest that the subject be
considered as a whole.
. .
Water Management Services 1971 The Environmental Consequences of The Proposed Oil Transport Between Valdez and Cherry Point Refinery . . . . . . 363.7382 Env The hazard to the marine and coastal environments associated with tanker
transport may be considered to occur in two related, but distinct, ways.
One is the continuing leak of oil to the environment resulting from the
myriad of routine operations associated with the oil industry, both
intentional and accidental, which contributes the major but less
spectacular contribution to marine oil pollution. The other is the spill
arising from mishap (grounding, collision, structural failure or fire)
in which all or a significant fraction of the cargo is released to the
environment over a short period.
. .
Rosso- Giovanni E. 1999 Patterns of Color Polymorphism in the Intertidal Snail, Littorina sitkana at the Race Rocks Marine Protected Area . . . . . rreoref/polymor/giovee.htm 594.3 Ros As most intertidal gastropods, the Littorina sitkana shows remarkable
variation in shell color. This occurs in both microhabitats that are
exposed or sheltered from wave action. There appeared to be a close link
between the shell coloration of the periwinkle and the color of the
background surface. Fieldwork was carried out at the Race Rocks Marine
Protected Area in order to investigate patterns of color polymorphism.
Evidence from previous studies was also taken into account to better
support interpretations and understand certain behaviors.
The results showed that in the study site there was a very strong
relation between the color of the shells and the color of the rocks.
Light colored shells lived on light shaded rocks and vice versa. An
interesting pattern was noticed on the white morphs. These were rare
along the coast (Only 2%), but were present in relatively high numbers
in tidepools set in white quartz. From previous experience (Ron J.
Etter, 1988), these morphs seem to have developed, as an evolutionary
response, a higher resistance to physiological stress from drastic
temperature changes between tides. Some results showed that the white
morph is present in an unexpectedly high percentage at the juvenile
stage, but then their number decreases dramatically with age. As in
Etter’s study, more research needs to be done on the role of visual
predators in this phenomenon.
This image shows both Black and white color variants of the Littorina sp. Here they are placed against the white quartz background in the shallow water of tidepool #4 .
Goddard- James, M. 1975 The Intertidal and Subtidal Macroflora and Macrofauna in the proposed Juan de Fuca National Marine Park near Victoria, B.C. . . . . 59 pages rreoref2/jdfmarpk/juanmarpark.htm . None available– See Comments or Links “Sites Investigated: The sites investigated in this survey were selected as representative of the rocky shore extending from Albert head to Beechy Head. —further effort in the description of the subtidal biota was directed to the unique areas within the proposed park—Race Rocks with the high velocity currents– Species identifications were established using keys and the reference collections of Dobrocky SEATECH Limited, the University of Victoria and the B.C. Provincial museum. Species List For Race Rocks is included in Appendix 8, page 78. Schematic Profile, page 47. RR Description page 45-48. .
Ashuvud -Johan , Fletcher -Garry L. 1980 Race Rocks Reserve Established Diver Magazine . September . 2 . 577.7 Rac R None available– See Comments or Links This is the first publication of notice to the Diving Community that the Ecological reserve had been established .
Sylvestre- Jean-Pierre 1999 Canada, les gardiens de Race Rock Cols Bleus marine et arsenaux . 2473 13/02/99 6 . . . None available– See Comments or Links “Au large de Victoria, au sud del’ile de vancouver, un recif supporte le phare canadien le plus meridional. Ce recif est devenu le gite de quelques milliers d’oiseaux marins du Pacifique et de quatre especes de mammiliferes marins. Les gardiens du phare, Carol et mike Slater, veillent jalousement sur cette reserve ecologique, veritable petit paradis terrestre. “ .
Ruckthum- Vorapot 1981 The Current Meter at Race Rocks . . . . 39 . . None available– See Comments or Links A description of the events surrounding the installation of the current meter in 1981 that lead to the creation of the Race Passage Current tables .
Olesiuk-Peter F., Bigg-Michael A. 1988 Seals and Sea Lions on the British Columbia Coast . . DFO/4104 . 12 rreoref/mmammals/sealsandsealions.htm . None available– See Comments or Links The complete pamphlet with color photos is scanned in at the reference linked here. This pamphlet provided the most recent scientific information on the status of seals and sea lion in B.C up to its publication. It describes general biology, and refers to the conflicts that arise with commercial and sports fisheries. Excellent color photographs of all 5 species. Graphs on Trends of Abundance of harbour seals in B.C.(p3), and Diet of sea Lions Wintering off Southern Vancouver Island (p10) are particularly useful. Some research for this document was obtained by scat samples at Race Rocks ( personal communication with P. Olesiuk) .
Anderson-Flo 1998 Race Rocks – July 28, 1966-March 2, 1982- Lighthouse Chronicles Twenty years on the B.C. Lights . . . 130-218 http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/history/rrkeeper/litchron.htm 387.155 And None available– See Comments or Links The best published account available to date on the life on the light station at Race Rocks. Reference is made to the role of Pearson College in creating the Ecological reserve, page 183-184.( with Photograph) .
Webster – I, Farmer,D.M. 1977 Analysis of Lighthouse Station Temperature and Salinity Data- Phase II . . . . 93 . . This report summarizes certain features of salinity and temperature time series obtained from lighthouse stations along the B.C. coast together with related rainfall data. The presentation is intended to facilitate analysis of temperature or salinity trends and fluctuations as well as the relationships between data from different stations. The data are presented as annual trends, monthly means, standard deviations and spectra cross-spectra. The analysis indicates relatively close correspondence between stations at periods greater than a year, but with significant differences at higher frequencies. Graphs relating temperature, salinity and rainfall at Race Rocks compared to other stations are shown on the following pages 29,33,45,53,63,65,69,71,75,83,87, and 91 .
Matthews-Angus 1999 Community Involvement in Marine Protected Areas- Pearson College Communications with Federal Government Levels 1994-1999 . . . . ————- . 577.7 Com I This series of documents presents the efforts of Angus Matthews, administrator of Lester B. Pearson College, to offer to the federal government a model of Community participation in creating a marine education center at Race Rocks. It begins with initiation of the proposal in order to provide for a continued presence of personnel at the Race Rocks Ecological Reserve, when the destaffing of the light station is looming on the horizon. The communications between Mr. Matthews and officials of the Canadian Coast Guard, and with the office of the Minister of Fisheries are represented in chronological order. This is the second of two records of communications, document #26 representing the Communications at the Provincial Parks Level. that were going on simultaneously.  This series of documents presents an excellent chronological account of the frustrated efforts of an organization in the community to facilitate a constructive solution to the destaffing of light stations and the simultaneous provision of on sight protection for a sensitive ecological area. .
Matthews-Angus 1999 Community Involvement in Marine Protected Areas- Pearson College Communications with Provincial Government 1994-1999 with Provincial Levels of government . .. . ————— . 577.7.Com This series of documents presents the efforts of Angus Matthews, administrator of Lester B. Pearson College, to offer to the federal government a model of Community participation in creating a marine education center at Race Rocks. It begins with initiation of the proposal in order to provide for a continued presence of personnel at the Race Rocks Ecological Reserve, when the destaffing of the light station is looming on the horizon. The communications between Mr. Matthews and officials of the Provincial Parks Department are represented in chronological order. This is the second of two records of communications, (document #25 representing the Communications at the Federal Fisheries and Oceans Department,) that were going on simultaneously during a 5 year period. 1994-1999. Government of British Columbia
June 20, 1994 Pearson College writes to The Hon. Moe Sihota, Minister of the Environment and Esquimalt – Metchosin MLA to request support for BC Parks involvement in an initiative to operate surplus facilities at Race Rocks as a marine education Centre.
June 29, 1994 Minister Sihota writes and expresses interest in the project.
Dec. 21, 1995 The Hon. Glen Clark, Minister of Employment and Investment writes to Federal Fisheries Minister Brian Tobin and request a delay in de-staffing light stations.
July 8, 1996 Newly appointed Environment Minister The Hon. Paul Ramsey writes to express interest in the plans for Race Rocks and to advise that a management plan is required before his Ministry can proceed. He expects the plan to take one year to be written.
July 25, 1996 Pearson College proposes fast tracking the management plan.
Sept. 20, 1996 The Ministry of Employment and Investment commissions a report to look into the potential of commercial uses for Race Rocks.
Oct. 11, 1996 Minister Ramsey writes to advise that the Province is considering a coast wide plan to operate light stations. Any decision on Race Rocks would wait for this review.
Oct. 29, 1996 Pearson College writes to BC Parks, District Manager, Mr. Dave Chater regarding the imminent closure of Race Rocks station, the need for rapid progress on the management plan and advises that the College will pursue Federal Marine Protected Area status for the Reserve. 
Oct. 31, 1996 Mr. Denis O’Gorman, Assistant Deputy Minister of Parks writes to Mr. Rick Bryant, at Coast Guard, to advise that BC Parks did not have a use for surplus buildings at Race Rocks under the current management plan. A new plan would review this and it would be finished in early 1977.
Jan. 30, 1997 Newly appointed Minister of the Environment The Hon. Cathy McGregor writes to confirm the target date for completion of the management plan as early 1997.
Feb. 12, 1997 Assistant Deputy Minister O’Gorman writes to advise that BC Parks would support Pearson College’s application for a Crown lease on Race Rocks.
Mar. 1, 1997 Pearson College takes over staffing Race Rocks under a temporary two year agreement with the Coast Guard.
April 11, 1997 Pearson College applies to BC Lands for a 30 year Crown lease for Race Rocks.
Dec. 19, 1997 Mr. Dave Chater writes that BC Parks is prepared to enter into an agreement in principle with Coast Guard. The draft management plan, which is still incomplete, is being amended.
April 14, 1998 Mr. Chris Kissinger, Resource Officer at BC Parks writes to Mr. Fred Stepchuk, Superintendent of Facilities, Coast Guard, to summarize repairs required to surplus facilities at Race Rocks prior to transfer to BC Parks.
Sept. 1, 1998 Minister Anderson announces Race Rocks will be a pilot Marine Protected Area.
Dec. 15, 1998 Mr. Dave Chater writes to Mr. Fred Stepchuk at Coast Guard regarding transfer of the surplus facilities.
Mar. 1, 1999 Pearson College staff remain at Race Rocks although BC Parks has not reached an agreement with Coast Guard regarding the transfer of facilities. The management plan is still not finished.
This series of documents presents an excellent chronological account of the often frustrating efforts of an organization in the community to facilitate a constructive solution to the destaffing of light stations and the simultaneous provision of on-site protection for a sensitive ecological area. .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1998 Race Rocks Ecological Reserve Management Plan the Process of Development . . . . . rrrefer/rrmanprocess.htm 577.7 Fle .CONTENTS:Part A: March 1996 : The first draft of the management plan was developed by Garry Fletcher and submitted to B.C. Parks.
Part B : November 1996 : Feedback from B.C. Parks head office staff offering criticisms of the draft.
Part C: February 1997: Students of the Environmental Systems class review the suggestions of B.C. Parks and propose changes and a Race Rocks permit application for research and collection activities.
Part D : May 1997 : Kris Kennet of B.C. parks reworks the draft- July 14 – her final version.Part E : October 1997: invitations from Parks to Stakeholders for a meeting to discuss the draft.
Part F : Written feedback of several invited people.
Part G : April 1998: Draft Management Plan discussed at stakeholders meeting.
Part H : June 1998 Final draft version of Management Plan produced by Jim Morris of B.C. Parks Malahat office.
I .
Fletcher-Garry L, Environmental Systems Students LBPC 1999 Development of a Permit Process for Race Rocks Ecological Reserve. . Editor:Fletcher, Garry L. . . . rrrefer/permit.htm 577.7 Dev From 1980 to 1999, research and educational activities in the Race Rocks Ecological Reserve have been done on a permit basis. Included in this document are samples of permits applied for through the ecological reserves office and a modified permit form presently in use by the ecological reserve- Marine Protected Area. This latter version was originally developed by two students of the Environmental systems Class at Lester B. Pearson College in 1997, Maja and Leah. Samples of Ecological reserve permits are presented. At the Internet site, the most recent version of the permit will be available. http://www.racerocks.com/pearson/racerock/admin/rroperat.htm
Fletcher- Garry L. 1998 The Underwater Safari- an Experiment in Distance Education from a Sensitive Ecosystem Using Technology . Editor:Garry Fletcher . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/safari/safari.htm . In 1994, Lester Pearson College was successful in convincing the Provincial Parks department to commit $10,000 toward the promotion of the Technology of distance education for bringing schools and the public into this sensitive marine ecological reserve. The proposal was made to the Royal B.C. Museum to use the facilities of the Jason Project to implement this plan. For one week in October, the combined resources of B.C.Tel, Shaw Cable, B.C. Systems Corp., the RBC Museum and Lester B. Pearson College were put to the test in the production of 24 1 hour live programs from Race Rocks. These programs were broadcast live by satellite and cable to schools and science centers across Canada and to the New England Science Center in the North Eastern United States. A degree of two way interaction was achieved in selected British Columbia locations. This compilation of information makes available information from the correspondence and preparatory phase as well as some of the media coverage. In October 1992, the diving students of Lester Pearson College were able to help Darryl Bainbridge with the filming of the Canadian Underwater Safari Production . This series of 24 one hour tv programs was broadcast live from Race Rocks to schools and museum audiences across Canada and the US on the Anik 2 satellite. This experiment was the first at Race Rocks to show that technology could be used to enhance education and research in sensitive areas without them being overly threatened by the presence of humans. .
Fletcher- Garry L., Biology and Environmental Systems Students 1999 Intertidal Transects at Race Rocks. . . . . . http://www.uwc.ca/pearson/ensy/racerock/trans98/tran15.htm . IntroductionThroughout the time since Lester Pearson College first took on a stewardship role at Race Rocks in the late 1970’s, we have been involved in doing a variety of Ecological studies. Tidepool monitoring, intertidal transects, invertebrate association studies , subtidal transects, and marine mammal studies. This paper will outline the Intertidal Transect-Quadrat Studies:
At least 50 Students of the Environmental Systems and Biology classes annually have done intertidal transect studies as a field lab exercise. These transect studies are usually done with a class of 10-16 in a 60 minute time slot when we can get out to Race Rocks. It is only possible to do them in the spring when the tidal levels are low enough. The objectives for these studies are indicated on the worksheet attached. For the most part , they are designed to show students basic methodology of studying intertidal zonation and recording ecological changes and relationships through an environmental gradient. They are also intended however to serve a practical purpose in documenting baseline information about the intertidal area as an indicator for checking on long term patterns of change or stability and serving as a baseline against which anthropogenic changes could be measured. It is important to recognize that students are learning organism identification as well as basic technique here so there is no attempt to treat this as a rigorous statistical investigation. 

Two other types of transect work have been done. One is a series of photographic transects , and these have been used once as a ground truthing exercise for comparison two years after the photos were taken . The other is a transect done frequently at station 13A) on the North East corner as part of an exam question on intertidal zonation on macroalgae.

CONTENTS:

PART A : Intertidal transects Station #15 . Student data and kite diagrams are attached as examples. 

Internet connection to pictures taken during this study can be found here. (http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/transect/trans98/tran15.htm) 

——————————————————————————–
PART B : Intertidal Transects Station #13A. 
.This North East corner of the island has a constant slope of 45 degrees, is exposed to the winter storms and swells from the East and is shaded from hot afternoon exposure to sunlight. The zonation of the different species of algae is striking. A set of student data is attached. http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/transect/trans98/tran5.htm

——————————————————————————–
PART C : Photographic transect in the peg #5 area. 
In the summer of 1995 an exercise was developed at the BioQuest workshop as an example of how photographic transects could be used in a computer simulation. These images are available at: the following location: http://www.racerocks.com/racerocks/transect/transect.htm

There are many slides in the Race Rocks slide set of Garry Fletcher, stored in the Pearson College Race Rocks Collection in the library. They document various classes from Pearson College involved in doing transects. See second link to internet files. ../transect/trans98/tran15.htm
Fletcher- Garry L., Marine Science Students, 1979 1979 Ecological Reserve Proposal for Race Rocks Ecological Reserve . Editor:Garry Fletcher . . . rrrefer/Apr79wkshop.htm . None available– See Comments or Links This is the proposal for the Ecological reserve at Race Rocks, done by faculty and students of Lester Pearson College, followed by a workshop held at the college in 1979. Slides of the participants may be found in the G.Fletcher slide set. .
Fletcher- Garry L., 1979 The Experience of Lester Pearson College in Establishing an Ecological Reserve at Race Rocks . . . . . rrrefer/rrer.htm . None available– See Comments or Links This set of papers documents some of the early experiences in working with the Parks ministry as Warden of the Ecological reserve at Race Rocks. Included are samples of correspondence, and the annual warden reports. .
Fletcher- Garry L., Diving Service Students 1999 Subtidal Transects at Race Rocks . . . . . rrrefer/subtidtransect.htm . Introduction
Throughout the time since Lester Pearson College first took on a stewardship role at Race Rocks in the late 1970’s, we have been involved in doing a variety of Ecological studies. Tidepool monitoring, intertidal transects, invertebrate association studies , abalone tagging, subtidal transects, and marine mammal studies. This introduction will outline the Subtidal Transect-Quadrat Studies:At least 30 Students are involved in the diving program at Lester Pearson College. One of the project we do when weather, tidal conditions and time permit is to record data on the distribution of organisms underwater at Race Rocks. Since our students are trained in diving here, they get to dive at Race Rocks after the fall training period in their first year. It is only in part of their second year that they have the necessary experience to be able to contribute to the underwater ecological recording at Race Rocks. Weather being what it is, the continuity of the work underwater is a problem and thus significant ontributions are made by a handful of students. Dives on the transect stations can only be done on a mild flood or slack tide, and since most use wetsuits, they are only able to stick with stationary activity underwater a short time until they get cold. It is important to recognize that students are learning organism identification as well as basic technique here so it cannot be treated as a rigorous statistical investigation. 

Various approaches have been made to standardize a workable procedure. Recently some
interest has been shown in an “adopt a quadrat approach”. This is possible since we now have permanent peg locations underwater. So far it has not produced significant results, but it is hoped that The early investigations were done from fixed pegs in the intertidal zone and compass bearings to position the lines. Two files have been produced documenting the procedures. One in the early years by Bruce Walker, (a student of year 13), and the other by Dr. Jane Watson of Malaspina College. Both methods are difficult to employ but remain as the best available so far for this difficult to work in area. 

In 1982, one set of students did a comprehensive survey of the distribution of one species Metridium senile. This was an easy to identify organism and large areas could be covered with minor difficulties. This report is included as entry #165 in the Race Rocks Ecological Overview.

The data sheets for the subtidal studies are included here. It is to be hoped that someone may be able to devote the time to working them up into a series of reports on the different stations. After our experience with various methods of underwater ecological work, certainly the population studies by tagging are the ones that have been most successful. In addition, now that we have specific reference pegs in several areas along the North side of the island underwater, the monitoring of specific areas by underwater video is
possible. 

|

This is an on-going project. Raw data files are available of work done in the 1980’s.The second URL link is to the suggested procedure for any further transects that we will be doing in the future. There is a good potential here for a math studies projects using Excel database design. rreoref2/jane/watson.htm
Slater- Carol 1997 Ecological Reserve Manager’s Log- 1997 . . . . . . 577.7 Sla 1997 None available– See Comments or Links The complete text of the station log kept by Carol Slater is included in the library collection. Records of bird and mammal events, whale watching boats and fisheries infractions in the reserve are recorded .
Slater- Carol 1998 Ecological Reserve Manager’s Log- 1998 . . . . . . 577.7 Sla 1998 None available– See Comments or Links The complete text of the station log kept by Carol Slater is included in the library collection. Records of bird and mammal events, whale watching boats and fisheries infractions in the reserve are recorded .
Slater- Mike 1999 Meteorological Data for Race Rocks, 1997-1998 . . . . . . 551.632 Sle None available– See Comments or Links With the destaffing of the light station, meteorological records were about to be discontiniued. At the request of Pearson College , the records were re-established. Daily records of Max- min. temp and rainfall are included here in the library copy. An additional copy is kept at Race Rocks. .
Slater- Mike 1999 Salinity- Temperature Daily Records For Race Rocks, 1997-1999 . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/data/data.htm 551.4601 Sal None available– See Comments or Links Salinity records are in Density units. The raw tables submitted monthly are provided in the library in this reference. The above URL provides a link to the Institute of Ocean Sciences record made from these daily reports, dating back to the 1920’s. After automation of the light station, these records were maintained by Pearson College staff, Mike Slater. Records are taken manually one hour before high tide daily. The results are forwarded monthly to Ron Perkin of IOS. He has prepared the complete database. The link provided here also connects to an internal version of the database. frmTemp-Salinity
Fletcher-Garry L. 1999 Race Rocks Ecological Reserve Warden’s Reports and correspondence 1980-1998 . . . . . . 577.7 Fle Rac Ro None available– See Comments or Links Most of the warden’s reports available have been included .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1999 Marine Birds of Pedder Bay to Race Rocks- Transect Data . . . . . . . None available Includes analysis of some of the data by LBPC student David Mesiha, March 1999. Good for exercises on Excel spreadsheets. .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1999 The Management Plan for the Race Rocks Ecological Reserve . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/manage1.htm . None available– See Comments This link is to the version of the management plan for the Ecological Reserve which was completed in the spring of 1998. Another reference #27 documents the stages in the development of the plan. Also available in Braille at LBPC library. .
Baird W.F. and Associates 1991 Pedder Bay British Columbia Wave Climate Study and Wave protection Considerations . . . . . rrrefer/pedbaywave.htm 551.4708 Bai None available– See Comments . .
Baird- Robin W., Dill-Lawrence M. 1995 Occurrence and Behavior of Transient killer whales: seasonal and pod-specific variability, foraging behavior and prey handling Can. J. Zool. . 73 . 1300-1311 . 599.536 Bai We studied the occurrence and behavior of so-called transient killer
whales (Orcinus orca) around southern Vancouver Island from 1986 to
1993. Occurrence and behavior varied seasonally and among pods ; some
pods foraged almost entirely in open water and were recorded in the
study area throughout the year, while others spent much of their time
foraging around pinniped haulouts and other nearshore sites, and used
the study area primarily during the harbour seal (Phoca vitulina)
weaning ? post-weaning period. Overall use of the area was greatest
during that period, and energy intake at that time was significantly
greater than at other times of the year, probably because of the high
encounter rates and ease of capture of harbour seal pups. Multipod
groups of transients were frequently observed, as has been reported for
residents, but associations were biased towards those between pods
that exhibited similar foraging tactics. Despite the occurrence of
transients and residents within several kilometers of each other on
nine occasions, mixed groups were never observed and transients appeared
to avoid residents. Combined with previous studies on behavioural,
ecological, and morphological differences, such avoidance behavior
supports the supposition that these populations are reproductively
isolated.
. .
Baird- Robin W., Dill-Lawrence M. 1996 Ecological and social determinants of group size in transient killer whales . . . . . . 599.536 Bai E Most analyses of the relationship between group size and food intake of
social carnivores have shown a discrepancy between the group size that
maximizes energy intake and that which is most frequently observed.
Around southern Vancouver Island, British Columbia, killer whales of the
so-called transient form forage in small groups, and appear to prey
exclusively on marine mammals. Between 1986 and 1993, in approximately
434 h of observations on transient killer whales, we observed 138
attacks on five species of marine mammals. Harbor seals were most
frequently attacked (130 occasions), and the observed average energy
intake rate was more than sufficient for the whales energetic needs.
Energy intake varied with group size, with groups of three having the
highest energy intake rate per individual. While groups of three were
most frequently encountered, the group size experienced by an average
individual in the population (i.e., typical group size) is larger than
three. However, comparisons between observed and expected group sizes
should utilize only groups engaged in the behavior of interest. The
typical size of groups consisting only of adult and subadult whales that
were engaged primarily in foraging activities confirms that these
individuals are found in groups that are consistent with the
maximization of energy intake hypothesis. Larger groups may form for (1)
the occasional hunting of prey other than harbor seals, for which the
optimal foraging group size is probably larger than three; and (2) the
protection of calves and other social functions. Key words: dispersal,
foraging, group hunting, harbor seals, killer whales, optimal group
size, social structure. [Behav Ecol. 7:408-416 (1996].
. .
Olesiuk,Peter 1993 Annual Prey Consumption by harbour seals Fish. Bull. US. . 91 . 491-515 . . . . .
Baird, Robin W., Hanson- M.Bradley 1996 Status of the Northern fur seal , Callorhinus ursinus , in Canada The Canadian Field Naturalist . . . . rreoref2/elepseal/statusfurseal.htm 599.79 Bai This report reviews the general biology, status, and management of the
Northern Fur Seal (Callorhinus ursinus), with special reference to its
status in Canadian waters. While Northern Fur Seals do not breed within
Canadian waters, they can be found in large numbers in the waters
offshore of British Columbia year-round, and occasional stragglers are
found inshore. Generally found only in small groups during the pelagic
phase of their life, the largest numbers occur in British Columbia
waters from January through June. The eastern North Pacific population
has declined significantly over the last 30 years, but the cause in
unknown.
The picture shown here is of the fur seal “Frosty” who Trev and Flo Anderson took note of for at least six years at Race Rocks- until they left in 1982. Photo by Flo Anderson .
Baird- Robin W. 1997 Birth of a Resident killer whale off Victoria , British Columbia ,Canada Marine Mammal Science . 13 3 504-508 . 599.523 Bir Observations of cetacean births are rare, as are reports of the behavior
of the mother and other group members immediately after a birth.
Scientists have observed births of at least five species in the wild:
the killer whale (Orcinus orca), sperm whale (Physeter macrocephalus),
beluga (Delphinapterus leucas), false killer whale (Pseudorca
crassidens), and gray whale (Eschrichtius robustus) ( Balcomb 1974,
Leatherwood and Beach 1975, Mills and Mills 1979, Jacobsen 1981,
Weilgart and Whitehead 1986, Beland et al. 1990, Notarbartolo-di-Sciara
et al. 1997). There have also been a few published accounts of cetacean
births in captivity (e.g., Asper et al. 1988). This note describes the
birth of a wild killer whale in a well-documented “resident” pod and the
unusual behavior of the group.
. .
Baird-Robin W. 1998 Dall’s porpoise reactions to tagging attempts using a remotely- deployed suction -cup tag MTS Journal . 32 . 18-23 . 599.53 Han Remotely-deployable non-invasive (suction-cup attached) tags to record
underwater behavior of cetaceans have recently been developed. How
useful these tags are for applications on a broad range of species has
yet to be documented. However, we attempted to use such tags to study
the diving behavior of Dall’s porpoise (Phocoenoides dalli) in the
trans-boundary area of British Columbia and Washington state, and report
here on the feasibility of the technique, including the reactions of
Dall’s porpoise to tagging attempts. Tagging activities were undertaken
in August 1996, while porpoises were bow-riding on a small vessel. We
made 15 tagging attempts and 13 resulted in tag contact with a porpoise.
No reactions were observed for the 2 misses, nor for 2 of the 13 hits.
Of the 11 cases when tag reactions were observed, porpoises returned to
continue bow-riding almost immediately in 7 cases, suggesting no
long-term effect. Short-term reactions observed included a flinch (9 of
13 hits), tailslap (1 of 13 hits) and high speed swimming away from the
vessel (4 of 13 hits), with some hits resulting in more than one type of
reaction. Three of 13 hits resulted in successful tag attachment. One
tag remained attached for 41 minutes, providing the first diving
behavior data for this species. Rates of descent and ascent, as well as
swimming velocity, were relatively high only for the first 6-8 minutes
after tag attachment, suggesting a reaction to tagging that lasted
approximately 8 minutes.
. .
Baird-Robin W. 1998 An Intergenic hybrid in the family phococnidae Can Journal Zool . 76 . 198-204 . 599.539 Bai A 60 cm female fetus recovered from a Dall’s porpoise (Phocoenoides
dalli) found dead in southern British Columbia was fathered by a harbour
porpoise (Phocoena Phocoena). This is the first report of a hybrid
within the family Phocoenidae and one of the first well-documented cases
of cetacean hybridization in the wild. In several morphological
features, the hybrid was either intermediate between the parental
species (e.g., vertebral count) or more similar to the harbour porpoise
than to the Dall’s porpoise (e.g., colour pattern, relative position of
the flipper, dorsal fin height). The fetal colour pattern (with a clear
mouth-to-flipper stripe, as is found in the harbour porpoise) is similar
to that reported for a fetus recovered from a Dall’s porpoise to off
California. Hybrid status was confirmed through genetic analysis, with
species-specific repetitive DNA sequences of both the harbour and Dall’s
porpoise being found in the fetus. Atypically pigmented porpoises
(usually traveling with the behaving like Dall’s porpoises) are
regularly observed in the area around southern Vancouver Island. We
suggest that these abnormally pigmented animals, as well as the
previously noted fetus from California, may also represent hybridization
events.
. .
Baird- Robin,W 1998 Studying Diving Behavior of Whales and Dolphins using suction cup attached tags Whalewatcher . Spring/Summer . 3-7 . 599.53 Bai S Tagging whales with radio transmitters (either VHF or satellite-linked)
or sensors which record depth, swimming speed, or other parameters can
provide details on the movement patterns and behavior of a species.
Methods for putting such tags on whales and dolphins have typically
involved capturing the animals and pinning the tags onto the dorsal fin
of dorsal ridge, or using tags which can be put on free-living animals
but which penetrate the skin to anchor into the blubber. While these
methods are necessary in many studies, especially for those in which
long-term or long-distance information is required, there is an
alternate method for short-term attachments which does not require
capturing the animals or penetrating the skin. This approach uses
remotely-attached suction-cup tags. Here I give information on the
history of this technique, some details about methods, and talk about
some of the limitations. Despite the potential situations where
suction-cup tags may be valuable or even the most “appropriate” method
for attaching instruments on cetaceans, many limitations to this method
exist.
. .
Bigg- Michael 1985 Status of the Steller Sea Lion ( Eumetopias jubatus) and California Sea Lion ( Zalophus californianus) in British Columbia Canadian Special Publication of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences . . . 20 . 599.5 Big None available– See Comments or Links . .
Barr- Julie 1996 Interests of Stakeholders and options for Establishing a Marine Protected Area at William Head- A Discussion Paper Discussion paper . . . . rrrefer/wmhead.htm 577.7 Bar I None available– See Comments or Links Appendix contains two journal articles on Marine protected Areas .
MPA Strategy Steering Committee , B.C.Parks , Fisheries and Oceans Canada 1998 Marine Protected Areas A Strategy for Canada’s Pacific Coast– Discussion Paper . . . . . http://www.luco.gov.bc.ca/pas/mpa/dispap.htm 577.7 Pet None available– See Comments or Links Co-signed by Petrachenko-Donna, and Thompson-Derek -From the Foreword: “This Strategy has been developed jointly by federal and provincial agencies and clearly reflects the need for governments to work in unison to achieve common marine protection and conservation goals. The Strategy is not a new program, but an initiative to coordinate all existing federal and provincial marine protected areas under a single umbrella. This will allow for the development of a national system of marine protected areas on the Pacific Coast by the year 2010 which is interlinked with the marine components of the B.C. Protected Areas Strategy.” August, 1998 .
Stitt-Susan 1990 Lighthouse keepers essential to research Pacific Tidings . 3 3 4-6 . 387.155.Sti None available– See Comments or Links “We see clear evidence of a warming trend in the ocean,” says Dr. Freedland. “The trend line shows warming at Race Rocks to be about .26 degrees C. per century, that’s quite small but the water there is influenced by the Frazer River and the cold water coming down off the mountains,” .
Seven-Richard 1998 Keepers of the Light– After years of protecting people from these rocks, these lighthouse keepers now protect the rocks from the people Pacific Northwest magazine in The Seattle Times– January 25, 1998 . . . . . 387.155 Sev None available– See Comments or Links Has excellent color photos .
Hodgkins-D.O., Goodman-R.H., Fingas, M.F. 1993 Forecasting Surface Currents Measured with HF Radar Proceedings 16th Arctic and Marine Oil Spill Program (AMOP) Technical Seminar . . . 12 . 551.4701 Hod Utilization of real-time surface current data with oil spill models
requires forecasting currents for lead times of 24 to 48 hours. A
forecasting method based on tidal decomposition and an ARMA analysis of
residuals has been derived and tested using the 1992 Juan de Fuca
SeaSonde database of hourly surface currents. Results show that, for
this particular region, most of the observed current can be accounted
for by the tide and the short-term residual mean. A portion,
representing about 15% of the variance, was found to be associated with
the turbulent eddy field. The radar current measurements provide spatial
estimates of the kinetic energy in this turbulent component, and of the
associated eddy diffusivity. Thus, the current forecasting algorithm
provides useful predictions of both the slowly-varying deterministic
flow field, and the spatial variations of the turbulent energy and
diffusivity.
. .
Jaquette, Leslie 1995 In a league of their own Canadian . April . 35-37 rreoref/league/league.htm 577.7 Jac None available– See Comments or Links An article about this area as a diving destination. Translation into French in “La Reserve ecologique de Race Rocks” parallel article. .
Baird- Robin W. 1991 Harbour Seal Detection of Predators: Implications for the adaptive function of transient killer whale foraging tactics. Research Proposal . . . 19 . 595.5 Bai Ha Two forms of killer whale (Orcinus orca) are found in British Columbia,
Alaska and Washington; one, termed transient, feeds primarily on marine
mammals, and the other, termed resident, feeds primarily on fish. In the
study are around southern Vancouver Island, transient killer whales feed
primarily on harbour seals (Phoca vitulina). The purpose of this
research is to examine each of the three sensory cues harbour seals
might use to detect killer whales. These cues are (1) visual, (2)
auditory above-water, and (3) auditory below-water. The relative
importance of each cue in harbour seal detection of killer whales will
be determined by comparing the magnitude of the reactions to each
stimulus. While hunting harbour seals, transient killer whales exhibit
characteristics of all of these components (visual and above- and
below-water sounds) that differ from those of (fish-eating) residents.
These are : an increased length of long dives (Morton 1990) ; decreased
amplitude of exhalations (blows) (Baird pers. obs.) ; and a lack of
underwater vocalizations (Ford and Hubbard-Morton 1990). These
behavioural differences may be adaptations which function to decrease
detection by seals, but this has not been tested.
This proposal includes the permit application. .
Fletcher-Garry L. , Marine Science Students LBPC 1979 Race Rocks Ecological Reserve Proposal- Lester B. Pearson College Report . . . 67 pages rrrefer/Apr79wkshop.htm . None available– See Comments or Links This represents the original proposal for protected status at Race Rocks. It was done by Garry Fletcher and the Marine Science students of Lester Pearson College in preparation for a workshop held on the subject at Pearson College April 21 1979. Complete text of the proposal is included at linked site below. Includes Appendices and record of the workshop meeting at Lester Pearson College. Slides of this event are contained in the slide file referenced in this database. .
Fletcher-Garry L, Marine Science Students -LBP College 1980 Race Rocks Ecological Reserve : Application, Ministry Executive Committee Submission, Cabinet Submission and Correspondence 1979-1980 . . . . 60 rrrefer/Apr79wkshop.htm 577.7 Fle R None available– See Comments or Links In the picture, Dr. Derrick Ellis of U.Vic at the Race Rocks Workshop discussing with Garry Fletcher, students, and other invited guests the possibility of creating an ecological reserve for Race Rocks (April of 1979.) .
Van Dam- Frank, Bethel-Nico,Couchman Barbara, May-Fiona 1977 Historical Documentation on Race Rocks Student Reports . . . 12 . 387.155 Van None available– See Comments or Links . .
Wallace- S.Scott 1996 Initial Communications and Findings of Abalone Project – Race Rocks . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links This set of references includes the permit application and information sent back to Pearson College while Scott was working on his graduate work at UBC. .
Watson- Jane 1994 Race Rocks Sampling Program . . . . 14 rreoref2/jane/lngmonitor.htm 577.7 Wat None available– See Comments or Links This report was done by Jane Watson of Malaspina College in Nanaimo in order to help the students at Pearson College establish a sampling protocol for the stainless steel pegs established from 1994-1995. It is followed up with a survey done by Javier Blanco in 1997 that helps to define the exact location of the pegs. .
Cornerstone planning Group 1996 A Preliminary Assessment of Potential Alternative Uses for Light stations in B.C. . . . . . . 387.155 Pre The site is situated within an Ecological Reserve, which is a nesting
area for thousands of seagulls and other sea birds, including oyster
catchers and cormorants. The presence of a sea lion haul-out site and
elephant seals means that the site may be noisy during certain times of
the year. There is easy access from Victoria harbour. The site is
currently used by Pearson College for research and educational purposes,
and used by nine whale-watching companies for marine wildlife viewing.
There is good potential for local sea kayaking tours, and it is
currently used as a scuba diving site. The Royal B.C. Museum and other
local tour operators visit Race Rocks. The barren landscape with much
wind and lack of potable water are not conducive to the camping
experience.
Page 34 note; potential Alternative uses. This rather glib assessment of the potential shows a .
Crawford -John 1998 Race Rocks project-Phase II- An Examination of Technical Connectivity issues and Educational Options . . . . 12 . 374.26 Cra None available– See Comments or Links Phase I of the Pearson College / Open School collaboration on Race Rocks (completed March 31, 1998), established a strong link between the British Columbia science curriculum and the abundant marine resources of the Race Rocks Ecological Reserve. The compatibility of educational need and a rich marine resource led to the issue of defining specifics for connectivity.The objective of Phase II (summer, 1998) was to identify technical connectivity needs and costs, and consider alternate education options.

Not infrequently, what appears to be a straight forward data gathering
project, quickly escalates into a major research effort. Defining,
pricing, and gaining a consensus on how to establish an interactive
electronic connection between Race Rocks, Lester B. Pearson College and
the Open Learning Agency was just such an undertaking.

However, significant progress was made. Detailed below is :

– a summary of the considered opinions of many experts on the
feasibility and educational value of connectivity
– detailed technical data on how to achieve connectivity

and,

– recommendations for a two-pronged approach to achieve the long-term
Grand scheme while designing and implementing a more modest
educational package for the short-term.

.
Matthews -Angus 1997 Race Rocks Contemporary History . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links Records events at Race Rocks, mostly as they related to the staff and students of Lester Pearson College. In the picture shown here. Trev and flo Anderson built the ship “Wawa” in the late 1970’s and launched it in 1982.– pictures included in this web site. .
Matthews- Angus 1997 Race Rocks History . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/history/rrkeeper/histcont.htm . None available– See Comments or Links On this site is an excellent set of black and white photographs taken of Race Rocks in the late 1800’s and early 1900’s . Courtesy of the British Columbia Archives. Victoria, B.C. .
Bibby- Allan 1997 Outpost Video -The Race Rocks Marine Education Centre . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/outpost/rreduc.htm . None available– See Comments or Links Two versions of this film exist, an 11 minute and a 6 minute version. It highlights Dr. Joe MacInnis on his dive at Race Rocks with students of Lester Pearson College. .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1996 Race Rocks Ecological Reserve History . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/rrerhist.htm . None available– See Comments or Links A summary of the process of making the ecological reserve. In the photo, Jens Jensen and johan Ashuvud, students in the Diving Service of Pearson College are fixing a marker bouy on Rosedale reef. This was at a negative tidal level, the only time in some years this reef becomes visible for a few minutes. Also see slides in the slide collection. .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1997 Race Rocks to be Managed by Pearson College . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/news/racenews.htm . None available– See Comments or Links Announcement on Internet .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1996 The Race Rocks Ecological Reserve Information Pamphlet . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/racrksre.htm . None available– See Comments or Links VISITING THE ECOLOGICAL RESERVE:
Hazards, Light Station, Marine Mammals and Sea Birds, Anchoring, Fishing, Collecting, Research, Diving, Kayaks , Canoes,and Small Boats, Weather, Tides and Currents, Research and Education, Permits– This internet site gives a complete summary of information on the reserve for visitors.
.
Fletcher-Garry L. 1997 The Race Rocks Foghorn . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/sounds/foghorn.htm . None available– See Comments or Links You can download the sound of the old foghorn as it was before 1997. .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1996 Underwater Safari Project at Race Rocks . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/safari/safari.htm . THE UNDERWATER SAFARI PROJECT
In October of 1992, the diving students of Pearson College were able to help with the underwater filming for the Canadian Underwater Safari production. This series of 24 one hour television programs was broadcast live to schools and museum audiences across Canada and the US on the Anik E2 Satellite. Since that time the programs have been broadcast across the world. We have made available at this location some of the unique unerwater footage which was taken by the photographer Darryl Bainbridge. The project was an experiment in using technology along with many volunteer hours to help to bring the fragile ecology of this unique area to the world. Our thanks to B.C.Parks for the intial funding to launch the production. The Royal B.C. Museum and its staff , Shaw Cable, BCSystems, BC Tel and many volunteers who provided assistance with this project.
Jason Reid, a Pearson College Diver stares down the wolf eel on live televised footage at the time of the Underwater Safari Project. .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1997 Biology Class doing Intertidal Transects at Race Rocks- 1997 . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/tidepool/biotran/biotran.htm . None available– See Comments or Links Work on peg #15 .. Largely photographic, but it links to other quantitative data on the intertidal transects .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1995 Race Rocks Ecological Reserve Transect File . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/transect/transrrk.htm . None available– See Comments or Links This is a web site devoted to recording photographic records of transect information so that it can be analyzed with a computer. Three photographic strips taken in 1995 in the intertidal zone near peg#5 at Race Rocks are the samples included. .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1997 Research at Race Rocks . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/admin/erpropos.htm . None available– See Comments or Links An account of some of the recent projects at Race Rocks. .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1998 Rare Observations at Race Rocks . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/pearson/racerock/rare/rare.htm . None available– See Comments or Links This is a file we keep on the internet of rare occurrences at Race Rocks. Examples are: Brown Pelicans, the gastropod mollusk “Opalia. sp.”, the Northern Fur Seal, and a rare land plant, Romanzoffia tracyi. .
CoastWatch Students and Garry Fletcher 1997 The Schools Project . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/cw/schools/school.htm . None available– See Comments or Links An account of the Schools project , which is conducted each spring by the Divers at Pearson College. Links to the schedule, whale exercise and description of the stations on the field trip. .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1997 Dr. Anita Brinckmann-Voss – The hydroid file . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/hydroid/anitabv.htm . Since 1986, Dr. Anita Brinckmann-Voss has assisted the students and faculty of Lester Pearson College with her understanding of marine invertebrate ecology and her expertise in the taxonomy of hydroids. These small colonial animals, the alternate stage of the life-cycle of jellyfish, occur in rich profusion underwater at the Race Rocks Marine Ecological Reserve.When the original species list was done for the Race Rocks Ecological Reserve Proposal, in 1979, only 2 hydroids had been included on our species list. Now over 60 species have been identified by Anita and she continues to assist students with research projects while she furthers her research on specimens from the island. Anita has established long term research plots in a tidepool at the reserve and documents the distribution of hydroids underwater with the assistance of students and faculty in the Diving program at Lester B. Pearson College. A file containing references and photographs of some of the work of Anita Voss at Race Rocks. Also included are examples of biotic associations of hydroids with other invertebrates. .
Fletcher-Garry L., 1997 Ecological Niche , The Empirical Model . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/transect/econiche/econiche.htm . None available– See Comments or Links This web site is a suggestion for a field lab on ecological niches of organisms. Photos from Race Rocks intertidal zone are used as a sample of the process — level Grade 11-12 and up. .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1998 The Race Rocks Physical Data File . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/data/data.htm . None available– See Comments or Links This file is for linking to a number of sites with current and past records and predictions of physical factors .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1997 Underwater 3D at Race Rocks . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/roxview/roxview.htm . None available– See Comments or Links The image of underwater topography of the Race Rocks MPA on this site was made by Terra Surveys of Sidney, B.C. .
Brinckmann-Voss – Anita 1990 Permit Reports and Correspondence for Hydroid research . . . . 22 . 593.55 Bri P None available– See Comments or Links Included are copies of some of the permit applications made by Anita Voss for her work in conjunction with the Pearson College Diving Students and Faculty at Race Rocks Ecological Reserve. Also included are the draft materials for her paper on the tidepool #6 .- Seasonality of hydroids— Species lists are included. Entries span 1986 to 1890 rreoref/manage1.htm
Fletcher-Garry L. 1997 The Group Four Science Project at Race Rocks – 1997 . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/GRP4/gr4frameset.htm . None available– See Comments or Links . .
Ecological Reserves Branch. 1995 B.C. Ecological Reserves Brochure and map . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/brochur2.htm . None available– See Comments or Links Introduction to Ecological reserves in BC Listing of 131 reserves and a map as to the distribution in 1993. .
Ecological Reserves Branch 1995 Race Rocks Ecological Reserves #97 Publications List . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links The ecological reserves office of the Provincial Department of Lands and Parks have since the inception of the reserve in 1980 kept a copy of all reports done that relate to research done on the reserve. At present this is housed at the Parks Office at 700 Johnson Street in Victoria.. All the records from this site have been added to this database . Copies of the reports will be available also at both libraries. .
Hawkes -Michael W 1994 Conserving Marine Ecosystems: Are British Columbia’s Marine Protected Areas Adequate? (Chapter 28) Biodiversity in British Columbia Editor: Harding, Lee E. , McCullum, Emily . . 393-410 rrrefer/biodch28/biodiversitychapt28.htm 577.7 Haw None available– See Comments or Links (From page 399) Race Rocks ( Ecological Reserve # 97 ) in the Strait of Juan de Fuca has the most protected status of any marine protected area in the province. It is closed ( by the department of Fisheries and Oceans) to the commercial and recreational harvesting of all marine life except for recreational (sport) fishing of salmon and halibut. The reasoning behind this decision is that salmon and halibut are migratory finfish and therefore transient in the reserve, so closing these fisheries in the reserve will do nothing to conserve the species. However accidental catch of resident fish in the reserve , especially rockfish , is a matter of concern. rrrefer/biodch28/p232complete.htm
Dickins- David, British Columbia Env. Emergencies and Coastal Protection 1990 Oil Spill Atlas Oil spill response atlas for the southwest coast of Vancouver Island Editor: D. Dickens . . . . 628.1686 Oil None available– See Comments or Links NOTES: Includes bibliographical references.
SUBJECT: Environmental protection–British Columbia–Vancouver Island–Maps.
SUBJECT: Oil spills–Environmental aspects–British Columbia–Vancouver
Island–Maps. 
SUBJECT: Oil pollution of the sea–Environmental aspects–British Columbia–Vancouver
Island–Maps.
.
Holbrook- J.R. et al 1980 Circulation in the Strait of Juan de Fuca : recent oceanographic observations in the eastern basin . . . . . . 551.47 Hol None available– See Comments or Links . .
Frisch- Shelby, Holbrook- James 1978 HF RADAR measurements in Eastern Juan de Fuca HF radar measurements of circulation in the eastern
Strait of Juan de Fuca (August, 1978)
. . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links The results of the harmonic analysis of data from 95 tide stations and 90 current stations in the Strait of Juan de Fuca Strait of Georgia system are presented in the form of tables, cotidal and corange charts, and charts illustrating the relationships between various tidal constituents. The implications of these results relative to the tidal hydrodynamics of the system are discussed generally. Methods of analysis are described. A physical description of the area is also given along with approximate values of transport through key cross sections.Since the fall of 1973 the National Ocean Survey (NOS) has been carrying
out detailed circulatory surveys in the Strait of Juan de Fuca, the
Strait of Georgia, and connecting waterways. The object of these surveys (six of which have been completed at the writing of this report) has been the acquisition of tide, current, and salinity and temperature data at numerous locations and depths, along with weather data such as wind, sea level pressure, and air temperature. Analysis of these data is expected to provide an accurate and detailed description of water movement in this area, as well as further theoretical insight into the causes of this water movement. The need for increased understanding of
the Strait of Juan de Fuca Strait of Georgia system is due in part to the increased oil tanker traffic from the Trans-Alaskan pipeline to the several refineries in this area and in Puget Sound to the south (connected to the Strait of Juan de Fuca by Admiralty Inlet). Damage to the marine environment from oil spill could have serious detrimental effects on the large salmon and shellfish industries and on the even larger commercial fishing and recreation industries. A better understanding of the water movement in this area is expected to minimize the consequences of oil spillage and maximize the effectiveness of cleanup operations. It will also provide information relevant to
municipal pollution problems, coastal zone management, and navigation.

The data from these surveys (officially designated, OPR-509, Puget Sound Approaches) have come mainly from the eastern half of the Strait of Juan de Fuca, including Admiralty Inlet, the southern end of the Strait of Georgia, and the connecting waterways. This area is the most dynamically complicated portion of the system. These data have been supplemented
with historical NOS data from this same area and from the western half of the Strait of Juan de Fuca, along with Canadian data along Vancouver Island and in the northern Strait of Georgia.
This report presents the results of the harmonic analysis of 95 tide
stations and 90 current stations from the Strait of Georgia-Strait of
Juan de Fuca system. The results are presented in tables, cotidal and corange charts, and charts illustrating the relationships between various tidal constituents. The implications of these results relative to the tidal hydrodynamics of the system are discussed generally. Mathematical explanations and descriptions are included in a later report. Approximate transport values across key cross sections are also
provided.

.
Nyblade -Carl F. 1978 The intertidal and shallow subtidal benthos of the Strait of Juan de Fuca, spring 1976 -winter 1977 . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links . .
Vanderhorst-J.R., 1980 Recovery of Strait of Juan de Fuca intertidal habitat following experimental contamination with oil : second annual report, fall 1979 – winter 1980 . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links . .
British Columbia/Washington Marine Science Panel. 1994 The shared marine waters of British Columbia and Washington a scientific assessment of current status and future trends in resource abundance and environmental quality in the Strait of Juan De Fuca, . . . . . . 577.7 Sha The British Columbia/Washington Marine Science Panel was created in 1993
under the 1992 Environmental Cooperation Agreement between British
Columbia and Washington state. The panel was asked to evaluate the
condition of the marine environment in the Strait of Georgia, Strait of
Juan de Fuca and Puget Sound region on both sides of the international
boundary. For purposes of this report, this region is called the shave
waters, and the area in the immediate vicinity of the international
boundary is called the transboundary waters.The panel reports to the British Columbia/Washington Environmental
Cooperation Council, which was formed as part of the Environmental
Cooperation Agreement and which identified water quality on both sides
of the boundary as a high-priority issue requiring immediate and joint
attention. To guide its inquiries, the panel addressed several
questions about natural processes, resource population, contamination
and future trends in the area. In early 1994, the panel participated
(with a Work Group supporting the Environmental Cooperation Council) in
a scientific symposium featuring invited presentations by Canadian and
U.S. scientific experts on a broad range of topics. The scientific
review papers from this symposium have been published as a separate
technical volume and form an important basis for this report.

The panel based its recommendations about conditions in the shared
waters and proposed remedial actions on scientific evaluation of actual
harm done and on the risks that harm will be done, rather than on
popular perceptions or political considerations. Where insufficient
information is available to evaluate harm and risks, a precautionary
approach and additional research are recommended.

The shared marine waters of British Columbia and Washington a scientific assessment of current status and future
trends in resource abundance and environmental quality in the Strait of Juan De Fuca, Strait of Georgia, and Puget
Sound :British Columbia/Washington Marine Science Panel.
.
Chester – Alexander J 1978 Microzooplankton in the surface waters of the Strait of Juan de Fuca . . . . 25 . 592.1776 Che None available– See Comments or Links
Microzooplankton organisms were enumerated from surface seawater samples
obtained at three stations in the Strait of Juan de Fuca during 13
cruises from 1976 to 1977 (tabulated data appear in Appendix). Ciliates
were the most abundant group; maximum concentrations exceeded 10,000
liter. The ciliate community was composed almost exclusively of
oligotrichs, tintinnids, and the gymnostome species, Mesodinium rubrum.
These groups made up an average of 60%, 10%, and 30%, respectively, of
the total ciliate numbers at each station. Twenty-six tintinnid species
and 15 oligotrich species were identified during the 2-year study. The
population peaks of most of these organisms coincided with periods of
high biological activity during spring and summer. Certain species,
however, such as the tintinnid Stenosemella ventricosa, were most
common during winter months. The ecological role of oligotrichs and
tintinnids as particle grazers is distinguished from that of M. rubrum,
a ciliate deriving its nutrition from photosynthetic endosymbionts.
NOAA technical report ERL-PMEL- .
Sutherland, I. R. 1989 Kelp inventory, 1988 : Juan de Fuca Strait Fisheries Development Report -No 35 . . . 18 . . None available– See Comments or Links (Fisheries development report. no. 35.) 
Six folded maps in pocket. 17 pages Includes bibliographical references.
1. Nereocystis luetkeana–Juan de Fuca Strait (B.C. and Wash.) 2. Macrocystis integrifolia–Juan
de Fuca Strait (B.C. and Wash.) 3. Nereocystis luetkeana–British Columbia.
4. Macrosystis integrifolia–British Columbia. I .British Columbia. Aquaculture and Commercial Fisheries Branch.
.
Parker- Bruce B 1977 Tidal hydrodynamics in the Strait of Juan de Fuca – Strait of Georgia (NOAA technical report ; NOS 69) Item 208-B-7. S/N 003-021-000165. . . . 56 . 551.4708 Par None available– See Comments or Links 1. Tides–Juan de Fuca (Strait). 2. Tides–Georgia, Strait of. I. National Ocean Survey. Office of Marine Surveys and Maps. II. United States. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. .
LeBlond – Paul H. 1987 A Review of the impact of Unmanning Western Region Lightstations
A review of the impact of unmanning western region light stations: final report
. . . . 30 . 387.155 Lab This report reviews the activities of lightkeepers at B.C.’s 41 manned
lightstations, with particular emphasis on safety-related services such
as weather reporting, search and rescue, and radio communications. The
impact of removing the keepers on the functioning of navigational aids
and on safety-related services has been assessed through a series of
interviews with Canadian Coast Guard officials as well as
representatives from other federal government departments and through
consultation with the coastal marine community in public meetings and
private interviews.Sufficient evidence has been found to conclude that a human presence is
not absolutely necessary to keep lights and foghorns functioning at a
satisfactory level of reliability; automatic lightstations are already
common in Canada and elsewhere. The most significant impact of removal
of a lightkeeper is thus to be found on the level of safety-related
services provided at a given lightstation. Digests of keepers logs,
plans of government departments, availability of alternate resources and
users views have been consulted for each type of service (weather, SAR
and radio) for each station. Stations have been grouped in four classes
according to the assessed impact of unmanning

Stations with Medium impact index should be kept manned for now, but
their status should be revised in the light of improved technology,
especially regarding aviation weather reports and radio communications.
These stations are : Ballenas Is., Carmanah Pt., Dryad Pt., Entrance
Is., Ivory Is., Merry Is., Race Rocks, Sand Heads, Saturna Is., Scarlett
Pt., Sisters Is., Triple Is., and Chatham Pt. É

. .
Collias – Eugene E. McGary v- Noel , Barnes – Clifford A. 1974 Atlas of Physical and Chemical Properties of Puget Sound and Its Approaches Washington Sea Grant Publication . . . . . 551.4601 Col Objective; Physical and Chemical oceanographic Data from Puget Sound and its approaches have been gathered by the university of Washington since 1932, these data have been published in tabular form and have been catalogued by Collias (1970) , but little of this information has been put into a graphic form that is readily available. This Atlas of Physical and chemical properties of Puget Sound and its Approaches makes such a graphic presentation and provides a convenient and usable reference for defining the major features of water properties in the Sound. Data and cross sectional charts measured from 1952- Oct 13-16 until Nov. 13 1961 RR no stations occupied until Feb. 16-19 1953 The following Vertical profile charts are made available: Temperature, Salinity, Density, Phosphate, and Oxygen. .
Canadian Council on Ecological Areas, Task Force on Marine Protected Areas 1990 Marine ecological areas in Canada : perspectives of the Canadian Council on Ecological Areas, Task Force on Marine Protected Areas (Occasional paper ; no. 9) Editor:Robert Graham . . 194 . 639.95 None available– See Comments or LinksThe Canadian Council on Ecological Areas (CCEA) established a task force
on marine protected areas in 1988 to : (1) review the Estate of the art
of marine and freshwater ecosystem conservation initiatives and possible
application of the concept of marine ecological areas to Canada, (2)
identify the steps Council could take in promoting the establishment of
such reserves and (3) suggest potential guidelines for selection and
management of these protected areas.

It was agreed at the outset that the efforts of this task force would
focus on marine systems and the Great Lakes, leaving the concept of
freshwater ecological areas to another study group. There is a growing
body of literature and experience in the Great Lakes Area with ‘cross
walking’ coastal and freshwater ecological classification systems. These
developments should be carefully monitored by Council.

The attached papers and contributions represent a review of the state of
the art of marine conservation initiatives. It was concluded by the Task
Force that marine ecological areas could be implemented in Canada.
However, park and protected area managers and planners will have to
adjust their models and methods of planning and management (e.g. natural
resource inventories) to work with the realities of the marine
environment (i.e. an open rather than closed or semi-closed system,
numerous patterns of energy exchange that are very large and alter
rapidly, a complicated regulatory environment, significant and
persistent downstream effects, and approaches to planning and management
that allow for controlled sustainable resource use, joint decision
making with customary and indigenous users and collaborative forms of
both planning and management).

Papers presented at a workshop held in Charlottetown, P.E.I., in August 1988.
Includes bibliographical references.
.
Holbrook, Muench – R.D., Kachel – D.G. , Wright – C., Bath- A. Douglas. 1980 Data record of current observations, volume XV, Juan de Fuca Strait, 1973 Noaa Tech Report . . . 42 . . In two field experiments conducted in the eastern Strait of Juan de Fuca
during winter 1977-78 and summer 1978, 3-mo time series measurements of
currents, over-the-water winds, shore winds, and water properties were
obtained. From these data sets, the principal water motions are
identified and described. Over time scales of 4 to 25 h, tidal currents
dominate the current fluctuations and account for 58% to 99% of the
current variance. Mean flow is characterized by and estuarine
circulation that consists of a vigorous two-layer pattern with
near-surface velocities directed seaward at 20 to 40 cm/s and deep layer
velocities directed landward at 10 cm/s. Although local winds play a
minor role in modifying near-surface circulation, coastal storms
dramatically affect circulation in the eastern basin. During the winter
experiment seven current reversals (up-strait subtidal flow) were
observed for periods of 2 to 6 days and had eastward maximum velocities
of 20 cm/s. The extent to which coastal winds affect flow in the eastern
basin depends on their strength, duration, and direction. The reversals
that propagated up-strait at speeds of 20 to 30 cm/s were observed as
far as New Dungeness Spit, 135 km east of Cape Flattery. Coastal Ocean
Dynamics Applications Radar (CODAR) surface drifter and current
measurements during an intensive 4-day study period further delineate
the spatial characteristics of a single coastally generated reversal.
Although the long-term average near-surface flow is seaward, the effects
of tidal currents and coastal storms and the resultant complex pattern
of eddies, fronts, and shore-directed currents lead to a regime in which
surface pollutants could impact the shore as far east as Whidbey Island.
169 p. : map. 
1. Ocean currents–British Columbia–Juan de Fuca Strait. I. Bath, J. F.
II. Douglas A. GC281.J8 H8 
GC 281 J8 H8 circ c.1 
.
Hollister – H.J. 1965 Sea surface temperature and Salinity at Shore Stations along the British Columbia coast during 1965 Fisheries Research Board tech report no 32 . . . 50 . 551.4601 Hol 1965 None available– See Comments or Links All data for Race Rocks is included .
Stewart- Robert J. , Pease -Carol-H. 1978 A comparison of the MESA-Puget Sound oil spill model with wind and current observations from August 1978 U.S. EPA report . . . . . 551.4763 Ste This report compares the winds and currents observed in August 1978 in
the Strait of Juan de Fuca with simulated wind and current fields taken
from the MESA-Puget Sound oil spill model. This model is described in a
companion report, Pease (in press). A method is developed for relating
these errors in velocity to uncertainties in predicted position. The
tidal current subprogram of the oil spill model is shown to reduce the
uncertainty in trajectory position by an amount that is somewhere in the
range of 50% to 90% of the total uncertainty that can be caused by
ignorance of the tides. It is also shown that the uncertainty in
trajectory position is strongly affected by our inability to predict the
baroclinic motions in the region. Over time less than 10 hours, the
dispersion is mainly tidal, and the tidal current subprogram contributes
significantly to the prediction of position. After 10 hours, however,
the bulk of the dispersion is due to the low-frequently (periods longer
than a week) baroclinic motions. These baroclinic motions are poorly
understood, and a program of basic research directed at illuminating
their causes and statistical properties is called for, if predictions
are to be made over periods longer than 10 hours. The regional wind
model developed by Overland, Hitchman, and Han (1979) and used as a
subprogram in the model is compared with wind observations from a short
period of time. We conclude that the selection of a master station for
use in scaling the pattern strength cannot be done in an arbitrary
fashion. We also find that the repertoire of patterns presently
available in the program library is not sufficiently comprehensive to
allow reliable modeling of the surface wind.
prepared for Office of Energy, Minerals, and Industry, Office of Research and Development, U.S.Environmental
Protection Agency. Seattle, WA : U.S. Dept. of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration ; Washington, DC : U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Office of
Environmental Engineering and Technology ; Springfield, Va. : National Technical Information Service, [distributor], 1981.
vii, 54 p. : ill., maps ; 28 cm.
(Interagency energy-environment R&D program report ; EPA-600/7-80-168)
October 1980;–Cover.
Pacific Marine Environmental Laboratory, Environmental Research Laboratories, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration; August 1980.Bibliography: p. 32-33.1. MESA Puget Sound Project. 2. Tidal currents–Juan de Fuca Strait (B.C.
and Wash.) 3.<BR>
Winds–Observations. I.Pease, Carol H. II.Pacific Marine Environmental Laboratory
(U.S.)
III.United States. Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Environmental
Engineering and
Technology. IV.Mesa Puget Sound Project. V.A comparison of the M.E.S.A.-Puget
Sound oil
spill model with wind and current observations from August 1978. 
Holdings (See footnote for additional information)<BR>
<BR>
Vancouver Public Library:<BR>
628.16833 S85c <BR>
.
Spalding D.J. 1964 Comparative feeding Habits of the Fur Seal, Sea Lion, and Harbour Seal on the British Columbia Coast Bulletin No. 146 . . . . . 599.5 Spa None available– See Comments or Links . .
U.S. Federal Water Pollution Control Administration 1968 Conference on the Matter of Pollution of the Navigable Waters of Puget Sound, The Strait of Juan de Fuca, and Their Tributaries and Estuaries Transcript of proceedings [second session] . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links 3 v. illus. 
Conference held Sept. 6-7, 1967 and Oct. 6, 1967. First session held Jan.16 and 17, 1962. Cover title: Proceedings, second session. 
1. Water–Pollution–Washington (State)–Puget Sound. 2. Water–Pollution–Washington
.
Brewer- William A. 1978 Evidence on Puget Sound and Straits of Juan de Fuca vessel traffic associated with crude and refined petroleum Regional Program report . 78 . 29 . 387.5448 Bre Existing patterns of Tanker Traffic in the Greater Puget Sound area are
described. The total volume of crude oil and products in transit on
greater Puget Sound waters is estimated at 650,000 barrels per day in
late 1977. The number of crude tanker arrivals is estimated to be 200
per year. The number of loaded product tanker transits of the Sound area
is estimated at 360 per year.Vessel characteristics of world trade tankers likely to be calling at
Puget Sound ports are reviewed. Although there has never been a major
spill in the area the expected composite oil spill rate is .004% of oil
carried by the fleet, projected to occur on or within 50 miles of Puget
Sound. The Alaskan fleet characteristics are compared with the above
fleet and a somewhat lower composite spill rate is forecast.

The most significant growth potential, other than transshipment of crude
oil, is in the export of refined products to California, Alaska or
Hawaii.

The effect on tanker traffic patterns from proposed transshipment of
crude oil through oil ports at Cherry Point, Port Angeles and Kitimat is
projected. Under various assumptions projected traffic ranges from 308
to 360 arrivals per year at Kitimat with a throughput of 700,000 barrels
per day.

The results of the harmonic analysis of data from 95 tide stations and 90 current stations in the Strait of Juan de Fuca Strait of Georgia system are presented in the form of tables, cotidal and corange charts, and charts illustrating the relationships between various tidal constituents. The implications of these results relative to the tidal hydrodynamics of the system are discussed generally. Methods of analysis are described. A physical description of the area is also given along with approximate values of transport through key cross sections.
Since the fall of 1973 the National Ocean Survey (NOS) has been carrying out detailed circulatory surveys in the Strait of Juan de Fuca, the
Strait of Georgia, and connecting waterways. The object of these surveys
(six of which have been completed at the writing of this report) has
been the acquisition of tide, current, and salinity and temperature data
at numerous locations and depths, along with weather data such as wind,
sea level pressure, and air temperature. Analysis of these data is
expected to provide an accurate and detailed description of water
movement in this area, as well as further theoretical insight into the
causes of this water movement. The need for increased understanding of
the Strait of Juan de Fuca Strait of Georgia system is due in part to
the increased oil tanker traffic from the Trans-Alaskan pipeline to the
several refineries in this area and in Puget Sound to the south
(connected to the Strait of Juan de Fuca by Admiralty Inlet). Damage to
the marine environment from oil spill could have serious detrimental
effects on the large salmon and shellfish industries and on the even
larger commercial fishing and recreation industries. A better
understanding of the water movement in this area is expected to minimize
the consequences of oil spillage and maximize the effectiveness of
cleanup operations. It will also provide information relevant to
municipal pollution problems, coastal zone management, and navigation.The data from these surveys (officially designated, OPR-509, Puget Sound
Approaches) have come mainly from the eastern half of the Strait of Juan
de Fuca, including Admiralty Inlet, the southern end of the Strait of
Georgia, and the connecting waterways. This area is the most dynamically
complicated portion of the system. These data have been supplemented
with historical NOS data from this same area and from the western half
of the Strait of Juan de Fuca, along with Canadian data along Vancouver
Island and in the northern Strait of Georgia.

This report presents the results of the harmonic analysis of 95 tide
stations and 90 current stations from the Strait of Georgia-Strait of
Juan de Fuca system. The results are presented in tables, cotidal and
corange charts, and charts illustrating the relationships between
various tidal constituents. The implications of these results relative
to the tidal hydrodynamics of the system are discussed generally.
Mathematical explanations and descriptions are included in a later
report. Approximate transport values across key cross sections are also
provided.

1. Tankers–Washington (State)–Puget Sound. 2. Tankers–Juan de Fuca Strait
(B.C. and
Wash.) 3. Petroleum–Transportation–Washington (State)–Puget Sound. 4.
Petroleum–Transportation–Juan de Fuca Strait (B.C. and Wash.)

.
Fiddy – Kent 1974 The Juan de Fuca oil spill contingency study . . . . 91 . 363.7382 Fid The Strait of Juan de Fuca Oil Spill Contingency Study was initiated
with the following in mind. First, that any oil spill in the waters
adjacent could best be combated with specific information on the
affected area. Second, that such information be immediately available to
both the Environmental Protection Service, and the on-the-scene
coordinator of the Department of Transport.Consequently, this study established two areas of priority. First to
assemble a detailed physical resource inventory of the numerous
recreational beaches in the area between Otter Point (west of Sooke) and
Port San Juan at the western most entrance of Jean de Fuca Strait. This
physical inventory was to establish the principal characteristics of
each beach, i.e. ; exposed width at high and low tides, beach type and
composition, detailed land and air photography, moorage possibilities,
land and water access, shore-line features, marine and wildlife features
and the ‘use’ patterns of each beach. Secondly, to assemble a detailed
human and countermeasures resource inventory. This inventory would
establish the availability and extent of manpower and equipment within
each area. In the event that an oil spill should occur, the Department
of Transport would then have specific information regarding the
equipment locally available as well as the manpower to operate it. As
time is often the essential factor in the fight against oil spills, the
value of such information is obvious.
. .
Walmsley – Dee 1998 Oil Spill, What have We got To Lose? Part 3 of The Oil Spill Trilogy Boundary Bay Oil Spill Trilogy Editor:Dee Walmsley . . . . Video 363.7382.Wal None available– See Comments or Links An interview with Stafford Reid B.C. Environment ministry and Garry Fletcher of Lester Pearson College on the effects of Oil on intertidal and pelagic organisms. The interveiw takes place at Witty’s lagoon,, Taylor beach and Race Rocks ecological Reserve on Southern Vancouver island. Parts of the intertidal zone, including patches of goose neck barnacles and tidepools are shown. .
Copping- Andrea Elizabeth 1994 British Columbia/Washington Marine Science Panel 
Shared waters : the vulnerable inland sea of British Columbia and Washington
. . . . 24 . . None available– See Comments or Links . .
Cannings – Syd 1997 Race Rocks Ecological reserve The log- Friends of Ecological reserves) . fall . 4-5 . 577.7 Can None available– See Comments or Links The annual Friends of Ecological reserves field trip to Race Rocks. .
Grant – Peter 1996 Race Rocks B & B The Log — Friends of ecological reserve newsletter . fall 1966 . 8 . 577.7 Eco R None available– See Comments or Links A report of a field trip of Friends of Ecological Reserves .
Graham – Donald 1996 Twilight of the Island Gods The Georgia Strait . 30 1499 5 pages . 387.155 Gra None available– See Comments or Links . .
Hewett – Shirley 1996 The Race – A proposal for government and Community co–operation could save Race Rocks from poachers and pollution Monday Magazine . 22 48 8-10 . 577.7 Rac P None available– See Comments or Links A summary of several years of attempt by Lester Pearson College to secure a protected future for Race Rocks with the onset of coastguard destaffing of the island .
Hewett – Shirley 1996 Province plays Tortoise at “the Race” Monday magazine . Dec 19 . . . 577.7 Hew None available– See Comments or Links . .
B.C.Government Survey 1997 Survey Plan of District Lot 151 , Metchosin District . . . . . rrmaps/geospat.htm . None available– See Comments or Links This is a survey done for the Coast Guard when the area around the tower that was to be retained in a lease from provincial Lands Dept was being defined B.C.G.S.92B023 scale 1:500 .
Zacharias – Mark A., Howes – Don E. 1998 An Analysis of Marine Protected Areas In British Columbia, Canada Using a Marine Ecological Classification Natural Areas Journal . 18 1 4-13 . 577.7 Zac This paper presents an analysis of marine protected areas in British
Columbia using the recently created British Columbia Marine Ecological
Classification. The classification is hierarchical in nature and
delineates provincial marine areas into 12 “ecosections” based on
biophysical characteristics, and 619 “ecounits” based on current, depth,
exposure, relief, and substrate. Protected areas were assessed as a
percentage of total marine area and shoreline length for each ecosection
and ecounit. Results indicate that 1.25% of British Columbia’s marine
areas have some degree of protection. If the abyssal (> 1,000 m )
regions are excluded, this number rises to 4.22%. For British Columbia’s
29,489 km of shoreline, 14.36% is protected is some way. Results also
indicate that high exposure, high current, and hard substrate
environments have greater representation than other areas. The British
Columbia Marine Ecological Classification is also being used as a tool
in the establishment of marine reserves based on a representative
ecosystems approach, and it is being used in the development of a GAP
analysis methodology for marine environments.
Complete article included in collection .
BC Parks 1997 Marine System Management BC PARKS Conservation Management Part1 Conservation Program Policies . Sept. . mm3- mm9 . . None available– See Comments or Links BC Parks manages a system of parks and ecological areas with a marine component. According to the World Centre for marine Conservation , ” marine protected areas are a crucial tool in almost any overall strategy for saving, studying and sustainably using marine biological diversity.” BC Parks ‘challenge is increased by the numerous provincial and federal jurisdictions that manage the marine environment. This section outlines the policies under which BC Parks will manage the marine Environment within British Columbia’s park and ecological reserve system. The direction has come from several sources, including work undertaken by the Coastal Resource3 Strategy Study Team, the Marine Protected Areas Working group and the federal government’s National Marine Conservation Areas Policy . .
Race Rocks Lightkeepers 1999 Archival Entries about Race Rocks in the 1870’s . Editor:Garry Fletcher . . . . 577.7 Fle As None available– See Comments or Links This represents copies of papers from the B.C. provincial Archives in Victoria containing references to the early years Contents: Letters of 21st of Jan and the 22nd of Jan 1873 Letters form Dept of Fisheries to the Police and a letter from Police Superintendent to the Attorney General requesting whether convicts would be allowed to work as labor at Race Rocks. Receipt of the 4th of Jan 1872 from Thomas Argyle , lightkeeper stating the receiving of a list of food supplies. Meteorological report in detail for the month of December, 1871 . .
Baird-Robin W., Stacey- Pam 1991 Transient Killer Whale Predation The Friends of Ecological Reserves Newsletter . August . 8 . 595.5 Bai Tr Most analyses of the relationship between group size and food intake of
social carnivores have shown a discrepancy between the group size that
maximizes energy intake and that which is most frequently observed.
Around southern Vancouver Island, British Columbia, killer whales of the
so-called transient form forage in small groups, and appear to prey
exclusively on marine mammals. Between 1986 and 1993, in approximately
434 h of observations on transient killer whales, we observed 138
attacks on five species of marine mammals. Harbor seals were most
frequently attacked (130 occasions), and the observed average energy
intake rate was more than sufficient for the whales energetic needs.
Energy intake varied with group size, with groups of three having the
highest energy intake rate per individual. While groups of three were
most frequently encountered, the group size experienced by an average
individual in the population (i.e., typical group size) is larger than
three. However, comparisons between observed and expected group sizes
should utilize only groups engaged in the behavior of interest. The
typical size of groups consisting only of adult and subadult whales that
were engaged primarily in foraging activities confirms that these
individuals are found in groups that are consistent with the
maximization of energy intake hypothesis. Larger groups may form for (1)
the occasional hunting of prey other than harbor seals, for which the
optimal foraging group size is probably larger than three; and (2) the
protection of calves and other social functions. Key words: dispersal,
foraging, group hunting, harbor seals, killer whales, optimal group
size, social structure. [Behav Ecol 7:408-416 (1996].
This report is on “Research on the abundance and behavior of transient killer whales around southern Vancouver island which has been ongoing since 1987 .
Olesiuk -Peter , Bigg- Michael A. , Ellis -Graeme M. 1990 Recent trends in the Abundance of Harbour Seals, Phoca vitulina , in British Columbia Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. . 47 . 992-1003 . 595.4 Ole None available– See Comments or Links . .
Baird-Robin W. – Stacey, Pam J. 1988 Foraging and feeding behavior of transient killer Whales Whalewatcher . Spring . 11-15 . . None available– See Comments or Links “The area around Victoria , an area which transients frequent , has many year-round harbour seal colonies and a seasonal sea lion haulout at Race Rocks Ecological reserve .” Table 1 shows the Summary of Transients observed during the study 1984 to 1988. .
Baird-Robin W.- Stacey – Pam J. 1988 Variation in saddle patch pigmentation in populations of killer Whales from British Columbia, Alaska, Washington State. Can . J. Zool . 66 . 2582-2585 . 599.536 Bai V Patterns of pigmentation of the post dorsal fin patch, or saddle patch,
were analyzed from photographs of 372 resident and 99 transient killer
whales (Orcinus orca) from British Columbia, Alaska, and Washington
State. Of the five types of saddle patch analyzed, all were observed on
residents, but only two occurred on transients. Differences in saddle
patch shapes were independent of age and sex. Saddle patch pigmentation
patterns were similar among clans within a community. Pigmentation
patterns differed significantly between the resident and transient
forms, between northern and southern residents, between northern and
Alaskan residents, and between southern and Alaskan residents. As the
saddle patch shape may be heritable to a large degree, these differences
suggest genetic isolation of the populations. If so, this technique may
be used to delineate stocks of killer whales from other areas.
. .
Baird-Robin W. 1987 Can Sea lions “See” Killer Whales? Victoria Naturalist . 144 4 9 . . None available– See Comments or Links “On October 12, 1987 while on a Sea Coast expedition’s Trip to view Sea Lions and other marine life at the Race Rocks Ecological Reserve, we witnessed an event which led us to pose many questions concerning the way predators see their prey and vice-versa. A single lone Killer Whale X10 was foraging in the Race Rocks area . This individual is a transient Killer whale , and transients feed primarily no marine mammals – especially harbour seals. ——– However X10 is a slightly abnormal looking individual. The dorsal fin is collapsed over the left side of the body ———As we soon found out, others that day also thought he did not look like a killer whale..” .
Maslovat – Carrina 1993 Metchosin Environmental Inventory November 1993 . . . . . . 577 Mas The purpose of producing the inventory was to identify Metchosin’s
natural and cultural heritage and to centralize the data at the
Metchosin Council office. Data was collected on features of land, fresh
water and ocean that are rare, attractive, scientifically interesting or
are unique to the environment of Metchosin. Information was collected by
interviewing key individuals from within and outside of the community
and by assembling published and unpublished sources. The information was
manually mapped on 1:5000 municipal maps using colour coded dots and the
pertinent data was entered into a data base at the Council Hall. The
data base is compatible with the QUIKMAP system used by Doug Mackeroff
and therefore can be used to produce an environmental map to accompany
the Official Community Plan.The inventory was produced under the guidance of the Environmental
Advisory Commission of the Metchosin Council. Stuart Guy acted as the
primary supervisor for the production of the inventory.

Garry Fletcher, from the Metchosin Environmental Advisory Commission,
had collected a large number of sites with ecological features. This
foundation was supplemented by interviews with knowledgeable people and
by finding sources of information already produced for the Metchosin
area. A list of the people who were contacted for this inventory is
given in Appendix A. The interviews were conducted with 1:5000 maps to
ensure that sites were located accurately. All sources that had
information that contributed to the data base are listed in the
annotated bibliography. Limited time prevented complete synthesis of
less pertinent sources and these are listed under the title of Other
Sources in Appendix B. Almost 400 sites were identified in the
inventory.

Carrina was hired by the MEAC to bring the inventory up to date. The appendix includes a number of other possible source of information, and further information on the bird observations on Rocky point. .
Gates – Brian , Taylor – Keith 1989 Checklist of Birds—Victoria and Southern Vancouver island . . . . . . 598 Gat None available– See Comments or Links Lists all seabirds found in the Juan de Fuca Eastern Entrance Area .
Hewlitt – Stephanie 1995 Steller’s Sea Lion . . . . . . Video 599.5 Hew None available– See Comments or Links May 24, Footage taken at Race Rocks and aboard the Duen – Sea Lions on the rocks and being observed by school children in the Pearson College Schools program, May 1995 Also interview with UBC Researcher Dr. Andrew Trice, working on Sea Lions at Vancouver Aquarium — also shows sea lions swimming in underwater viewing gallery at the aquarium. Footage at Race Rocks of sea lion stampede into the water– researcher explaining nutrition experiments, Energy consumption experiments — food need in the wild .. Fisheries fleet suggested to be in competition – hake and Pollock take. In North Pacific, the decline of sea lions from 300,000 to 100,000 — Claims that some areas with large fisheries still have good sea lion populations. Feeding experiments with different fish species to see whether one species source is better than another. Study being funded by sea food industry. ” How many of these students realize they are looking at a species that is not only threatened and endangered but symptomatic of a marine imbalance which science is trying to correct.? “ .
Simonsen – Bjorn , Peacock – Sandra, Haggerty -James, Secter – Jonathan, Duerden – Frank 1997 First Nations Land and Resource Use : Marine Resources Report of the First Nations Cultural Heritage Impact Assessment and Consultation . . . . rrrefer/bamber/3.htm 333.72 Bri 3.4.4 Marine Resources
Marine resources, as noted above, formed a fundamental component of traditional lifeways, and remain important to contemporary First Nations people. They are discussed in this study of the Bamberton project because, as mentioned in the introductory section, the peoples of the Saanich Inlet recognize the close relationship between the land and the sea. They, perhaps more than any other group, have witnessed first-hand the impacts of development on the marine resources of the Saanich Inlet, impacts which have directly and drastically altered their traditional lifeways.Information obtained during community interviews reveals a wide variety of fish, shellfish and other invertebrates, waterfowl and marine mammals were utilized throughout the seasons. Those collected from the Saanich Inlet are identified in Table 8. Aside from their obvious use as food, marine resources also served as medicines and as ritual foods associated with ceremonial activities. The cultural significance of these resources is reflected in the places names associated with the procurement of marine resources throughout the Saanich Inlet (see discussion in Section 3).
Scroll down to part 3.4.4 and table 8 . This is one part of the chapter on the First Nations Cultural Heritage Study done on the Bamberton Project. This lengthy document with attached appendices, contains an up- to date survey of the First Nations use of Coastal Marine Resources. The complete resource is also available on the Home page of the Environmental Assessment Office of the B.C.Environment Ministry. See the internet link for comlete version. http://wlapwww.gov.bc.ca/wat/wq/saanich/sisrofnc.html/a>
Fletcher-Garry L. 1996 Midday: Race Rocks . . . . 5 minutes . . None available– See Comments or Links VHS Footage taken at Race Rocks in 1996 which was put together for the program Hometown Video. Footage of Dr. Anita Brinckmann- Voss is included . .
Goldberg, Betsy 1996 Race Rocks Lighthouse . . . . 3 minutes . Video 387.155 Rac R None available– See Comments or Links Pearson College students and Garry Fletcher at Race Rocks — details the problems of Pearson College in getting protection for the area. Shows Mike Slater taking water samples. Views from tower. Students speaking about what the area means to them. .
Kirkpatrick , Bruce 1998 Race Rocks on Nanaimo Report . . . . approx. 20 minutes . . None available– See Comments or Links Trev and Flo Anderson with Bruce Kirkpatrick at Race Rocks. They talk about life on the island from 1966-1982 over 2000 visitors a year — Flo is interviewed about her book Lighthouse chronicles. Comments about the dangers of Race Passage. Sea lions footage — noted few in 1966 most would come in January. Interview with Trev at the top of the tower. Talked of building the Wawa a seven year project on the island. Now retired and living in Sidney, Vancouver Island. Concludes with interview with Garry Fletcher — refers to the new status of Pilot Marine Protected Area. .
Royal B. C. Museum 1992 The Canadian Underwater Safari . . . . 58 minutes . Video 577.7 Can None available– See Comments or Links This is one of the 24 programs in the underwater safari program. Footage of octopus in a tank with Jim Cosgrove answering questions, Gordon Green, Phil Lambert, Garry Fletcher and Jim Darling also give commentary. Live underwater footage of harbour seal , and wolf eel with LBPC student Jason Reid , kelp greenling, sea stars. Also included is a disabled diver sequence. This set of programs were made possible by the volunteer contribution of many organizations. Darryl Bainbridge was the underwater photographer. .
Hydrographic and Survey agencies 1999 Charts and maps of the Race Rocks Area– A link to a separate Geo-Spatial table . . . . . frmGeoSpatial References . None available– See Comments or Links A linked form containing the available Geo-Spatial references of the Race Rocks Area .
Hagler- Bailly Consulting Inc.David F. Dickens Associates, 1995 Benefit-Cost Analysis of Expediting the Schedule for Double-Hulling Oil Tankers and barges operating in and near British Columbia Waters. . . . . 114 . 387.5448 This report provides a benefit-cost analysis of accelerating the current
schedules for double-hulling oil tankers and barges operating in three
transport sectors on the west coast of British Columbia. These three
transport sectors comprise approximately 84% of the annual regional
petroleum shipments by volume and 72% of the annual trips posing risk to
British Columbia’s west coast, and include :
– Canadian barges carrying bunker oil and refined petroleum product
– Trans-Alaska Pipeline System (TAPS) crude oil tankers
– crude oil tankers operating on foreign routes.
#Error
Spill Scenarios for the Strait of Juan de Fuca referred to in section 2-3 .
Radcliffe – Gillian , Porter – Glen , Teversham – Jan 1994 Ecological Assessment of Department of National Defense Properties (C.F.B. Esquimalt ) Vancouver Island . . . . 57 pages . . None available– See Comments or Links Contains the best ecological overview of the adjacent DND lands on the Southern end on Vancouver Island. Both Mary Hill in Pedder Bay (178 ha) and CFAD Rocky Point (1078 ha) are represented. Ecosystems of the sites were classified and maps –( maps included in appendix) The appendix lists a set of Contacts and Appendix II has a detailed listing of the vegetation Analysis for the areas. .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1989 Fisheries Closure in Race Rocks Ecological Reserve . . . . 6 . . None available– See Comments or Links This includes the correspondence leading up to the decision of Fisheries and the action of Ron Kehl, Fisheries officer in Victoria in 1990 to declare a closure in the Race Rocks Ecological Reserve. This closure was the first such closure for any Marine Ecological Reserve in British Columbia. .
Grant – Peter 1986 The Friend’s Annual General meeting and Trip to Race Rocks Friends of Ecological reserves Newsletter Editor:Peter Grant 7 1 2 . . None available– See Comments or Links The cover photo and article comment on the annual field trip to Race Rocks. .
Cooke – Brent 1978 Exploring Below the Waves Beautiful British Columbia . Winter 20 3 9 pages rrphotos/exploring.jpg . None available– See Comments or Links About Diving — good color photographs of underwater life . Basket star. Link is to the first page of the article. .
Lamont – Colin 1996 Keepers of the Light This Country Canada . Summer 11 11 rrrefer/137.jpg . None available– See Comments or Links Large colored pictures and good historical information .
McDaniel, Neil 1989 Great Race Diver magazine . June . 21-23 rrrefer/138.jpg . None available– See Comments or Links Great Race Diving in the strong tidal waters off Race Rocks, rugged outpost in Jaun de Fuca Strait Diving. 3 p.
Article on diving off Race Rocks ecological reserve, B.C. Good color pictures and clear descriptions of do’s and donít’s for divers in ecological reserves.
rrrefer/138-2.jpg
Obee – Bruce . These are Special Places; You Can Only Love them Beautiful British Columbia . Spring . 34-39 . . None available– See Comments or Links On page 38 mention of Pearson College’s role in the reserve. Also a photo of Jane Watson. .
Cribb – James M. 1981 Race Rocks Westworld . 7 4 61-62 rrrefer/140.jpg . None available– See Comments or Links An early publication dealing with the designation of the Ecological reserve. “Race Rocks: ecological reserve status now
protects some of the most diverse and spectacular marine organisms on our coast.”
.
Fletcher-Garry L. 1980 The Beginnings of the Race Passage Current Tables . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links Letters describing the initial proposal and design of the current meter that was deployed in 1981. From the , the Race Passage tables are now published annually in The Canadian Tides and Currents booklet. .
Ecological Reserves Program 1992 Race Rocks Guide To Ecological Reserves in British Columbia . . . 2- 97a – 2- 97b . 577.7 Rac None available– See Comments or Links A map and a description of each ecological reserve is given. Biotic feature are summarized . Exact coordinates are given .
Simenstad – C.A., Kinney – W.J., Miller, s.m. 1980 Epibenthic zooplankton assemblages at select sites along the Strait of Juan de Fuca NOAA technical Mem-ERL-MESA-46 . . . . . . Since 1974 the Washington State Department of Ecology (DOE) and
NOAA-MESA Puget Sound Project Office have been conducting biological
baseline studies in north Puget Sound and the Strait of Juan de Fuca on
the potential effects of increased petroleum transport and refining
activities in the region. These studies have focused principally on
littoral and shallow sublittoral benthos, nearshore fish and
macroinvertebrate assemblages, offshore phytoplankton and zooplankton
assemblages, and nearshore food web structure (Gardner 1978; Mar.
Ecosystem. Analysis. Prog. 1978). One of the main objectives was to provide
information on the trophic relationships and food web structure of the
biotic communities most vulnerable to pollution or which could be
involved in transfer or bioaccumulation of petroleum hydrocarbons.The nearshore fish and food web investigations by Fisheries Research
Institute (FRI) have indicated that epibenthic zooplankton are
significant prey resources for the majority of nearshore fishes (Miller
et al. 1977, in press; Simenstad et al. 1977; Cross et al. 1978) and
also for many seabirds and shorebirds (Simenstad et al. 1979). The
community structure and abundance of epibenthic zooplankton were not
well documented in these studies, however, due to the initial emphasis
of sampling infaunal and sessile organism (Nyblade 1977, 1978; Smith and
Webber 1978; Smith 1979; Webber 1979). The importance of epibenthic
zooplankton as principal components of the region’s food webs,
responsible for the important transfer of detrital carbon to higher
trophic levels, requires that this critical data gap be
addressed-especially if we are to understand how trophic relationships
between economically or ecologically important fish and their prey
resources are effected by pollution.
. .
Pashinski-DJ.,Charnell- R.L. 1979 Recovery Record for the surface drift cards released in the Puget Sound- Strait of Juan de Fuca System during Calendar Years 1976-1977 NOAA Technical Memorandum ERL PMEL -14 . . . 25 . 551.4763 Pas The Puget Sound Drift Program released 5000 polypropylene drift cards in
the Puget Sound and Strait of Juan de Fuca system between April 1976 and
July 1977. By November 1977, 1,470 replies had been processed. These
replies were analyzed statistically as well as descriptively. Winds with
time scales varying from hours to weeks, as a function of system spatial
constraints, have been found to be the dominant factor influencing the
grounding of drifters. The migration of the drifters was consistent with
a mean estuarine flow of 6 km per day with a superimposed dispersive
component of 7 km per day. The average time a drifter was waterborne,
likewise a function of system spatial constraints, ranged from less than
1 day in Puget Sound to greater than 3 days in the Strait of Juan de
Fuca.
Included are most of the pages pertaining to the Eastern entrance of the Strait of Juan de Fuca. Several pages with the trajectories of drift card are included. .
Hollister- H.J. 1966 Sea Surface Temperature and Salinity at Shore Stations along the British Columbia coast during 1966 Fisheries research Board of Canada Technical report #82 . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links See also database by Ron Perkin .
Zeh – Judith, Houghton – Jonathan P. 1981 Evaluation of Existing Marine Intertidal and Shallow Subtidal Biologic Data Interagency Energy/Environment R&D Program Report . . . . . . In the past decade, a remarkable number of “baseline” or “benchmark”
surveys of littoral communities have been conducted in the marine waters
of northwest Washington and elsewhere. This activity has been spurred by
the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and an increasing awareness
of potential environmental consequences of man’s activities in the
coastal zone. In general, this type of survey has attempted to obtain
replicated quantitative data on species abundance and distribution as
well as total animal and/or plant density and weight (biomass),
richness, and diversity.The two primary objectives of these surveys typically have been (1) to
characterize to nature and perhaps the resource value of communities
observed and (2) to provide data that will allow testing of hypotheses
regarding factors affecting patterns in space (e.g., habitat, elevation,
location effects) or time (e.g., predisturbance/postdisturbance,
seasonal, annual effects).

The first objective has been accomplished quite adequately by a variety
of researchers (Houghton 1973; Houghton and Kite 1978; Nyblade 1977,
1978, 1979a and b; Smith and Webber 1978; Smith 1979; Thom 1978;
Wisseman et al. 1978; Webber 1979 and 1980). However, only infrequent
attempts have been made at statistical testing of the significance of
observed patterns and the suitability of the data obtained for detection
of real differences in space or time or for prediction of biological
characteristics of assemblages in like habitats at other locations.

The work presented in this report represents such an effort using
intertidal and shallow subtidal data obtained in two large-scale and
long-term sampling programs. The first was founded by the State of
Washington Department of Ecology (WCOE), the second by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) through the Puget Sound Project
Office of the Marine Ecosystems Analysis (MESA) program of the National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA). NOAA also administered
the study reported in this document.

This report provides a useful model of similar areas where extensive baseline studies have been done in similar adjacent areas .
Everitt -Robert D. , Fiscus – Cliffors H.,DeLong -Robert L. 1979 Marine Mammals Of Northern Puget Sound and the Straits of Juan de Fuca NOAA technical Memorandum ERL MESA-41 . . . . . 599.5 Eve None available– See Comments or Links All references to the Race Rocks populations including aerial survey counts are included. Map of haul out site locations included. .
Simenstad – Charles A. , Miler – Bruce S, Nyblade -Carl F.,Thornburgh – Kathleen, Bledsoe -Lewis . 1979 Food Web Relationships of Northern Puget Sound and The Strait of Juan de Fuca –A Synthesis of Available Knowledge NOAA EPA report . . . 260 . 577.16 Sim None available– See Comments or Links . .
Vanderhorst-J.R., Blaylock – J.W., Wilkinson- p, Wilkinson -M.,Fellingham -G. 1981 Effects of Experimental Oiling on Recovery of Strait of Juan de Fuca intertidal habitat following experimental contamination with oil : second annual report, fall 1979 – winter 1980 NOAA EPA . . . . . 363.7382 Van Experimental studies of the effects of Prudhoe Bay crude oil on the
recovery of intertidal infauna and epifauna were conducted in the Strait
of Juan de Fuca region of Washington State. The studies experimentally
evaluated the effect of oil treatment, site, substrate type, season, and
tide level on the composition, density, and species richness of
organisms colonizing substrates, which were initially free of organisms.
Significant differences for some biological parameters were demonstrated
for each of the types of treatment contrasted (site, substrate type,
season, tide level, and oil). Significant biological effects were
demonstrated to be due to oil treatments for 70% of 56 biological
parameters evaluated in detail.Full recovery following contamination with oil was predicted for
sediment-borne infauna based on oil retention time and recovery of
infauna in unoiled sediments. Full recovery for epifauna on concrete
substrates could not be predicted from these studies because of the
longer-lived nature of dominant species and differing assumptions about
what constitutes full recovery. Predicted full recovery for sand
habitats at Sequim Bay and Protection Island was 31 months following an
initial oil treatment of 1,800 ppm. Predicted full recovery for a
commercial clam bed habitat was 46 months following an initial oil
treatment of 2,500 ppm. Density of the principal species of interest on
this clam bed (Protothaca staminea) was significantly altered by the oil
treatment during the first recruitment season. Because of the
longer-lived (compared to the general infauna community) nature of this
species, it was predicted that effects on recovery of the species may
extend somewhat beyond that for the general infauna community. Best
and worst cases for chemical recovery of oiled concrete substrates
were three and 13 months.

Effects from oiling on recovery is strongly related to feeding types of
infauna and epifauna but the influence is different depending on
habitat. For the sand habitats, detritivorous and herbivorous species
were almost universally influenced by the oiling. Carnivorous species
were about evenly divided in their response to the oiling and, with one
exception, no significant effect was seen on the recovery of a
suspension feeder. For the commercial clam bed, herbivores and
suspension feeders were at least as sensitive to the oil treatment as
detritivores. For the concrete habitat, detritivores were not sensitive
to the effect of oil treatment but herbivores and suspension-feeders
were highly sensitive. Based on adjunct MESA studies of trophic
relationships, it appears that the severity of the influence on recovery
of species in this study could be expected to have a deleterious effect
on important fish populations, and that the effect would extend somewhat
beyond the 15-month period studied in individual experiments in this program.

Retention of oil differed depending on substrate type, tidal height, and
initial concentration. Concrete substrates lost oil much more quickly
than sediments. Oil was retained longer at higher tide levels than at
lower tide levels. Proportionally more oil was retained in sediments
initially treated with higher concentrations of oil.

Useful reference about the experimental protocol for predicting recovery times.. Bricks with oiled surface are used placed in different habitats . .
Pease -Carol 1980 An Empirical Model For Tidal Currents in Puget Sound, Strait of Juan de Fuca, and Southern Strait of Georgia NOAA EPA report . . . 30? . 551.4708 Pea None available– See Comments or Links
A computer model of tidal currents in Puget Sound, Strait of Juan de
Fuca, southern Strait of Georgia, and connecting channels was developed
in response to a need for tidal current input to pollutant trajectory
models and surface drifter analyses. These applications required tidal
current information on a variety of spatial and temporal scales, and
over a region of complex topography. Since the purpose of the algorithm
was to provide estimates of tidal currents for assessment problems and
not the study of tidal physics, an empirically based modeling method was
chosen over a theoretically based method. The model described herein was
the result of a multiyear effort, with much of its design and functional
characteristics resulting from its historical association with other
studies (Pease et al., 1979). Cannon et al., 1978 ; Smyth, 1978 ; and
Overland, Hitchman, and Han, 1979). This report documents the model
derivation and some associated analysis products.The tidal currents in the Puget basin are strongly influenced by the
geography. The region is dominated by a mixed semidiurnal tide, which
intricately weaves its way among the channels. The tide in the Strait of
Juan de Fuca is characterized as a progressive wave, converting smoothly
in the region of the San Juan Islands to nearly a standing wave in the
Strait of Georgia (Parker, 1977 ; Thomson, 1975a-d). The tide in Puget
Sound also exhibits standing wave properties, although they are not as
pronounced as in the Strait of Georgia (NOS, 1977). Eddies formed in the
lee of spits and headlands are a common, time-varying feature of the
tidal currents in the region. The largest of these occurs on flood in
the embayment formed between Race Rocks and Victoria. No major eddy is
seen to form on ebb in this area so the tidal current is rectified
toward the southwest along the coast. Another major rectification occurs
around Vashon Island. On flood the current is directed south along the
east side of the island while the west side has weak flow. On ebb the
current is directed north along the west side of the island while the
east side has weak flow. The net effect is a clockwise, tidally induced
circulation about Vashon Island (McGary and Lincoln, 1977). Although the
eddy by Victoria and the circulation about Vashon Island are among the
largest asymmetries in the region, there are other smaller
eccentricities exhibiting horizontal scales equivalent to the size of
geographic features forming them.
. .
Everitt – Robert D., Fiscus – Clifford H, DeLong Robert L.. 1980 Northern Puget Sound Marine Mammals . . . . 124 . 599.5 Eve The Strait of Juan de Fuca, the San Juan Islands vicinity, and Puget
Sound are unique waterways ideal for commercial and recreational use
(Fig. 1). Growth of the human population in this area and continued
development, however, have caused increasing concern over potential
environmental degradation. Recent concern has been focused on the effect
of increasing petroleum transport and associated refining operations on
Puget Sound. The development of Alaska’s oil reserves and consideration
of Washington as a point of departure for transshipment of petroleum
products to other areas of the country have also increased the
possibility of environmental degradation.In response to these threats, research has begun to document the effects
of certain types of development on the biological resources of Puget
Sound and provide some baseline information. This research, which has
been funded partly by the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
and administered through the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
administrations (NOAA) Marine Ecosystems Analysis (MESA) Puget Sound
Project Office, is designed to develop an understanding of the ecosystem
of Puget Sound and the Strait of Juan de Fuca, to compile baseline data
for these waters, and to identify the potential consequences of
petroleum transport and transfer operation.

As part of this larger effort, a MESA funded study of the distribution
and abundance of marine mammals in northern Puget Sound and the Strait
of Juan de Fuca was conducted through Noah National Marine Mammal
Laboratory (NMML) located at the Northwest and Alaska Fisheries Center
(NWAFC), National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), Seattle, Washington.
The objectives of this study were to : (1) determine the relative
seasonal abundance of each species of marine mammal in the study area,
(2) describe specific locations used regularly by these populations, and
(3) characterize the various populations and their habits which may
increase their vulnerability to petroleum-related activities.

. .
Benedict – Alice B., Everitt – Robert D., Miller – Bruce S. , Nyblade – Carl F., Simenstad – Charles A. Et al 1983 A Synthesis of Biological Data from the Strait of Juan de Fuca and Northern Puget Sound NOAA EPA . . . 251 . . None available– See Comments or Links
I. Introduction
II. Characteristics of the Study Area
III. Biological Community Organization and Major Ecological Processes : an introduction
IV. Biological Characterization of Major Habitat Types of Northern Puget Sound and the Strait of Juan de Fuca
V. Identification of Areas of Biological Importance
VI. Potential Interactions of Habitat Types and Known or Proposed Types of Perturbations
VII. Data Evaluation, Data Gaps, Recommendations
Excellent flow diagrams of food webs–from a number of habitats .
Lindroth -Mattias 1991 Symbiotic Relationships of Two populations of Balanus nubilus at Race Rocks . . . . 24 . 595.35 Lin In April of 1991, 15 specimens of Balanus nubilus where collected at two
different locations at Race Rocks. The idea of this preliminary study
was to find out if the two populations of barnacles Balanus nubilus are
part of the same system or if they in fact make up two different
systems. Statistical methods have been used to compare the individual
Balanus nubilus, with the organisms on them, to make a platform for
discussion. A result was achieved, indicating two different systems and
the reasons for this has been discussed. The limiting factors on the
project have only allowed a speculation on the factors that affect the
distribution of organisms on the Balanus nubilus. This is an interesting
opening for a wider research project, which can be carried out in the
future.
Help with the taxonomy of this group was provided by Dr. Anita Brinckmann-Voss .
Graham – Brian K. 1994 Race Rocks Ecological Reserve Metchosin Muse . June . 2 . . None available– See Comments or Links “The first thing that strikes me as I board SECOND NATURE is the camaraderie and teamwork of the students. Most of them have wet suits on and are loading their scuba gear aboard the aluminum craft; the rest are readying the lines for our departure. The exercise on this sunny day is to dive off the shores of Race Rocks, and to document some of the sealife that abounds in the ecological reserve there.” .
Wolferstan – W.A. 1994 Marine Oil Spill Risk As a Factor in Potential Transboundary Pollution . . . . . . 363.7382 Wol None available– See Comments or Links
This brief responds to Symposium questions #1, #4, #5, and #6, primarily
with regard to the risks of a major marine oil spill, and generally with
regard to the relative significance of oil spill risks compared to risks
from other pollution sources for the BC/Washington marine environment.Although it is possible for RPP (refined petroleum product) spills to
occur virtually anywhere on the west coast, it is the existing patterns
of crude oil movement by tanker in the symposium focus area that is the
single type of human activity which needs the most management attention,
because of the very high consequence costs should a major oil spill
occur in this area.
There are two critical components that must be considered before
deciding where to focus our efforts to reduce risk or prevent spills.
The first is our level of knowledge about where spills are most likely
to happen (including the expected size, location, frequency, and type of
oil or product that could be spilled). The second is our level of
knowledge about the most likely shorelines to be impacted and the
relative amount of environmental damage, which is most likely to occur
from different sizes and types of oil spill. The probability of an
accident or vessel casualty leading to a spill is often referred to as
the navigation risk. The probability of a spill resulting in significant
environmental impacts can be described as the environmental risk. Both
of these components have been analyzed extensively for the transboundary
waters discussed in this symposium. This brief will summarize our
current understanding.
Jan 13 1994 Vancouver, B.C. .
Matthews- Angus, Fletcher- Garry L. 1996 A Future for The Race Rocks Light Station . . . . 10 . . None available– See Comments or Links RACE ROCKS EDUCATION CENTRE “Race Rocks is an ecological treasure located at the pacific Gateway to British Columbia’s Gulf Islands. A significant environmental and scientific legacy have been generated through 65 years of data collection and 16 years of environmental protection at Race Rocks. This has been made possible by the efforts of the Canadian Coastguard and British Columbia Parks. This legacy is threatened by the abandonment of the Race Rocks Light Station Today the opportunity exists to create the Race Rocks Centre, a unique public education and research centre” With this beginning, a proposal which was presented to the Coastguard and BC Parks was started. In it is detailed plans for the protection and management of the area by Lester Pearson College in the face of withdrawal by the coastguard . The setting up of a Trust Fund with the assistance of government is outlined. Included in the appendix is an account of the Ecological Values as spelled out by Garry Fletcher, Appendix2 a Listing of Equipment at the Station and a Proposed Opperating budget by the Race Rocks Education Center. .
British Columbia 1997 Ecological Reserve Act The Revised Statutes of British Columbia 1996 . 3 . RS Chap 103 http://www.qp.gov.bc.ca/bcstats/96103_01.htm 348.711022 Rev None available– See Comments or Links Available on internet. .
Fredericks – Christina 1988 A Laboratory Study on Tidepool Protists -( from Race Rocks) . . . . 72 . . The protists studied are of a species yet unclear to me. They are small,
green, unicellular flagellates that occupy freshwater upper-level spray
tidepools. These experiments were carried out to discover some of their
basic physical characteristics, that is, if they displayed and
phototactic behaviour and to determine their upper-most salinity
tolerance level.The two questions I wanted to answer concerning the protists were :
whether they displayed any phototactic behaviour, and if so, which
particular wavelength of light they preferred to orient to, be it the
blue or red regions of the spectrum or the green region of the spectrum.
The second problem was that I wanted to know their salinity tolerance
level in the upper ranges within a given range of seawater immersions,
of which the range they were tested on was from 10% seawater to 90% Seawater. I also
wanted to know the effect of an influx of distilled water to protists
already immersed in seawater.
A laboratory study examining the phototactic behavior and upper-most salinity tolerance of unicellular flagellates .
Kronholm – Kalle 1991 A study of a biological system on an Introduced Substrate in the high current zone of the Race Rocks Ecological Reserve substrate in the high current zone of the Race Rocks ecological reserve . . . . 40 . 578.77 Kro An almost 1 m3 submersed concrete block in a high current area was
studied in 5 dives. The frequencies of 8 indicator species on the four
vertical faces of the block were recorded. The number of individuals of
each species on each face were then compared to see if any conclusions
about correlations could be drawn.To explain the correlations and differences in the number of individuals
of each indicator species, various factors such as current and sunlight,
were studied closer.

In 1980, a concrete block was lowered the 10m down to the bottom of
Inner Race Passage, Race Rocks, Vancouver Island, Canada. The purpose
was to install a current meter on a line between a float and the block.
This was done over one year, and the results were analyzed in a
computer, which then made current-table predictions for the future.
(Woodward, M. J., 1980)

This concrete block has undergone ecological succession over the past 10
years. The block forms the substrate of an ecological system that is
investigated in this study.

Report investigating the ecological system of a concrete block submersed to a depth of 10m in the Inner Race Passage in 1980. The block forms the substrate that is investigated to compare the number of individual species on each face and to draw conclusions and correlations as related to various
environmental factors
.
MacIntosh – Rosemary 1991 Imposex in carnivorous marine snails of British Columbia of British Columbia. . . . . 22 . . The phenomenon of imposex, the growth of male sex organs in female
snails, has been observed only in the past twenty years. The cause of
the growth of a penis and a vas deferens has been determined to be
continued exposure to tributyltin in the water in which the snails live.
The neogastropods used in this research are whelks of the type Searlesia
dira and Nucella lamellosa. This paper examined imposex in and around
Vancouver Island, British Columbia, Canada, and of the thirty-four sites
tested, only three locations showed no evidence of imposex. All sites
tested in high boat traffic areas (within one kilometer of a harbor or
marina) or sites near centers of human population showed a one hundred
percent incidence of imposex. Even the high current area of the Race
Rocks Ecological Reserve was contaminated by TBT since 100% of the
snails were affected there as well. It can be seen from this evidence
that all of the intercoastal water of the Strait of Georgia, Strait of
Juan de Fuca, and Puget Sound are affected by TBT and that actions must
be taken to halt the spread of this contamination.
Report on possible contamination by TBT (Tribuyltin, used in antifouling paints on boats), causing imposex in carnivorous snails at thirty-four sites in and around Vancouver Island and at Race Rocks Ecological reserve .
Brinckmann-Voss – Anita 1996 Seasonal Variation of Hydroids in a Tidal Pool on the Ecological Reserve of Race Rocks, British Columbia, Canada . . . . 11 . 593.55 Bri INTRODUCTION
During research on a census of hydrozoans of the intertidal and
subtidal ecological systems on the ecological reserve of Race Rocks
(Brinckmann-Voss and Garry Fletcher in preparation) it was found that
one of the tidal pools on the West side of the island does not only
represent an unusual large number of species on a very small space, but
also seemed to fluctuate in the occurrence and reproductive state of the
species during the seasons. Therefore a detailed survey of the tidal
pool area was started in 1984 to be followed more in detail by mapping
the different species in different months of the year in 1988/89.
Unfortunately work on the site cannot be done from November to February
because low tides are at night and the area becomes inaccessible.After numerous observations in the pool from 84 to 87 for the general
survey, detailed work on the Seasonality of the species in the pool was
done on following date: July 8-12, August 28, September 22, October 11,
1988; March 23, April 10, June 2-5, 21, August 15, 24, 1989.

In order to understand the ecology of the tidal pool a short statement
of its geography is necessary (fig. 1 a, b) : Great Race Rocks is the
largest in a group of very small islands or mere rocks, some only
exposed fully at low tide, in the Juan de Fuca Straight about 3 km(?)
south of the South coast of Vancouver Island. The area of the tidal pool
studied is on the South West side of the Island. This side consist of
steep rocks often near vertical cliffs which are however often broken up
into small platforms or ledges with channels in between running more or
less parallel to the outer coast of the island. Some of these channels
are blocked by rocks at either end and are therefore only partly emptied
at low tide, thus forming separate ecological entities of tidal pools.
The depth of the tidal pool remains the same during a medium and low
tide, because the water cannot drain. However once the water gets in
over the outer ledge at incoming tide the high water level varies with
different dates of the month or year depending on the maximum high water
mark as explained in diagram (fig. 1c). As the open sea on the Southwest
side of the Island is typical of often rough or violent strong swells
from the West plus very fast moving tidal currents (max. miles/hour) the
water which gets over the ledge into the tidal pool with incoming tide
is more or less foaming probably with a very high oxygen content
although measurements were not taken. Therefore, although protected
through the outer ledge the water in the pool will never get stagnant.
These physical conditions combined with an extremely rich plankton in
the Race Rocks area (observations by author) are probably the cause for
the large number of species in the tidal pool reported in this study.

Report to ecological Reserve as part of permit requirement, prior to publishing the article In Scientia Maritima .
Baird-Robin W., Stacey -Pam J. 1988 Observations on the Reactions of Sea Lions to Killer Whales – Evidence of “Prey” having a “Search image” . . . . 5 . 599.5 Bai O Observations on the reactions of California Sea Lions (Zalophus
californianus) and Steller Sea Lions (Eumetopias jubatus) to the
presence of foraging transient Killer Whales (Orcinus orca) were made on
three occasions. Alert and avoidance responses by sea lions were made in
the presence of Killer Whales of typical appearance. In the presence of
a single, foraging Killer Whale of atypical appearance, no alert or
avoidance response was observed. It is possible that the sea lions did
not recognize the atypical whale as a Killer “search” image” for the
detection of predators, based on visual cues.The ability of a predator to perceive cryptic prey using a perceptual
“Search image” has been previously reported (e.g. Dawkins 1971).
However, the concept of “prey” using a similar perceptual “Search image”
to detect potential predators does not appear to have been previously
documented. During an ongoing study of Killer Whale (Orcinus orca)
behaviour and ecology being undertaken around southern Vancouver Island,
British Columbia, certain interaction s between “transient” Killer
Whales (after Bigg et al. 1987), California Sea Lions (Zalophus
californianus), and Steller Sea Lions (Eumetopias jubatus) were noted on
three occasions. These interactions suggest that sea lions may use a
search image for the detection of potential predators.

Observations of interactions between transient Killer Whales and sea
lions were made during 1987 at the Race Rocks Ecological Reserve (48
18ÕN, 123 32ÕW), a group of nine small islands approximately one mile
off the southernmost tip of Vancouver Island, in the Strait of Juan de
Fuca. Race Rocks is a year-round Harbour Seal (Phoca vitulina) colony,
with seasonally abundant California Sea Lions and Steller Sea Lions
(Bigg et al. 1987). Transient Killer Whales vocalize much less than
resident whales (Ford and Fisher 1982), possibly to avoid detection by
mammalian prey (Morton 1987; Felleman et al. 1989). Thus the reaction of
sea lions to the presence of Killer Whales might be mediated by visual
cues.

Report to Ecological Reserves as part of the permit process. .
Zahid -Maliha 1987 Distribution of “Anthopleura elegantissima” . . . . 51 . . The following research essay deals with the distribution pattern of the
sea anemone Anthopleura elegantissima. The research essay was carried
out at the intertidal levels of Race Rock Islands in the Juan de Fuca
straits. The aim of the research was foremost to find out the
distribution pattern of the Anthopleura in a mathematically
comprehensive way and using that information, to identify the
Anthopleura elegantissima sub-species level. The distribution pattern
and zonation will give us insight into the environmental, biotic as well
as abiotic, factors influencing the pattern.In determining the pattern both Poisson and Plotless methods were
involved. Poisson methods give results very much dependant on the size
of the sampling units. On the other hand Plotless methods are
independent of unit sizes and at least one source of error is
eliminated. We employ both methods and the accuracy of one against the
other is judged by formal statistical tests.
Report on the distribution pattern of the intertidal sea anemone, “Anthopleura elegantissima “at Race Rocks ecological reserve to gain insight into the environmental, biotic as well as abiotic, factors influencing the pattern. .
Vermeer – Kees, Rankin – Leo 1984 Population trends in nesting double-crested and pelagic cormorants in Canada The Murrelet . . . 9 . . None available– See Comments or Links Survey of the breeding populations of double-crested Phalacrocoraxauritus and pelagic cormorants (P. pelagicus) in the Strait of Georgia, British Columbia to assess population trends and compare with those elsewhere in North America. .C.1-2 .
Guttman – Hans 1982 Metridium senile Study At Race Rocks Ecological Reserve
reserve
. . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links Transect sheets from a Metridium study at Race Rocks ecological reserve showing information concerning species, position, depth, date, divers, etc. .
Berg – Jason 1987 A Comparative Study of the Escape Responses of Limpets . . . . 17 . . The Limpets Diodora aspera, Acmaea mitra, Collisella digitalis, Notoacmeaea scutum and Notoacmaea pelta that live on Great Race Rock are examined in this report. Limpets range from the high water levels to the lower limits of the intertidal zone depending on the species. The habitable range of some species can extend below the intertidal zone as well. There is little interspecific competition between various species of limpet because each species occupies a distinct niche in the series of vertical zones on the shoreline. Limpets can survive on rocky , exposed shorelines because of their specialized foot which allows them to anchor themselves firmly to solid rock. The review of literature is restricted to the families Fissuellidae and Acmaeidae. Observational records of the distribution at Race Rocks are presented in this essay. Study comparing the escape responses of limpets. Conducted at Race Rocks ecological reserve, B.C .
Woodward – Mike 1981 Current Tables for Race Rocks Ecological Reserve . . . . 14 . . None available– See Comments or Links Prediction of tidal extremes from the initial current meter readings at Race Rocks — before Race Passage tables were produced by IOS .
Woodward – Mike , Fletcher – Garry 1981 Current Tables For Race Rocks Ecological Reserve . . . . 4 . . None available– See Comments or Links Prediction of tidal extremes from the initial readings of the Race Rocks Current Meter These tables have been calculated by the Institute of Ocean Sciences at Pat Bay. In 1980 we arranged to have a current meter provided for Race Rocks. We installed it in September of that year and removed it in October of 1981. Every three months, the meter was changed and these tables are the result of the current data accumulated. The meter was
located in the center of the heavy current channel immediately to the North-West side of the flag pole on the island. The 1983 issue of the Tides and Currents Tables will contain the predictions under the title of “Race Passage”. We hope that these tables will make it safer for
divers and boaters in the area. Please respect the guidelines of the Ecological Reserve, that all forms of life in the reserve should not be disturbed. This means subtidal life to a depth of 35 meters and bird and animal life on the islands.Note that the tables are in rates of meters per second and that the direction (DIR) of 230 means an ebb tide, and the DIR 48 means a flood tide. Any rates starting with .0 can be assumed to be slack water.
.
LBPC students , Fletcher- Garry L. 1982 Race Rocks Marine Ecological Reserve- Handout . . . . 2 . . The following is the remainder of the complete text of this brochure: PLEASE OBSERVE THE FOLLOWING GUIDELINES :1. VIEW THE SEALIONS , SEALS AND SEABIRDS QUIETLY FROM A DISTANCE THAT
DOES NOT DISTURB THEM. Continued disruption by boaters will interfere with their normal daily life.

2. PHOTOGRAPHY WHEN DIVING AT RACE ROCKS IS FINE BUT PLEASE DO NOT
REMOVE OR DISTURB ANY FORM OF SEA LIFE. That way it will continue to exist for all.

3. ANCHOR IN THE RESERVE ONLY IN EMERGENCIES. Delicate sea-life is easily ripped apart by an anchor.

4. FISH FOR SALMON ONLY. Rock fish and bottom fish are an important part of the marine system in the area and should be preserved.

5. IF YOU ARE INTERESTED IN DOING MARINE RESEARCH IN THE RESERVE APPLY FOR A PERMIT FROM THE ECOLOGICAL RESERVES OFFICE AND CONTACT PEARSON COLLEGE FOR ASSISTANCE.

6. RECOGNIZE THAT RACE ROCKS ECOLOGICAL RESERVE IS AN AREA OF HAZARDOUS CURRENTS AND UNPREDICTABLE WEATHER. ONLY VERY WELL PLANNED TRIPS OR DIVES ARE ADVISABLE. Use Race Passage current tables.

7. ENCOURAGE OTHERS TO RESPECT THE DESIGNATION OF THIS ECOLOGICAL RESERVE. Divers wishing for further information about underwater life in the Reserve are welcome to contact us.

Note in Abstract: .
B.C. Parks , Fletcher – Garry L. 1988 Race Rocks Ecological Reserve (Brochure) . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links The first brochure published by Parks on the Ecological reserve at RR. .
Ashuvud -Johan , Fletcher -Garry L. 1980 The Race Rocks Marine Ecological Reserve . . . . 2 . . None available– See Comments or Links This article was submitted as an announcement of the ecological reserve to Diver Magazine .
LBPC students , Fletcher – Garry L. 1980 Race Rocks Marine Ecological Reserve . . . . 1 . . None available– See Comments or Links This was the first version of the handout prepared for the public on the RR.ecological reserve. .
Bisgrove – Brent 1982 Ecological reserves, and some other locations in southern Vancouver Island as sites for marine research. . . . . 57 . . None available– See Comments or Links 97-84 his report has compiled relevant literature, personal observations, intertidal surveys, and information from consultation with members of the U.Vic Dept. of Biology in an effort to document suitable sites for marine field research on southern Vancouver Island. It includes site descriptions and species lists for six ecological reserves and three areas proposed as reserves. c.1-2.. This report has still not been acquired as of Aug/99 version 1.5. Further attempts will be made to track it down. .
DND Environmental Science Advisory Committee 1996 DND Environmental Science Advisory Committee Annual Report 1996 . Editor:Arthur Robinson and J.A. Trofymow . . 93 . . None available– See Comments or Links The Annual report of the research carried out in the adjacent area of Rocky Point .
Thomson Richard E. 1981 Strait of Juan de Fuca (Chapter 11 ) Can. Spec.Publ.Fish. Aquat.Sci.———Oceanography of the British Columbia Coast . 56 . 291 . . This book deals with the biophysical aspects of the sea as exemplified by the Pacific ocean and the contiguous waters of the British Columbia Coast. Although principally devoted to waves currents and tides, the book spans a broad spectrum of topics ranging from meteorology and marine biology to past and present marine geology. It attempts to elucidate the nature of oceanic motions and relate them to everyday experience for the general interest of the casual reader and for the practical benefit of the professional mariner, scientist , or engineer. References to Race Rocks are located on the following pages: 10, 78, 192 ,11.11 currents: 194, 11.1 , 196, 198-199, 11.16 winds : 190 , Race passage: Juan de Fuca Strait – 10.15 , 196, 198. .
Wallace – Scott S. 1999 Evaluating Three Forms of Marine Reserves on Northern Abalone (Haliotis kamtschatkana) Populations in British Columbia, Canada. Conservation Biology Conservation Biology ( In press) . . . . rrrefer/scottabalone.htm . None available– See Comments or Links
Abstract: Marine reserves have been suggested as tools for assisting the management of fisheries by protecting vulnerable marine species from over-exploitation. Increases in size and abundance after restricting fishing pressure would lead to greater egg reproduction which through pelagic dispersal would replenish exploited areas. Although there is theoretical basis to believe that marine reserves may show promise as management tools, there are few marine reserves in the world to test their effectiveness. This research evaluates three forms of marine reserve on the south coast of Vancouver Island, British Columbia, Canada. Northern abalone, a severely depleted shellfish in this region, is used as an indicator to test the effectiveness of the reserves. Abalone populations in eight sites receiving varying degrees of spatial protection were counted and measured in situ during the spring of 1996 and 1997. In all sites with enforced harvest closures, populations of abalone were greater and one site, with nearly 40 years of protection, had on average much larger (older) abalone. Reproductive output, as a function of abundance and size, was also greater in the enforced reserve areas. Larval dispersal from reserves, and hence the benefit to exploited areas, was not formally surveyed. However, the results of my study combined with knowledge of present abalone populations, life history, and regional hydrodynamics suggest that establishment of reserves are justified in absence of perfect knowledge of larval dispersal.
In Press : March 1999 ( CONSERVATION BIOLOGY) S.S. Wallace, Resource Management and Environmental Studies, University of British Columbia, Vancouver .
Doubilet – David , Kohl- Larry 1986 British Columbia’s Cold Emerald Sea National Geographic Magazine . . . 626-549 . . None available– See Comments or Links This article contains several quality pictures of fish and invertebrates some taken by David Doubilet on his trip to Race Rocks in the early 1980’s. .
Grant – Peter 1997 Field Trip Race Rocks Ecological Reserve The Log — Friends of Ecological reserves Newsletter Editor:Peter Grant Spring . 5 . . None available– See Comments or Links A report of the Saturday Sept 21 1996 field trip by Friends of Ecological reserves to Race Rocks . .
Castle Geoffrey 1984 Lighthouse never completely tamed Race Rocks Times- Colonist . Sept 29 /84 . A-4 . . None available– See Comments or Links Historical Account – Shipwrecks on the islands lead to change of technology .
Stonebanks – Roger 1995 College offer to help pay staff at Race Rocks jolts hearing Victoria Times Colonist . January 28, 95 . . . . None available– See Comments or Links ” A proposal by the college to raise an endowment fund to continue staffing Race Rocks startled a Coast guard Hearings into destaffing 35 lighthouses on the West Coast.” .
Down – Susan 1994 Staffed light stations could be valuable ecological posts Times -Colonist . Dec. 1, 1994 . D11 . . None available– See Comments or Links Quotes of Dr. Howard Freeland , research scientist at the Institute of Ocean Sciences and Angus Matthews about the need to ,maintain a human presence on Race Rocks — Report on the second round of hearings on lighthouse destaffing. .
Danard – Susan 1997 Injured sea lion left to battle for survival Times Colonist . Tuesday, July 15/ 97 . . . . None available– See Comments or Links The concerns of some tour-boat operators versus the need to leave animals alone in the ecological reserve .
Lavoie, Judith 1997 Camera hounds are killers , too — Guardians of Race Rocks wildlife dreads growth of animal watching tours The Victoria Times Colonist . Sunday , Jan.26 1997 . A3 . . None available– See Comments or Links “Trophy hunting with a camera can be as deadly as using a gun, said Carol Slater gloomily, as she watched two sea lions—-” this article deals with the controversial criticism of boat operators who go too close to resting marine mammals in the Race Rocks Ecological reserve. .
Paterson – Jody 1991 Race Rocks whodunit turns students into ‘tecs The Victoria Times Colonist . Wed , Nov,. 27/1991 . B1 . . None available– See Comments or Links Documents an NFB shooting of a second video trilogy for its perspectives in Science series.. Highlights of the Institute of Ocean Sciences water sampling program. .
Ryan – Jim 1980 Race Rocks Light keepers live close to nature The Islander section of the Times Colonist . Dec. 1980 . . . . None available– See Comments or Links Documents the life of Trev and Flo Anderson at Race Rocks and mentions the building of their boat Wawa on the island. Mentions the new ecological reserve. .
Helm – Denise 1996 Save Race Rocks Station Times- Colonist . Saturday, March 2/96 . D1 . . None available– See Comments or Links “Race Rocks is an extraordinary community resource and it’s going to slip through our fingers,” said Matthews .
Cleverly – Bill 1998 Light keepers want a review of destaffing Times- Colonist . Tueday Mar. 31/98 . A2 . . None available– See Comments or Links Fisheries Minister David Anderson has bowed to public pressure and backed off the program that would have automated a further 12 lighthouses this year on top of the 14 already destaffed.———The lighthouse at Race Rocks off Metchosin remains operating even though it was technically destaffed a year ago. .
Manore – Jack 1991 Divers see Race Rock’s hidden face — Race Rocks one of 132 reserves The Islander Magazine of the Victoria Times Colonist . Sun. Oct 20/91 . M1 and M4 . . None available– See Comments or Links Underwater pictures and lengthy commentary on the Educational program run by Lester Pearson College .
Shane – June 1997 Ecological treasure just off our shore Metchosin Muse . July 1997 . 10 . . None available– See Comments or Links As a member of friends of Ecological reserves, the author participates in one of the annual visits by that group to the reserve with students. .
Brodeur , Micheline 1997 Light station Automation Pacific Currents Editor:Kelly Francis 1 4 1-3 . . None available– See Comments or Links Budget reduction and modernization — the two main reasons for automation. .
Westad – Kim 1990 Thought of shooting at sea lions brings roar of disapproval from judge Victoria Times Colonist . Tues. May 1 /90 . B8 . . None available– See Comments or Links Judge William Diebolt told John Bears and other commercial fishermen that shooting at sea lions especially those in an ecological reserve – will be penalized heavily by the court. Fishermen shooting at sea lions in the reserve were apprehended on the report of divers form U.Vic. relayed to fisheries by Ray Smith assistant light keeper and a Pearson college student operating the radio in the shoremasters office in Sept. 1988. A $750 fine was handed out by the court. .
Grant – Peter 1984 Subtidal researchers Monday Magazine . March 16-22 1984 . . . . None available– See Comments or Links A report of a field trip of the Friends of Ecological Reserves to Race Rocks with Garry Fletcher and the diving students at Pearson College. See also the skides in the AV Database. Under the search “FER” .
Leyne – Les 1980 Race Rocks now Ecological Reserve The Goldstream Gazette . Wed. April 9/80 . . . . None available– See Comments or Links “The designation of ecological reserve was announced formally last week by Prince Charles during his visit to Pearson College. It was the culmination of a year-long project by staff and students at the college to have the environmental value of the nine small islet , and surrounding subtidal land recognized.” ——- This was the first media report of the ecological reserve. .
McInnes – Craig 1997 A college that’s determined to shine The Globe and Mail . ?? . . . . None available– See Comments or Links Lightstation Automation with reference to the role of Pearson College to keep the lightkeepers on the island .
Brinckmann-Voss -Anita , Arai – Mary -Needler 1980 Hydromedusae of British Columbia and Puget Sound Canadian Bulletin of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences . 204 . 192 pages . . Fifty-nine species of hydromedusae are described from British Columbia and adjacent waters. A pictorial key of these species is included. In addition to two new species whose descriptions have already been published, four more new species are described, six are recorded from the area for the first time, and a number of taxonomic revisions are made. The family Pandeidae is discussed and the new family Halimedusae separated from it . Detailed distributions in the Pacific area and brief notes on the general zoology are included. This manual is valuable as a taxonomic guide to the hydroids of the Strait of Juan de Fuca in the broader Race Rocks area. .
Fletcher-Garry L , Healey – Norm. 1999 The Metchosin Environmental Inventory Database . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links This inventory of over 450 records has been done by the Metchosin Environmental Advisory Commission. There are several records entered for Race Rocks and many for the adjacent Coastal Area. https://racerocks.ca/metchosinmarine/marineecosystems.htm
Vermeer – Kees 1987 The Ecology and status of marine and shoreline birds in the Strait of Georgia, BC . . . . 5 . 598.3 Eco None available– See Comments or Links Table of Contents of the proceedings of a symposium sponsored by the Pacific N.W. Bird and mammal Society and the CWS .
Baird-Robin W. 1990 Elephant Seals Around Vancouver Island The Victoria Naturalist . 47 2 6-7 rreoref2/elepseal/elephantseal.htm . None available– See Comments or Links Photo of female Elephant Seal from middle rock with tower in background. Photo of male elephant seal head. .
Lambert, Philip 1978 New geographic and bathymetric records for some northeast Pacific asteroids (Echinodermata: Asteroidea) Syesis . 11 . 61-64 . . Study of several Asteroid collections made with the aid of SCUBA and bottom trawls in the waters off British Columbia has resulted in new information about the geographic and bathymetric ranges of 20 species. Specimens of 10 species extend the known distribution northward into British Columbia waters. Specimens of three species document southward extensions. The known minimum depth is extended for 11 species, whereas the known maximum depth for four species is extended. This is a record for the Southern distribution of Cermaster arcticus (Verrill 1909) (Goniasteridae) It was discovered at Race Rocks, at a depth of 9 meters. The specimen from Race Rocks (48 degrees 18 minutes N., 123 degrees 36 minutes W. ) extends the known range 2180 km southward. .
Fletcher-Garry L., Ashuvud – Johan 1980 Race Rocks Ecological Reserve Slides 1979-85 . . . . . frmAV . None available– See Comments or Links The underwater shots in this set of slides were taken by Johan Ashuvud (PC student from Sweden) and Garry Fletcher in 1979 and 1980. Other slides are of marine science and biology class activities, doing intertidal transect and tidepool studies in the early 1980’s . The slide set has been donated to the Race Rocks Collection in the Library. Copyright release must be obtained from Lester B.Pearson College for use outside the library. .
Cooke – Brent 1981 Underwater Race Rocks – Royal B.C Museum Collection . . . . . frmAV . None available– See Comments or Links This set of slides was selected as representative of the collection in 1999 from several file cabinets of slides in the archives of the provincial museum. One copy of the sides is on file in the Race Rocks Collection of the Lester Pearson College. Copyright release must be obtained from the Royal B.C. museum for use outside the library. In this database , not all the pictures are entered yet. You may access them from the folder entitled “BCslides.” .
Prentice – Duane 1998 Race Rocks Marine Education Center . . . . . frmAV . None available– See Comments or Links This set of slides was selected as representative of the collection made by Duane Prentice in 1998-99. More slides in the series are maintained by Duane Prentice. One copy of the sides has been donated to the library at Lester B. Pearson College and is on file there in the Race Rocks Reference Area. Copyright release must be obtained from Duane Prentice of Nomadic Visions, for use outside the library. Copyright1999 Duane Prentice/Tom Keller Photo LLC . Copy (250) 385-6518 .
B.C. Parks Ecological Reserves Office 1999 Race Rocks ER #97 Slide Set . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links The above URL links to the table of photographs for the ecological reserve . Slides in this set labelled ER#– are contained in this collection. The slides in this set have been taken by various photographers, including Trudy Chatwin and Garry Fletcher, and contributed to the Ecological Reserves Office in Victoria (presently at 700 Johnson Street, Victoria). Copyright release must be obtained from BC Parks . .
Bainbridge- Darryl 1992 Selected underwater footage, from Underwater Safari . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/safari/safari.htm . None available– See Comments or Links This video contains sequences selected from the “Underwater Safari” master tapes at the RBC museum. The following sequences are highlighted: Wolf Eel and Divers —Harbour Seal and Divers—- Sea Stars underwater at RR.— Diving with disabled at RR. Complete versions of the programs are available through the RBC museum. Copyright is freely released for education purposes according to the agreement originally made with the volunteer workers on the program including the photographer Darryl Bainbridge, Shaw Cable, B.C Tel , the Ministry of Small Business and Culture, Lester Pearson College and the RBC museum.. See internet link for more of the videos .
BCTV 1993 Elephant seal capture and return to Race Rocks . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links Sequences of the capture of an elephant seal that had a broken jaw at Race Rocks in May, 1993— transportation to Vancouver Aquarium where it was rehabilitated and the subsequent release back at Race Rocks in August of 1993. Pearson College assists in the capture and transport. .
BCTV 1995 Visit to Race Rocks of Fisheries Minister Brian Tobin . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links This video is the news clips documenting a visit to Race Rocks by the minister of Fisheries, Brian Tobin, accompanied by Victoria – Oak Bay MLA David Anderson (in 1998- Minister of Fisheries) in the fall of 1995. On this trip Mr. Tobin gives his assurance to the light keepers that their job are secure!!. .
CHEK 6 TV 1992 The Canadian Underwater Safari . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links Footage of a Chek TV crew who are taken diving by Lester Pearson College so they can document the underwater work of cameraman Darryl Bainbridge of the “Underwater Safari” series. Good shots of Fish — greenlings and Sea Bass– Rock Cod .
Reyes – Paola 1995 Light keepers Concerns at Race Rocks (Spanish) . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links Commentary in Spanish – interview with Mike Slater, prior to destaffing of the light station by the Coast Guard. Good views from tower — multiple light version still in use. .
Fletcher – Garry 1995 Anita Voss and intertidal hydroids . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links Documents Dr. Anita Brinckmann -Voss on a low tide hydroid sampling trip to Race Rocks. .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1996 Whale Watchers at Race Rocks . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links Starts with footage of the tower when it is pure white as it is being painted in the fall of 1996. Later on, a sequence of several whale watching boats near the rocks as they look at the sea lions. This sequence aired on BCTV in 1997 .
Dept. of Nat Defence Science Advisory Committee (ESAC) 1997 DND Environmental Science Advisory Committee Annual Report 1997 ESAC . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links 24 reports of Projects worked on in the adjacent DND lands , including Rocky Point. Most are forest related research projects. .
Dept. of Nat Defence Science Advisory Committee (ESAC) 1998 Conservation Management Planning DND CFB Esquimalt properties — results of workshop held at Royal Roads University , Victoria, B.C. March 17, 1998 . Editor:Robinson, Arthur – Trofymow -A. . . 41 . . Over the last four years, staff from the DND, Canadian Forest Service and CWS , and other agencies have collaborated extensively through the Environmental Science Advisory Committee in the delivery of environmental programs on DND properties, particularly on Southern Vancouver Island. During that same period, much new information has been gathered to assess the ecological character of these lands. Under a project completed in 1997, these new data sets were merged with existing data in a common GIS to allow for easier review of management plans for these properties. A report by ESRI Canada Ltd. Outlines the Arc/Info coverages. In order for CWS t fulfill it’s forest management objectives and to jointly assist DND in fulfilling its obligations for environmental assessments, wetland conservation, and protection of species at risk, it was time to begin a process of analysis to review and further develop conservation plans for these very significant properties. In 1994 and 1995 Madrone Consultants Ltd. were contracted to carry out ecological assessments of a number of DND properties on Vancouver island. Guidelines used by Madrone are outlined in Appendix 1c. ETC. A Reports of a workshop including Rocky Point. Conservation management recommendations for the properties are made. .
Gibbs – Donna 1997 Race Rocks Species List- 1997 . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/INVERTS/dgibbs.htm . None available– See Comments or Links Inventory compiled by Donna Gibbs of the Vancouver Aquarium on dives made at Rosedale Rock, West Race Rocks and William Head in the summer of 1997. Grouped by phylums and divisions. In the photo are several of the intertidal gastropods observed near peg#15 at Race Rocks, spring 1998. .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1998 Profile: Trev and Flo Anderson: their connection with Pearson College 1976-1982 . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/history/rrkeeper/rr66-82/anderson.htm . None available– See Comments or Links When Trev and Flo arrived at Race Rocks with their family in 1966, the old generator building was painted red and had a tall tower attached for the foghorn. By the mid-1970’s when we started coming out from Pearson College, the buildings were painted white with red roofs. .
Ellis – D.V. , Steele – D.J. 1974 Application For Ecological Reserve — Rocky Point – 1974 . . . 167 14 . . None available– See Comments or Links This is the application submitted for Rocky Point as part of the areas proposed as a result of the International Biological Program (IBP) which set about to recommend Ecological reserves. The coastal area was to be considered as an Ecological Reserve. This report was consulted when LB Pearson College was working on the equivalent proposal for Race Rocks. .
Giovando – L.F. 1978 Observations of Seawater Temperature and Salinity at British Columbia Shore Stations 1976 Pacific Marine Science Report 78-12 . . . 111 . . Estuarine exchanges between the waters of then inlets and coastal basins between Vancouver Island and the mainland coast and the north pacific Ocean must occur through the Strait of Juan de Fuca to the south and the Johnstone Strait to the North In the early part of 1973, current meter arrays were moored over a cross section in each of these two Straits for the purpose of obtaining information on the nature of these exchanges (Huggett et al. 1976) The hydrographic data reported here were obtained during the period of March – May 1973, when these arrays were in position. These additional observations are required to assist in evaluating the tides within the region, and further , to provide boundary conditions for an extension of these studies to include features of the estuarine circulation. For Race Rocks daily data see the reference by Ron Perkin of IOS .
Giovando – L.F. 1978 Observations of Seawater Temperature and Salinity at British Columbia Shore Stations – 1974 Pacific Marine Science Report 78-2 . . . 111 . . None available– See Comments or Links . .
Giovando – L.F. 1978 Observations of Seawater Temperature and Salinity at British Columbia Shore Stations -1975 Pacific Marine Science Report 78-8 . . . 112 . . None available– See Comments or Links . .
Crean – P.B. , Huggett – W.S. , Miyake – . 1979 Data Report of STD observations Volume 1: Strait of Juan de Fuca 1973 Pacific Marine Science Report 78-8 . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links . .
Simonsen -Bjorn, O., Peacock – Sandra, Haggerty -J.,Secter – J., Duerden -F. 1997 Report of the First Nations Cultural Heritage Impact Assessment and Consultation — component ; Bamberton Town Development Project . . . . . rrrefer/bamber/toc1.htm . An exerpt from the report : 3.4.4 Marine Resources
Marine resources, as noted above, formed a fundamental component of traditional lifeways, and remain important to contemporary First Nations people. They are discussed in this study of the Bamberton project because, as mentioned in the introductory section, the peoples of the Saanich Inlet recognize the close relationship between the land and the sea. They, perhaps more than any other group, have witnessed first-hand the impacts of development on the marine resources of the Saanich Inlet, impacts which have directly and drastically altered their traditional lifeways.Information obtained during community interviews reveals a wide variety of fish, shellfish and other invertebrates, waterfowl and marine mammals were utilized throughout the seasons. Those collected from the Saanich Inlet are identified in Table 8. Aside from their obvious use as food, marine resources also served as medicines and as ritual foods associated with ceremonial activities. The cultural significance of these resources is reflected in the places names associated with the procurement of marine resources throughout the Saanich Inlet (see discussion in Section 3).
See the internet link for the complete version.Section 3.4 results PartII: first Nations Land and Resource Use 3.4.1 Spiritual Resources 3.4.2 –Plant Resources — 3.4.3 Terrestrial Mammals and 3.4.4 Marine Resources —- these sections provide a good insight into the importance to the first Salish First Nations people of the natural resources. Table 8 provides a list of the marine resources used by the Saanich Inlet peoples.. See the external web link for the complete reference below http://a100.gov.bc.ca/appsdata/epic/html/deploy/epic_document_129_15398.html
Canadian Underwater Safari team 1992 The Planning Process for the Canadian Underwater Safari . Editor:Garry Fletcher . . 49 pages . . None available– See Comments or Links The communication and correspondence leading up to the Underwater safari programs in 1992 is presented here in order to give some idea of the magnitude of the planning and support from sponsors that went into this application of technology for environmental education in the Ecological Reserve. .
Down – Susan 1992 Underwater Safari puts technology to work for education Times- Colonist . Monday, Oct 19, 1992 . B2 . . None available– See Comments or Links “This week the pristine ocean environment of the Race Rocks ecological Reserve will be shown off to the world as the Friends of the British Columbia Museum present the Canadian Underwater Safari, an ambitious educational program for grades 8- 12. It is easy to be awed by a program that includes the Anik E2 satellite, Seamore the underwater robot , microwave commu nication from a remote lighthouse , two- way fibre optic technology and a sonar communication system that allows children from here to Ontario to talk with the diver..” .
Mullens – Anne 1992 Children get Underwater Safari The Vancouver Sun . Sunday, Oct 14 . . . . None available– See Comments or Links . .
Best -Andrew 1992 Underwater Safari brings Race Rocks marine environment to the world via TV The Times Colonist . October 14 , . B14 . . None available– See Comments or Links . .
Murphy – Patrick 1992 Don’t use ocean as a toilet, Cousteau pleads Times Colonist . Saturday Oct 10 . D1 . . None available– See Comments or Links Interview with Jean- Michelle Cousteau promoting the underwater safari series and arguing for stopping of the dumping of sewage in the ocean in Victoria. .
Murphy -Patrick 1992 Students to dive undersea via satellite Times Colonist . Wed Oct 14 . . . . None available– See Comments or Links . .
Swanson – Robyn 1992 Race for knowledge takes kids to rocks The Goldstream Gazette . Wednesday, April 29 . . . . None available– See Comments or Links A significant article noting the presentation of a cheque for $10,000 from the B.C.Parks Ministry to the Canadian Underwater Safari by Esquimalt-Metchosin MLA Moe Sihota. .
Monday magazine staff 1992 Victoria’s underwater world flashed around the continent Monday Magazine . October 15-21 . . . . None available– See Comments or Links Interview with Angus Matthews talking about the role of the college in the production of the series of programs. .
Murphy -Patrick 1992 Race Rocks surprise for Island pupils Times Colonist . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links Field trip of students as part of the Underwater Safari .
Inglis – George 1977 Tomas Argyle The Daily Colonist . February 20, . 7 . . None available– See Comments or Links An Interesting account of Thomas Argyle , an early lightkeeper in the 1870’s at Race Rocks. It shows a picture of he and Ellen Argyle with their six children born in the Race Rocks lighthouse. Much of the article is devoted to following up on the second generation descendants of Argyle. .
B.C.Parks 1995 Ecological Reserve Warden Handbook . . . . 10 . . None available– See Comments or Links An outline of the ecological reserve warden program , Purpose of Wardens and guidelines and responsibilities of wardens and B.C. Parks Staff. .
Matthews – Angus 1995 Presentation to the Department of Transport Hearing on the Future of West Coast Light Stations . . . . 12 . . Lester B. Pearson College of the Pacific proposes an innovative partnership agreement between Pearson College and the Governments of Canada and British Columbia, relating to the Race Rocks Light Station and the surrounding ecological reserve. The objectives of this agreement are to:– -Reduce expenditures by DOT through private sector financial support ,–retain qualified staffing of the light station —continue weather and sea condition reporting –Provide enhanced , marine safety and search and rescue capabilities. —Continue environmental monitoring which has been conducted without interruption since 1921. –Improved supervision of the Ecological reserve. — The addition of Great Race Island to the existing 280 hectare reserve. — Expanded environmental research and educational opportunities, –Enhanced pollution monitoring and control capacity . —protection of a public marine heritage site. January 26, 1995 — Proposal complete with Draft budget showing the role of Pearson College, the province and the Department of Transport .
Anderson – David 1998 Statement by David Anderson, Ministry of Fisheries and Oceans on Marine Protected Areas . . . . . http://www-comm.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/english/release/statement/st9805e.htm . None available– See Comments or Links This link to the internet provides the content of Fisheries and Oceans Minister David Anderson’s speech of September 1, 1998 when he announced, in Victoria, B.C. the creation of the first two pilot MPAs. .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1990 Race Rocks Ecological Reserve Summary Report 1990 . . . . 18 . . None available– See Comments or Links This report outlines the activities coordinated by the volunteer Wardens of the Race Rock Ecological Reserve. .
Ecological Reserves Program 1991 List of Reports and Publications for Ecological Reserves in British Columbia . . . . 146 . . None available– See Comments or Links . .
Helm – Denise 1996 Province Months away from decision on Race Rocks Times- Colonist . Sat. Dec 14, 1996 . . . . None available– See Comments or Links The B.C. Government is still months away from a decision about management of Race Rocks , despite urgent pleas for timely action . Regional Manager Dave Chater said Friday a long term management plan for the ecological reserve surrounding the islets off Metchosin first has to be developed –Pearson College, which is fed up with delays about Race Rocks fate, submitted a draft management plan for the reserve in march. The college Laos has a two year proposal to run the light station as an educational and research center. The Environment ministry expects to have a management plan ready in early 1997, said Chater. Matthews said the college can’t start raising funds to look after Race Rocks with only a two year. Commitment from the federal government to not demolish the buildings. Chater said the Ecological Reserve plan has to come first. And the prime issue is whether to add the land and, if so, the buildings. Ö .
Mesiha -David, Fletcher -Garry 1999 Pedder Bay to Race Rocks Transect- Marine Birds . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links This database is not complete at the time of publication of this version. Raw data records are available however through the library at Lester Pearson College. March 1998 to present– ongoing. Analysis of this data will also be available on the racerocks.com Webster .
DND Environmental Science Advisory Committee 1995 DND Environmental Science Advisory Committee Annual Report 1995 . Editor:Arthur Robinson and J.A. Trofymow . . 103 . . None available– See Comments or Links The annual report of the research carried out in the adjacent area of Rocky Point .
Billman – David 1998 BC Moments – Race Rocks (Aerials) bt#1012 (To burn in) . . bt 1012 . . . None available– See Comments or Links . .
Billman – David 1998 BC Moments – Race Rocks bt#8076 3309-( to burn in) . . bt . . . . None available– See Comments or Links . .
Billman – David 1998 BC Moments – Race Rocks bt# 8074-6999-6269 ( To burn in) . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links Raw footage from late summer 1998 .
Billman – David 1998 BC Moments – Race Rocks bt# 1475-1476- 1367 (To burn in) . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links Raw Footage from late summer 1998 .
Fisheries and Oceans Canada 1999 Pacific Region Marine Protected Areas Home Page . . . . . http://www.pac.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/oceans/mpa/pilots.htm . None available– See Comments or Links . .
Marc – Jacques 1996 The Idaho Shipwreck at Race Rocks . . . . . nautarch/idaho.htm . None available– See Comments or Links Some historical research done on the shipwreck Idaho. This wreck lies within the Marine protected Area at Race Rocks . A video and slide reference set is found in this database also. .
Marc – Jacques 1998 The Nanette shipwreck at Race Rocks . . . . . nautarch/nanette.htm . None available– See Comments or Links This is some historical research done on the shipwreck Nanette, by the Underwater Archaeology Society of BC. .
Marc -Jacques 1998 Video – The Shipwreck Idaho at Race Rocks . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links A short video section on some of the artifacts underwater of the wreck of the Idaho .
Marc -Jacques 1998 Nautical Archaeology slide set . . . . . frmAV . None available– See Comments or Links 9 slides taken by Jacques Marc with the Underwater Archeological Society of BC. The wreck of the Idaho on Rosedale Reef and the surrounding sealife is shown. Includes map of the wreck. .
Galloway – James 1999 CHS Managed Surveys — Presentation at Race Rocks pilot MPA workshop. April 1999 . . . . . powpoint/Galloway.ppt . None available– See Comments or Links This research was done at Race Rocks by the Canadian Hydrographic Service in the spring of 1999. Hi- res bathymetric survey, Sea bed Classification using multi- beam sonar scanning, towed video survey, visual simulation. http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/roxview/roxview.htm
Conservation Data Centre 1999 Field Definitions for Conservation Data Centre Element Occurrence Records . . . . 2 rrefer/cdc26apr.htm . None available– See Comments or Links This letter explains the coding for the Conservation Data Centre records. Note these records are only up to date as of March, 1999. Further updates will be added yearly to this database at Pearson College. These records are individual, verified occurrences for species and plant communities which have been ranked as rare by the B.C. Conservation Data Centre. The following fields have been exported with each record.FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
Canadian Conservation Data Center :
http://www.elp.gov.bc.ca/wld/cdc/

EOCODE: The unique identifier for each record. A one-to-one relationship with the records. The first 12 characters identify a particular species or plant community, the next 3 digits identify the occurrence number for that species or community. These alphanumeric codes are information rich and can be used to sort the records, as follows: etc

CDCDatabase_SVanIsland.mdb
Weinstein – Martin S. 1998 Pieces of the Puzzle — getting to the solution for community-based coastal zone management in Canada . . . . 22 . . None available– See Comments or Links Prepared for Coastal Zone Canada 98 conference in Victoria, B.C. 30 Aug.- 3 Sept. 1998 .
Bauer – Wolf 1977 Marine Shore Resource Inventory–Western Community marine coastline, Wolf Island to Fort Rodd hill . . . . 46 . 577.51 Bau The marine shoreline of the Western Community within the Capital
Regional District of British Columbia stretches southwesterly from
Victoria and Esquimalt Harbor to Beecher Bay along the Strait of Juan De
Fuca. The shore-study area with which this report is concerned extends
from Greyke Pt. near Wolf Island to the northern boundary of Fort Rodd
Hill Park. While these boundaries are only eleven miles apart, the
intervening high-tide shoreline actually total forty-eight miles
including all coves, lagoons, and islands within that reach. (Caliper
“walked” at 100ft. intervals).
This preliminary study has concerned itself primarily with an inventory
and evaluation of the beach resources in view of the fact that these
represent not only the more changeable and least stable component of the
coast, but are also of high recreational and esthetic resource value.
Especially is this true of the two major drift – sector beach areas,
where the integrated geohydraulic system of erosion –
transport-accretion has created barrier spits with their fringe habitat
and benthic ? aquatic bio-process environments.
A good account of the coastal resources,- classifies beaches I-III. .
Fletcher-Garry L., B.C. Parks 1999 Race Rocks Ecological Reserve Draft Management Plan –IN BRAILLE . . . . . rreoref/manage1.htm . None available– See Comments or Links Braille Grade II . This was done for a student in year 24 who was studying the MPA while in the Environmental Systems class at Lester B. Pearson College. .
Matthews, Angus 1998 The Race Rocks Light station — In Braille . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links In Braille Grade II — a duplicate of another reference in this collection. Also available in English on internet from the Race rocks site. .
Roach – Sylvia 1999 The Race Rocks Herbarium Database . . . . . Race_Rocks_Herbarium.mdb . None available– See Comments or Links The samples for this herbarium maintained in the Marine Biology lab at Lester Pearson College have been collected at Race Rocks in the intertidal and subtidal areas since by students in Diving service and in Environmental Systems classes since the early 1980’s. The original assembling of samples was done by Nozomi with help from Sylvia Roach. .
Conservation Data Centre 1999 Conservation Data Center Records of the Race Rocks Area Elements . . . . . CDCDatabase_SVanIsland.mdb . None available– See Comments or Links . .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1996 The Metchosin Environmental Inventory . . . . . https://racerocks.ca/metchosinmarine/marineecosystems.htm . None available– See Comments or Links A description of the database and a link to a copy of the Inventory Form. .
Baird -William F 1991 Wave Climate Study and Wave Protection Considerations IN BRAILLE . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links Braille Grade II .
Matthews – Angus 1997 Race Rocks Light station — In Braille . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links A web page document from the Pearson College Race Rocks site done in Braille- Grade II for the student Jose-Maria Viera from Argentina (PC 1997-99). .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1997 The Race Rocks Marine Ecological Reserve Background Information– In Braille . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links Grade II Braille. .
Sampson -Tom 1999 Interview with Thomas Charles – Beecher Bay . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links This Audio tape was recorded by Tom Sampson in March of 1999. In it Thomas Charles gives the pronunciation of the words for Race Rocks , Pedder Bay, Church Island and Beecher Bay in the Clallum language. s c .
Zacharias- M.A., Morris- M. , Howes- Don 1999 Large Scale characterization of Intertidal communities using a predictive model Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology (in Press) . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links Southern Gulf Islands including Race Rocks Pilot Study Area .
Zacharias – Mark A., Howes – Don E., Harper-J.R. , Wainwright- P. 1998 The Development and Verification of a Marine ecological Classification : a case study in the Pacific marine region of Canada Coastal Management . 26 2 105-124 . . None available– See Comments or Links just received- no copy available yet .
Howes- Don 1997 BC Physical Shore-zone Mapping System . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links detailed mapping 1:10,000 scale of shoreline geomorphology and wave energy– Contact Don Howes — LUCO 356-7721 .
Howes – Don 1997 BC Biological Shore-zone Mapping System — (1997- intertidal surveys at Race Rocks included) . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links detailed mapping 1:10,000 scale of intertidal communities– Contact Don Howes — LUCO 356-7721 Intertidal surveys at Race Rocks are included in this system. .
Howes- Don, Zacharias, Mark 1997 Shoreline video mapping for the CRD. . . . . . . . None available– See Comments or Links Contact Don Howes at 387-3803 .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1999 Race Rocks Ecological Overview Workshop April 7 1999 . . . . 20 rreocont/rreocontent.htm . None available– See Comments or Links This is a reference on this database that links through a contents page to the report on the workshop. .
British Columbia Air Photo Service 1975 Air photo of Race Rocks . . BC7765 160 . . . None available– See Comments or Links See Reference # 15 of Geo-Spatial database .
Fairfield-Carter-P.J., Fletcher- Garry L. , Mathews- Angus 1999 Race Rocks.Com — A Virtual Exploration of Underwater Canada — A Proposal to the Millennium Bureau of Canada . Editor:P.J. Fairfield Carter . . 75 http://www.racerocks.com/pearson/racerock/admin/millenium.htm . None available– See Comments or Links Introduction by Dr. Joe MacInnis – An Island in Time. This proposal was sent to the Canadian Millenium Bureau in May of 1999 in an attempt to secure financing to a proposal to introduce internet technology for live transmission from Race Rocks. .
Freedland- Howard 1994 excerpt from a chapter on Climate Biodiversity In British Columbia Editor:Harding-Lee E. , McCullum, . . . rrrefer/biodch28/p232complete.htm . None available– See Comments or Links Figure 24-11. Comparison of Sea Surface Temperature Anomalies at Race Rocks on the British Columbia Coast (upper Panel) with Northern Hemisphere Air Temperature Anomalies (lower panel). Source: Howard Freeland, Institute of Ocean Sciences, Sidney, B.C. .
Odim- Edward 1998 BBC Interview at Race Rocks – Garry Fletcher – Technology – for ” The Natural History Program” The Natural History Programme – BBC Editor:Edward Odim . . 7 minutes 11 sec. . . None available– See Comments or Links This interview by the BBC was recorded at Race Rocks in the summer of 1997. In it Garry Fletcher outlines what he believes to be a sustainable future scenario for Race Rocks involving Alternate energy and the use of remotely operated video and data transmission devices. . .
Wilson- Cam 1998 West Race Rock, Video of Sealions Underwater . . . . . . . None available –See Comments Taken October 4, 1998–This video provides an excellent account of underwater sea lion behavior. Both Northern and Californian Sealions are shown. Copyright Cam Wilson .
Fletcher-Garry L. 1999 Intertidal Race Rocks- Hydroid Habitat . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/hydroid/intpho99/hydhabitat.htm . None Available– see Internet Link This internet site provides pictures taken on the West side of Great Race Rocks by Garry Fletcher at an extreme low tide on June 12, 1999. Many of the pictures are also available in the AV section in this database. .
Dombowski, Greg 1999 Diver’s Guide –Vancouver Island South . . . . page67-74 http://dive.bc.ca . . A recent guide book with several pages of information and maps on Race Rocks and the surrounding area dive sites. mailto:update@dive.bc.ca
Dept. of Nat Defence Science Advisory Committee (ESAC) 1999 1998 Annual Report, DND Environmental Science Advisory Committee . Editors:Arthur Robinson and J.A. Trofymow . . . . . . . .
Slater – Carol 1999 Race Rocks Manager’s Log- 1999 . . . . . . 577.7 Sla 1999 None Available . .
Billman-David 1999 BC Moments “Race Rocks” and ” Under Race Rocks” . David Billman . . . . . . David Billman is the Senior Producer/Director in the Knowledge Network, Open Learning Agency, who has submitted this copy made for “B.C. Moments” . May , 1999 .
Perkin – Ron 1999 Database of the Race Rocks Water Temperature( since 1921)- and Salinity(since 1935) . Ron Perkin . . . RRTemp-Salinity.mdb . . We are grateful for the effort made by Ron Perkin of the Institute of Ocean Sciences in supplying the temperature and salinity database. This database has been made by the compilation of Light house reports of Sea Water temperature and Salinity. At Race Rocks, a significant scientific contribution has been made by many generations of Light Keepers who have made daily manual recordings of these physical factors by taking water samples from the end of the docks, an hour before high tide. .
Fletcher-Garry 1999 Thor Miller — Fishing in the Early Years in the Race Rocks Area . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/history/fishery/thor.htm . . This is a set of notes made in an Interview with Thor Miller of Victoria in July of 1999 about his experiences in the early fishery along the waterfront of Victoria and as far West in the Strait of Juan de Fuca as Beechey Head. .
Fletcher – Garry 1996 www.racerocks.com . . . . . http://www.racerocks.com . Website URL designated in May 1999 This website is the alias to http://www.racerocks.com/racerock/pcserv7.htm started in 1995, with the new alias registered in 1999. .
Murgatroyd – Louise V. 1999 Managing Tourism and Recreational Activities in Canada’s Marine Protected Areas: the Pilot Project at Race Rocks, British Columbia . . . . . . . Marine tourism is a major component of massive global tourism industry. Extensive visitation to coastal and marine areas has lead to marine environmental degradation, compromising the very values that make these environments attractive to tourists. Marine protected areas (MPAs) strive to conserve biodiversity and ecological processes, many of which coincide with the above-mentioned values. Tourism and MPAs provide venues for tourism and tourism. Through education and awareness-raising, can create support for marine conservation, MPAs and other integrated coastal management strategies. Race Rocks, a group of tiny islands near Victoria, British Columbia, is one of five national pilot MPA project sites currently being examined by Fisheries and Oceans Canada. The site hosts abundant and diverse wildlife and is heavily viseted tourists and recreational users from the grreater Victoria area. These include whale watching operators, scuba divers and recreational fishers. While already protected as a provincial ecological reserve, the pilot MPA project will pursue additional strategies involving government. Industry and other stakeholders to ensure that negative impacts from mounting visitor use are minimised. Examples of effective mangement strategies for tourism and recreation in existing MPAs around the world are provided. Such as the Great Barrier Reef and Bonaire Marine Parks recommendations are made for the pilot MPA at Race Rocks and include a combiantion of government and industry regulation. Comprehensive education and interpreatationprograms, and extensive consutation with relevant stakeholders to ensure effective management strategies which encourage compliance among users and require minimal enforcement. Louise visited lester Pearson College and Race Rocks in the summer of 1999. This is a report was submittted as a partial requirement for her master’s degree, University of Guelph. .
B.C. Government, Air Photos Branch 1975 Air Photos – Race Rocks . . . . . rrmaps/geospat.htm . none available Two photo’s–BC7765 No. 159 and No. 160 taken in 1975— The link above provides large versions of the photos. .

Canada Millennium Partnership Program : Environmental Impact Questionnaire

SCHEDULE A

Canada Millennium Partnership Program
Environmental Impact Questionnaire
* Please return this completed questionnaire along with your application.
* We are in receipt of your application but require additional information to properly assess the environmental effects of your project proposal. Please complete this questionnaire and return to:

Canada Millennium Partnership Program
Millennium Bureau of Canada
255 Albert Street, 10th Floor
P.O. Box 2000
Postal Station “Dt”
Ottawa, Ontario
K1P 1E5

If you require assistance in completing this form, contact Ana Maria Leyton at (613) 943-2540, Millennium Bureau of Canada.

The responses to this questionnaire will help to assess the environmental effects of your project proposal in accordance with the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act (Act). Completing this form as accurately and as fully as possible will expedite the processing of your proposal. Attach additional typewritten or hand printed sheets if you need more space. Please note that no federal funding support can be provided or committed to your project prior to compliance with the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act and regulations.

 

PROJECT IDENTIFICATION

 

Millennium Bureau of Canada

Project File Number: F469441-III

ProjectName: racerocks. com

Environmental Assessment Contact Person:

Individual to be contacted for additional information regarding the environmental assessment of this project.

Name: Garry Fletcher
Address: Lester Pearson College
Telephone number : 250-391———-
Fax number: 250-391-2412——–
E-mail: gfletcher@———-


PAGE 2:
FEDERAL COORDINATION REGULATIONS

1 ) In order to streamline the environmental assessment of this project at the federal level, please indicate whether you will be applying, or have applied, to any other federal or provincial department or department of agency for funding, permits or authorizations, or for the lease or sale of land related to this project.

Department
Nature of Departments Involvement in Project
Contact name
Telephone number
Fisheries&Oceans Promoting the establishment of the Marine Protected Area Marc Pakenham-250——–

 

It is the proponent’s responsibility to ensure that the proposed project or activity complies with all relevant federal, provincial, territorial and municipal laws and regulations. If applicable, attach a list of all permits required and standards known to apply to your project and describe how your project complies with them.

 

ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT

 

2) Has a federal environmental assessment (EA) of this project been conducted or is one in the process of being undertaken? If so, please indicate who is undertaking or has undertaken the EA (name, organization, address and telephone number of the EA contact person) and provide a copy of the completed environmental assessment report.

NO

3) Is this project subject to environmental assessment under your provincial environmental assessment process? If so, to avoid duplication refer to the EA findings prepared for the provincial process and attach the relevant documentation along with this completed form.

NO

Environmental Impact Questionnaire 2 Canada Millennium Partnership Program

 


PAGE 3:
PROJECT DESCRIPTION

4)Project Location:

Site name: GREAT RACE ROCKS

Street address: (ISLAND- Strait of Juan De Fuca)

City and Province: Victoria, British Columbia

Postal Code: na

Geographic location (Latitude and Longitude): UTM North(centroid)53480000, UTM East(centroid)460500\

Please indicate if the project is being carried out in or on a:

national park national park reserve national historic site

historic river heritage canal

reserve land (Indian Act) settled land claim area——-PILOT MARINE PROTECTED AREA

Exclusion List Considerations:

5) The Exclusion List Regulations specify certain types of projects that have insignificant environmental effects and do not require an EA. To help determine if this is the case for your

project, respond to the following questions:

?

a. Are all of the proposal activities not physical in nature? YES

b. Are all of the proposal activities physical activities that are not on YES

the Inclusion List Regulations?

Please refer to the Inclusion List Regulations on the CEAA web site at:

http://www.ceaa.gc.ca/act/incl_list_reg_e.htm

c. Is the proposed project the maintenance or repair of an existing NO
physical work (e.g., maintenance or repair of an existing road, bridge or building)?

d. Is the proposed project the expansion or modification of an existing road NO
or bridge, that would not:

– be undertaken outside the existing road right of way;
– lengthen the road;
– widen the road by more than 15%;
– be carried out in or on or within 30 m of a water body; or
– involve the likely release of a polluting substance into a water body.
e. Is the proposed project the construction or installation of a building with a NO
footprint of less than 100 m2 and a height of less than 5 m, that would not:
– be carried out in or on or within 30 m of a water body; or
-involve the likely release of a polluting substance into a water body?

Environmental Impact Questionnaire 3 Canada Millennium Partnership Program


PAGE 4
f. Is the proposed project the expansion or modification of an existing building, including its fixed structures, that would not:

– increase the footprint or height of the building by more than 10 %; NO it would not increase

– be carried out in or on or within 30 m of a body of water; or YES the whole island is within 30 meters of the ocean

– involve the likely release of a polluting substance into a water bodyNO it would not involve the release of polluting substances

g. Is the proposed project the construction, installation, expansion or
modification of a ramp, door or handrail to facilitate wheelchair access? NO,
If you answered “yes” to any of the above questions, your project may be excluded from the Act.

6) Please provide a detailed description of the project and the main activities that will be carried out in each of its phases. The project description should outline the scope of the project and provide information answering the questions: who, where, what, how and when. Please provide detailed project site plans, maps locating the proposed activities, or project specifications and drawings, specifying the dimensions of project structures. All undertakings in relation to a physical work or activities associated with the project, their locations, and scheduling details should be listed and described. If any of the following activities are to be carried out, please describe each component separately and in detail: construction, decommissioning or abandonment of a structure, operation phase, other activities.

Race Rocks.com– Introduction

Protection of the wildlife, both above and below the water, is the foundation of this project. Yet, the easily accessible location is under constant pressure from human activities. The experience of the current Reserve Guardians underscores the importance of constant vigilance–they have recorded harmful impacts on nesting populations and other species in the reserve area due to inappropriate use of the area by visiting boaters,divers, and fishers, Although recent reporting of activities to Fisheries and good cooperation in monitoring and follow-up has resulted in a good level of protection presently.

Race Rocks Marine Protected Area protects a significant high-current subtidal and intertidal ecosystem.

 We propose to implement an innovative alternative to on-site visits on the reserve by developing a technological link that will provide Canadians with a means of visiting this fragile environment without environmental impact. To do this we will:
initiate 24-hour live interactive web-site connection from the Race Rocks Marine Protected Area.
relay high quality broadcast information to Canadians that showcases the unique marine environment.
develop a compelling web site for use in Canadian schools
create instructional strategies to educate users about marine environment, environmental issues, historical and First Nations use of the Area.
establish an electronic data bank of marine life and environmental conditions

This project is supported by several community groups and governmental agencies including: The Royal British Columbia Museum, The Vancouver Aquarium, LGS Inc., Open School, BC Ministry of Environment, Land and Parks, and Fisheries and Oceans Canada

It is an exciting new project that is compatible with the goals of the Millennium Partnership program. In particular, it will contribute to the support of a sustainable environment while developing a unique Canadian initiative that partners technology and conservation.

The security of the reserve could be greatly enhanced by cameras with robotic control. In this way, limited human security services could be augmented by round the clock surveillance and monitoring by video and robots.

7) Describe the environment in which the project will take place, with particular attention to: land use, hydrology, topography, vegetation, presence of wildlife, etc.

Chart of the area and a map of the Island of Great Race Rocks are included.

8) Will the project occur in, on or within 30 meters of a water body? If yes, provide details. A water body includes rivers, lakes, canals, reservoirs, oceans or wetlands.

The Island of Great Race Rocks on which this is occurring is in the Strait of Juan de Fuca .It has been the site of a Coast Guard Since 1860

Environmental Impact Questionnaire?4?Canada Millennium Partnership Program


 
PAGE 5

9) Does the project involve cutting or removal of trees, shrubs or vegetation? If yes, provide details and specify the size of the area affected.

NO . The island is barren except for soil brought in by the Coast Guard in early years for gardens and lawns.

10) Are there any cultural heritage resources located on or off-site that could be potentially affected by the project? If yes, provide details.

Note: a cultural heritage resource is a human work or a place that has historic value such as
historical monuments, cultural landscapes, conservation areas, archaeological and underwater sites.

There are two historical resources, The 1860’s built tower, and the shipwreck of the Idaho off Rosedale reef, South of the island. Neither would be affected except in a positive way. Currently the Tower is leased from the BC government by the Coast Guard, so anything that affects it would have to be approved by them first anyway. The shipwreck is protected under BC legislation protecting all shipwrecks.

11) Will heavy equipment be used during or after project implementation or operation? If yes, provide details.
No

12) Does the project involve the handling, use, release or disposal of hazardous materials during or after project implementation (e.g., chemically-treated wood, lead-based paints, PCBs, asbestos, oil or gas tanks, resins, toxins, pesticides, fertilizers, caustic substances, etc.)? If yes, provide details.

NO

13) Is the project likely to release any harmful or polluting substances into a water body during or after project implementation (e.g., silting, chemicals, waste, etc.)? If yes, provide details.

NO

Environmental Impact Questionnaire 5? Canada Millennium Partnership Program

 


PAGE 6
14) Are there any other pertinent details concerning the project that could impact on the environment? If yes, provide details.

The only impact will be positive

. The Coast Guard Automated the Station in 1997. The station was destined for demolition. Intervention by Lester Pearson College has raised the funds since that time to support the previous light-keepers to stay on at the island so that the ecological reserve surrounding the island can be protected. Lester Pearson College is still supplying complete operating costs including fuel oil for the generator.

Our College had made the surrounding 256 hectares- to a depth of 36 meters, a provincial Ecological Reserve in 1980 . We obtained the assistance of the Institute of Ocean Sciences in 1981 to establish and maintain the current meter near the islands which eventually led to the creation of the Race Passage current tables –

We obtained a closure for commercial fisheries in 1990

Garry Fletcher , faculty in Biology and Environmental Systems at Lester Pearson College has been the Provincial Ecological Reserve Warden of the reserve since 1980, and is the project manager for this project.

ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS

 

15) Is the project likely to affect unique, sensitive or endangered features of the natural environment and/or rare or endangered species of fauna or flora? If yes, provide details. The List of Canadian Wildlife at Risk is available through the COSEWIC Secretariat at: (819) 9974991 or e-mail: Sylvia.Normand@ec.gc.ca

The reserve also has ecologically important populations of benthic and free-floating invertebrates. It protects several rare species including the spiral white snail Opalia, and many rare hydroid species that represent unique Canadian or North American occurrences. It also provides haul out and feeding areas for elephant seals and sea lions as well as breeding areas for harbour seals and nesting habitat and resting areas for seabirds. Further, the area has been closed to commercial fin and shellfish harvesting since 1991.

It is these characteristics that make it such a unique environment for discovery and education, yet also threaten it:

there is a threat of poaching in the protected area — it is estimated that $10 million worth of commercial marine species could be poached from the reserve

because of the high concentrations of sea birds and mammals there is considerable tourist pressure – inappropriate activities in the area could threaten breeding populations and resident animals

it’s unique characteristics make it a highly desirable school outing — again, excessive demands placed on this natural system threaten the very qualities that distinguish it .

 

There will of course be no negative effect on any of the wildlife. The net effect should be a reduction of impact on wildlife as the educational value of the project will be directed at improving the public’s Interaction with the resources, and this technology should provide round-the clock monitoring ability in the area as well.

16) Is the project likely to disturb existing fish or wildlife or their habitats? If yes, provide details.

No, Our whole point of all our efforts so far has ben to promote conservation.

17) Is the project likely to disturb the existing drainage system? If yes, provide details.

NO

18) Is the project likely to cause the release of noise or atmospheric emissions? If yes, provide details.

NO

Environmental Impact Questionnaire 6?Canada Millennium Partnership Program

 

 


 
PAGE 7

19) Could the environmental effects resulting from the project adversely affect the cultural heritage resources identified in question 10? If yes, provide details.

NO

20) Is there likely to be any public sensitivity to the project either during the project start-up or operation? If yes, describe the nature of the sensitivity and any action taken so far to assess or address the concerns (e.g., public complaints, media reactions, etc.).

No, we have good public support . The Fisheries and Oceans office in Victoria has recently established the Race Rocks Marine Protected Area Advisory Board, which is overseeing the project as well See the note below on this board. The local municipality awarded Lester Pearson College in September 1999, the award for the environmental citizen of the year for our work at Race Rocks .

21) Describe any other significant adverse environmental effects to air, water or land likely to result from your project and quantify their significance.

There will be no adverse effects

22) Will the change in environment produced by your project have any impact on health or socioeconomic conditions, physical or cultural heritage, land or resource use by Aboriginal peoples, or any structure or site of historical/paleontologicaVarchitectural significance? If yes, provide details.

Yes, Integral to this proposal is the mandate in September of 1998 from the then fisheries minister David Anderson in the naming of the Pilot phase of the Marine Protected Area, to involve First Nations fully in the implementation of Marine Protected Areas..

Race Rocks has been an important part of the West Coast First Nations for many generations. We have sought the First Nations History and have established the Clalum name for the area which means swift waters. We have already begun discussions with several individuals from local First Nations groups including: Esquimalt First Nations, Brentwood First Nations, Beecher Bay First Nations

We are committed to working with these groups to ensure that their history is honoured and that they will benefit from the project. This spring our local First Nations people will be participating in the interpretive and educational programming for the facility.

23) Describe any mitigating measures proposed to eliminate, reduce or control any adverse environmental effects of the project. Specify the extent to which these measures will mitigate the environmental effects. Indicate the expected significance of any adverse effects after the mitigation measures have been implemented.

1.By providing an increase in baseline data on bird and mammal populations, invertebrate and algae populations, and physical factors, the goals of conservation ecology can be enhanced.

2.Already, under Pearson College’s management over the past two years, much of the island of Great Race Rocks has started to return to native grasses, once kept trimmed by the CoastGuard. The noticeable effect has been a retention of water in the thin layer of soil for a longer period over the dry summer. It is believed that this may lead to nesting of other species of seabirds, especially alcids, requiring ground nesting habitat.

3.Last year, an artificial tidepool has been constructed in a previously barren intertidal site. This was done under permit from Ecological Reserves for research on ecological succession and colonization by hydroids and the operation of a tidepool camera and data monitoring station so that none of the natural tidepools would be affected.

4.Any equipment that my eventually be installed in the water will be made of materials not requiring anti-fouling substances. Stainless steel bolts will be the requirement if any installation is needed in rock.

5.Continual monitoring of the coastal area could help to prevent impacts from oil spills or ballast dumping at sea in the MPA.

6.When Lester Pearson College took over the management of the island in 1997, the first act to reduce sewage pollution from the assistant keepers house was to install a composting toilet. This has already enhanced the marine life in the intertidal inlet that previously had an open sewer from this house.

7.Currently the island is powered by a diesel generator which can provide ample power for the project. The light tower and foghorn have been automated with the installation of solar panels and batteries. It is our goal to eventually have alternate energy powering the whole island. The racerocks.com project could lead to a very high profile for such a level of sustainability to be promoted on the island. It is anticipated that further environmentally acceptable solar and wind generation alonfg with proper storage capacity could replace the present oil-burning generator, which costs us $11,000 in fuel to operate.

8. The main activity of installation will be in the months of January to May, before the bird nesting, and harbour seal pupping season and after the peak sealion haulout period has occurred in the fall period . At his time of year there is no impact on resident birds or mammals. During nesting season, cameras allowing closeup viewing of birds and mammals without human presence can be a great asset to conservation, and will enhance the monitoring of human activity in the MPA.

9. The major mitigation should be reduced ecotourism impacts by improved public awareness. For instance, when the public can be educated about the importance of not disturbing feeding or resting marine birds and mammals, a great service to promotion of sustainabilty will be achieved.

10. The island is also a haulout and breeding colony for over 200 harbour seals. A remotely operated camera would be able to provide an opportunity to observe their life cycle, year round, without human disturbance.

11. When fishers have easy access to see what is living underwater, they should be more appreciative of the need to set aside “No Take” areas for conservation purposes. Large populations of greenling, ling cod and rock fish have been allowed to establish in the reserve partially because of the increased monitoring and handing out of pamphlets in the reserve by our resident managers, the previous light keepers.

12. The increase in the past few years of commercial whale watching/marine mammal watching boats in the area has had the potential to become a major ecotourism negative effect on the area. In the past two months in two meetings with representatives of this group, great steps in cooperation have been achieved. The ability to provide educational information and to have constant monitoring of the activity of this group will certainly help to prevent any future abuse of the resource.

13, This project will ensure the opportunity to keep staff living on the island. Without this project and the support of our other sponsors, Lester Pearson College would have to destaff the island in the coming year, as there are no funds currently available from B.C. Parks or Fisheries to currently staff the island.

14. Perhaps the one new mitigating factor that will help most of all to ensure that all standards of conservation are met in any project like this in the future is the recent formation of the RACE ROCKS Marine Protected Area ADVISORY BOARD

This Board is serving in an advisory capacity for both levels of government in the operation of this marine protected area and therefore has direct responsibility for the operation of this project. It is also composed of a number of stakeholders/interest groups. At the first meeting of this board on December the second,1999, the racerocks.com project was presented and discussed with this board. This board will immediately work on the task of establishing an environmental screening process for this Marine protected Area for all future activities in the Area.

MEMBERS OF RACE ROCKS ADVISORY BOARD

> Cheryl Borris :chairperson of Friends Eco Reserves,

> Erin Bradley Dive community

> Howard Breen: Georgia Strait Alliance-

> Garry Fletcher:Pearson College faculty

> Kelly Francis :Fisheries &Oceans Division Head.

> Gordon Hanson:First Nations projects-advisor

> Dan Kukat:Sports Fish Advisory Board representative

> Lt. Cdr. Bill Laing :Dept. National Defence

> Angus Matthews : Pearson College, Administrator

> Jim Morris : B.C. Parks, Ecological Reserves management.

> Marc Pakenham : Fisheries & Oceans- Oceans Community Advisor – South Coast
Fisheries and Oceans Canada – Pacific

> Dr.John Pringle: Fisheries & Oceans, Habitat Protection Branch, IOS

> Tom Sampson: Coast Salish Sea, First Nations Repreesentative.

> Jennie Sparkes :Parks Canada, Victoria

> Keith Symington C.Parks&Wilderness Soc. Vancouver

> Dr. Anita Voss : Science, the major researcher to date on Hydroids in the Reserve.

> Scott Wallace :Science, UBC- PHD research on the Abalone populations of the Area.

> Kevin Walker :Whale Watchers Assoc.

We invite you to look at the complete proposal linked from the location of the following proposed site:

http://www.racerocks.com

This questionnaire has been surveyed by 20 second year students in the Environmental Systems Program of Lester Pearson College. Their critical evaluation of the project since it’s inception has been invaluable . I have used this as a case study of the Environmental Impact Processes as a tool in Ecological Conservation.

Garry Fletcher.

Environmental Impact Questionnaire 7 Canada Millennium Partnership Program


PAGE 8
 

24) Describe the monitoring or follow-up programs that you plan to undertake to assess the significance of the environmental impact of the project and the effectiveness of the mitigation measures taken.

There will be continuous monitoring by internet of both abiotic and biotic factors in the MPA as a result of this new technology. Records of web traffic to racerocks.com will determine the extent of public use of the internet site.

I certify that the above information is correct, complete and represents full disclosure of the facts.

Prepared by:Garry Fletcher

Date: December 1, 1999

Environmental Assessment Form 8 Canada Millennium Partnership Program

.

An Approach to the Establishment and Management of Marine Protected Areas Under the Oceans Act: A Discussion Paper

This archival reference originally appeared on the DFO website at http://www.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/canwaters-eauxcan/infocentre/publications/docs/discussion_e.asp

An Approach to the Establishment and Management of Marine Protected Areas Under the Oceans Act: A Discussion Paper

The purpose of this Discussion Paper is to seek input and comment on the Department of Fisheries and Oceans’ proposed approach to establishing Marine Protected Areas under the Oceans Act.

JANUARY 1997

(Ce document est aussi disponible en français)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Back to top

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

An Approach to the Establishment and Management of Marine Protected Areas under the Oceans Act

Rationale

Canada’s marine resources form an essential part of our economic and cultural heritage, and conserving these resources is a responsibility shared by all Canadians. To help meet this national obligation, the Department of Fisheries and Oceans (DFO), under the authority of the Oceans Act, has begun work on a Marine Protected Areas (MPAs) Program. We believe that this paper, by serving as a basis for preliminary discussion and comment, will help to secure the public consensus and cooperation required to make this program an effective means of sustaining the rich diversity of marine life in Canada.

Description: the Marine Protected Area

According to Canada’s Oceans Act , a marine protected area is:

“An area of the sea that forms part of the internal waters of Canada, the territorial sea of Canada or the exclusive economic zone of Canada and has been designated under this section [35.(1)] for special protection…”

Possible examples of MPAs include:

  • Genetic “seed banks”
  • “Rare species” habitats
  • Polynyas
  • Estuary zones
  • Tidal flats
  • Kelp forests
  • Offshore banks
  • Deep-sea vents
  • Sea mounts
  • Salt marshes
  • Marine mammal habitat
  • Permanent or seasonal upwelling or mixing areas
  • Spawning and nursery areas
Scope of Authority

The Oceans Act authorizes the Government of Canada to establish a “national system of marine protected areas”, and to make regulations that allow MPAs to be designated, zoned, and closed to certain activities.

Focus of Protection

Under the Oceans Act , an area can be designated as an MPA to conserve and protect one or more of the following:

  • Commercial and non-commercial fishery resources, including marine mammals, and their habitats
  • Endangered or threatened marine species and their habitats
  • Unique habitats
  • Marine areas of high biodiversity or biological productivity
  • Any other marine resource or habitat as is necessary to fulfill the mandate of the Minister
Program Development

The process for developing an MPA Program and individual MPAs will include the steps of area identification, area evaluation and selection, area establishment, and area management.

DFO recognizes that a successful MPA Program will require flexibility enough to allow each MPA to be managed according to its particular needs, as well as coordination of human activities and marine conservation objectives.

Need for Public Action

DFO is now committed to resolving two crucial questions:

1) How to go about establishing a workable MPA Program? 2) How to manage MPAs so as to achieve the goals set forth in the Oceans Act?

DFO is well equipped to provide the science required for a thorough and intelligent consideration of these questions. Science alone, however, cannot produce complete answers. To mount a program that serves both our environment and our citizens, DFO needs the cooperation and practical experience of the Canadian public. In this partnering initiative lies the future of one of our most vital resources. We encourage you to make your ideas available to us without delay.

For more information contact:
Written Comments/ Questions/ Ideas:

Please write to: Marine Protected Areas, Department of Fisheries and Oceans, 200 Kent Street, Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0E6

Or you may look to the inside of the back cover on the Discussion Paper to find the Marine Protected Areas contact closest to you or e-mail DFO at mpa@dfo-mpo.gc.ca.


Back to top

1. What is a Marine Protected Area?

Marine Protected Area (MPA) is a term used, in slightly different senses, throughout the world. The International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN), for example, defines an MPA as:

“Any area of intertidal or subtidal terrain, together with its overlying water and associated flora, fauna, historical and cultural features, which has been reserved by law or other effective means to protect part or all of the enclosed environment.”1

More to our purpose, Canada’s Oceans Act (Section 35: see Appendix A) states:

Section 35

(1) A marine protected area is an area of sea that forms part of the internal waters of Canada, the territorial sea of Canada or the exclusive economic zone of Canada; and has been designated under this section for special protection for one or more of the following purposes:

(a) conservation and protection of commercial and non-commercial fisheries resources, including marine mammals and their habitats; (b) conservation and protection of endangered or threatened marine species, and their habitats; (c) conservation and protection of unique habitats; (d) conservation and protection of marine areas of high biodiversity or biological productivity; (e) conservation and protection of any other marine resource or habitat as is necessary to fulfill the mandate of the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans.

(2) For the purposes of integrated management plans, referred to in sections 31 and 32, the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans will lead and coordinate the development and implementation of a national system of Marine Protected Areas on behalf of the Government of Canada.

(3) The Governor in Council, on the recommendation of the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans, may make regulations:

(a) establishing marine protected areas, subject to paragraph 35(1); and (b) prescribing measures which may include but not be limited to:

(i) the zoning of marine protected areas; (ii) the prohibition of classes of activities within marine protected areas; (iii) any other matter consistent with the purpose of the designation.

The diversity of the Canadian ocean environment suggests that each MPA will be unique. Some examples of areas that might be protected as an MPA include: breeding areas, spawning areas, nursery areas, genetic ‘seed banks’, ‘rare species’ habitats, polynyas, estuary zones, tidal flats, kelp forests, offshore banks, permanent or seasonal upwelling or mixing areas, deep sea vents, sea mounts, salt marshes, or marine mammal habitat.

The Oceans Act allows for the establishment of zones within MPAs and for the prohibition of classes of activities. The level of human activities allowed will vary with the area, will depend on the purpose of the MPA in question, and will be decided in consultation with local resource users. Levels of protection can vary from a strict ‘no take’ area, where access is severely limited, to areas where controlled use or resource harvesting is allowed. Zoning could also be temporal; that is, seasonal restrictions could apply. The zoning approach allows for flexibility in planning for an MPA, and recognizes the need to coordinate human activities and marine conservation objectives.

The Oceans Act authorizes the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans to work collaboratively with interested Canadians to develop and pursue a national strategy for the management of estuary, coastal and marine ecosystems. Therefore, DFO has been made responsible for untangling the overlapping and complex jurisdictional arrangements; establishing coordination among inland, coastal and marine management regimes; and establishing roles and processes for public and stakeholder involvement in marine and coastal management. The concepts of ‘leading’ and ‘facilitating’ mean a process of convening all interested persons, organizations, and agencies in a cooperative process.

The Oceans Management Strategy (OMS), Part II of the Oceans Act , identifies three complementary initiatives that will be part of a national strategy for managing Canada’s oceans. These legislated initiatives include Marine Protected Areas, Integrated Management of activities in estuaries, coastal waters and marine waters, and Marine Environmental Quality. The OMS will provide the basis for incorporating MPAs into a broader national planning framework for the coastal zone. At the same time, stakeholders will participate in developing the overall vision of MPAs for Canada.

The Oceans Act states that the national strategy will be based on the principles of sustainable development, integrated management, and precautionary approaches. Consequently the application of these principles will be an integral part of developing and implementing the MPA Program. Appendix B provides a more detailed discussion of these principles, and others as they apply to ocean management in general, and MPAs in particular.


Back to top

2. Why are MPAs important for Canada?

Marine protected areas are an important tool for conserving Canada’s oceanic heritage. Our coastline stretches 244,000 km along the Atlantic, Pacific and Arctic Oceans, making it the longest coastline of any country in the world. Eight of Canada’s provinces and territories are coastal. The oceans have influenced our history, our culture and our nation’s identity, and have been important to aboriginal people for thousands of years.

The richness of Canada’s ocean has enormous potential to benefit both present and future generations. Marine and coastal areas are important for fishing, recreation and tourism, transportation, subsistence, and mineral production. Canada’s continental shelf, covering 3,700,000 km, is the second largest in the world, and represents approximately one percent of the surface area of the world’s oceans. Coastal and marine ecosystems extend from Arctic waters to temperate estuaries to large offshore marine ecosystems. These ecosystems are host to a remarkable diversity of species, from commercial fish to marine mammals to a variety of invertebrate species and plants.

In the past, Canada did not have adequate long-term protection for its ocean environment and resources. Commercial fish stocks have seriously declined in some areas, greatly affecting coastal communities and regional economies. Sensitive habitats are being modified by a wide variety of activities, both inshore and offshore. Ocean waters in some areas are seriously polluted, and persistent organic pollutants are accumulating in pristine environments. As a result, the biodiversity and ecological integrity of the marine system is being threatened. Canada is facing decisions it has not had to face in the past. The nation needs action now – an MPA program is a decisive step in the right direction.

Back to top

2.1 International and Canadian Experience with MPAs

MPAs are not a new concept. The first MPAs were established approximately sixty years ago, and currently there are almost 1,300 marine protected areas around the world. MPAs have been established by a growing number of countries and have been actively promoted by a variety of organizations such as the United Nations Environment Program, IUCN, World Wildlife Fund, and UNESCO. The world leader in establishing marine protected areas is Australia with 303 MPAs, including the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park, the largest MPA in the world.

MPAs have been established for a wide variety of purposes: for helping to preserve important fisheries, for protecting historical and cultural resources, for conducting scientific research, for preserving natural communities and freeing them from exploitation, and for establishing parks for diving. By learning from the experiences of the international community, Canada can facilitate the implementation of its own MPA program, in terms of both the management of MPAs and the process of working alongside affected stakeholders.

Canada is gaining experience in protecting the marine environment. Some examples of current formal marine protection initiatives are: the ratification and implementation of the Convention on Biological Diversity, the Federal Policy on Wetland Conservation, implementation of the Ramsar Convention, the Pacific Coast Joint Venture, the Fraser River Estuary Management Program, the Atlantic Coastal Action Program, the Community-Based Coastal Management Project, the Gulf of Maine Council, and policy development in the Canadian Arctic Environmental Strategy. Canada also participates with seven other Arctic nations in the implementation of the International Arctic Environmental Protection Strategy. Moreover, Canada is signatory to a range of international conventions concerning the protection of the marine environment.

Federal and provincial agencies have developed, or are developing, MPA programs to provide additional conservation measures of important coastal and ocean areas and resources. These efforts are discussed below.

Back to top

2.2 Federal Government Initiatives

Currently, the Federal government has two formal marine protected area programs. These are administered by Canadian Heritage (Parks Canada) and by Environment Canada. The protected areas designated by each agency serve somewhat different purposes, but each has conservation of the marine environment as a central focus. Appendix C describes the programs in greater detail.

Canadian Heritage is developing a system of protected areas that represent each of Canada’s 29 marine natural regions.2 The Canadian Heritage National Marine Conservation Areas (NMCA) Program is in the process of establishing a number of NMCAs including Gwaii Haanas (3050 km2) on the Pacific Coast and Saguenay – St. Lawrence (1138 km2) located at the confluence of the Saguenay River and the St. Lawrence Estuary.

Environment Canada has three designations available for protecting ocean and land areas to conserve significant habitats and wildlife resources.3 All three designations have a focus on habitat for migratory birds. These protected areas include National Wildlife Areas, Migratory Bird Sanctuaries and, more recently, the development of Marine Wildlife Areas. All told, they protect over 2.9 million hectares of critical wildlife habitat in coastal, estuary, and marine areas.

The Oceans Act will establish a third federal program for marine protected areas. These will be administered by DFO, which already has experience in establishing protected areas, including the recent designation of three Whale Sanctuaries off Nova Scotia. In addition, a number of area closures to fishing activity have been established in order to protect spawning and juvenile concentrations of commercial fish species.

The three federal programs have distinct but complementary purposes. It is incumbent on the federal agencies to coordinate their approach and to take advantage of shared objectives and resources, despite the fact that the three programs are in different stages of development. This coordination will ensure efficiency in establishing protected areas that are complementary, and will also maximize protection of our oceans.

Back to top

2.3 Provincial Government Initiatives

Provincial governments have established a number of coastal and marine protected areas under legislation designed to create provincial parks, ecological areas, and wildlife management areas. In the Canadian context, British Columbia has been the most active in the establishment of MPAs. British Columbia has two pieces of legislation that are used to create MPAs—either the Park Act (designating provincial parks) or the Ecological Reserves Act (designating ecological reserves), both of which are primarily for recreation purposes. The first marine protected areas established by British Columbia, dates back to 1957. Today, British Columbia manages 53 provincial parks and recreation areas and 11 ecological reserves with marine components, totaling about 1,400 km2. This program in British Columbia will be a valuable contribution to the development of a national system of marine protected areas. Furthermore, British Columbia recently established the Marine Protected Areas Strategy, a joint federal-provincial initiative that addresses the need to develop a range of MPAs with multi-stakeholder involvement.

On the east coast, the Province of Prince Edward Island is developing an interagency Marine Conservation Areas Strategy that will also be a valuable addition to the protection of marine resources.


Back to top

3.0 MPAS under the Oceans Act

Back to top

3.1 Overall Goals and Strategies

The Oceans Act designates DFO to lead and facilitate the development of a planning framework for the oceans. The process of development will include goals and strategies to guide the management of ocean resources. At present, goals and strategies relate primarily to individual sectors such as fisheries, transportation, mineral resources, wildlife, and other resources. Without coordination and consistency among these goals, conflicts are inevitable. The development of this planning framework will guide the MPA Program and will consequently assist in the conservation of ocean resources and habitats.

The Oceans Act states a number of conservation goals that bear on the development of an MPA Program. A key goal in DFO’s approach to MPAs is to establish a network of unique MPAs that will reflect the diversity of our oceans. Another key and related goal is to develop an MPA program complementary to those established by Canadian Heritage and by Environment Canada. The work of creating and assessing MPAs and MPA Programs has already begun in some areas. The implementation of the Oceans Act will help to strengthen and focus DFO’s commitment.

Some of the proposed work that DFO will conduct to meet its commitment includes the following (see Sections 5.0 and 6.0):

  • Conduct consultations and develop partnering arrangements with interested stakeholders
  • Coordinate amongst all federal MPA programs
  • Establish procedures for accepting nominations for proposed MPAs
  • Identify possible priority sites
  • Conduct regional overviews of resources and develop criteria for the selection of candidate sites and the MPA network
  • Establish “pilot” MPAs for further assessment
  • Develop national guidelines and strategies which further develop criteria and provides direction for the development of MPA management plans
  • Establish a public information and education program

Back to top

3.2 Overall Purposes for MPAs

The broad purposes for MPAs are presented in the text of theOceans Act, section 35(1). These purposes are discussed in more detail in the following pages.

3.2.1 Purpose A – Conservation of Commercial and Non-Commercial Fisheries Resources

The relationship between fisheries and MPAs is of prime importance. Canada, as a coastal nation, depends heavily on the oceans and their resources, both for commercial commodities and for cultural reasons. In 1994, 165,000 people were employed in the fishing industry in Canada. Families depend on these workers for food, shelter, and income. Healthy communities depend on the families. It is no small tragedy, then, when a fishery is closed because of depleted stocks. Aboriginal communities also have strong cultural ties to the marine resources, and their commercial interest is expanding as a result of land claim agreements and the Aboriginal Fisheries Strategy. Recreational fishers and tourists (eco-tourism industry) also enjoy the fisheries resources and make a contribution to the economy of coastal communities. MPAs can help preserve and restore the marine environment while ensuring that these activities will continue.

The relationship of DFO, fisheries, and MPAs is one that deserves much attention. Fisheries regulation and management were traditionally the primary focus and expertise of DFO. With MPAs, fisheries science, management, and regulation have a new focus—one that will require working cooperatively with coastal communities to help in the future management and understanding of our valuable and dynamic fisheries. Consequently, the Oceans Act identifies as one of its purposes the need to conserve commercial and non-commercial fisheries. How the MPA Program affects the current fisheries management regime is of critical importance, but, it should be stressed, this does not limit or minimize the value of the other four purposes for MPAs that are listed in the Oceans Act.

The Role of MPAs as a Fisheries Management Tool

There is growing experience, internationally, in the use of MPAs to protect and sustain fisheries resources. Protected areas, or “marine refuges”, may be used in combination with existing management techniques to accomplish a variety of fisheries management objectives. Currently, the regulation of fishing activity can be related to the level of harvest, closures, or gear use. As some major stocks decline and fisheries management becomes more complex, it is important to employ new and innovative approaches, and to continually ask ourselves if there are more effective means available.

MPAs are an effective way of incorporating precautionary and ecosystem approaches into fisheries management. Reduced fishing pressure, in an MPA with fisheries closures, may result in the increased abundance, size, weight and diversity of fisheries resources. Such closures could also be an effective means of protecting fisheries resources for future use. Moreover, MPAs can protect critical habitats from disturbances that would otherwise affect fish production. History shows that many traditional fisheries have enjoyed natural refuges in offshore locations that prevented overfishing. However, new technologies, increased market value, lack of effective restrictions, and expansion of the offshore fishery has lead to the exploitation of these natural refuges. The restoration of some of these refuges through use of MPAs could help contribute to the sustainability of these fisheries.

Protected areas for fisheries management can vary in many ways, depending on the purpose and type of MPA created. The size, location, and activities permitted within a fisheries-oriented MPA will be jointly determined, taking into account the management objectives, current fishing activities, the health of the stock, and input from the area stakeholders. In cases where an MPA involves a fishing closure, fishers may have to forgo access to some of their original fishing territory. Such closures may ultimately result in an increase in harvestable fish in waters outside the MPA. The input from, and partnering arrangements with, fishing stakeholders and coastal communities will be critical in establishing such areas.

Some of the more prominent uses and goals of fisheries-oriented MPAs are listed below.

Adult Recruitment

An MPA could operate as a haven or ‘feeder area’, producing adult fish and large juveniles that will naturally migrate into unprotected areas, thereby replenishing fishery stocks.4 Moreover, it has been demonstrated that MPAs are better at supporting more dense populations of larger individuals.5 Therefore, MPAs may help maintain the number of adult spawners in an area.6

Recovery of Depleted Stocks

The same principles and goals as above apply to the recovery of depleted fish stocks. An MPA can also provide protection of these stocks and habitats during the rebuilding phase of certain fisheries. Key, in this scenario, is establishing an MPA early enough to be of value. If the target population is too small at the time of establishing the MPA, the goal of being a ‘feeder area’ will not be met.

Life Stage Protection

MPAs can be designated to protect fish and their habitats during sensitive or vulnerable life stages, such as critical spawning or nursery areas. Spawning concentrations of fish are particularly vulnerable to over-harvest and need to be protected from over-fishing and other pressures. As well, an MPA would allow more plentiful and often larger and older fish to produce a greater number of eggs with a better survival rate. Protection of relatively sedentary species, such as scallops or lobsters, has a strong potential to enhance the production of populations outside the refuge area, through the increased export of larval recruits.

Critical nursery areas need to be protected from pressures that affect the survival of juvenile populations. Again, this helps replenish fisheries outside the refuge, by increasing the populations through the export of juveniles.

Spawning and juvenile habitat closures, many of which are seasonal, are currently used for managing select fisheries in Atlantic Canada. For example, off Nova Scotia, a harvest closure on Browns Bank protects concentrations of berried female lobsters and contributes significantly to regional egg production.7 An MPA may enhance the capabilities of such sites through broader protection during the specified season. For example, it can regulate not only ‘no take’ during the closed season but it can restrict other activities that may be detrimental to the berried females and young.

Genetic Diversity

Well-designed MPAs can protect critical breeding stocks, maintain the genetic diversity of stocks, and can help preserve the population and age structures of target species. Consequently, MPAs can act as ‘genetic reservoirs’ for conserving the genetic diversity of adjacent stocks. MPAs can be useful in protecting smaller and unique sub-populations, which are particularly vulnerable to fishing and habitat alteration pressures.

Hedge Against Uncertainty

One of the most important uses of an MPA as a tool for fisheries management is to provide a hedge or “insurance” against unexpected events or activities such as climate change. In essence, it provides a direct means of applying principles and objectives common to the precautionary approach and to sustainable development. This is of great need today, for in many cases our understanding of the dynamics of fisheries resources and the marine ecosystem is limited.

3.2.2 Purpose B – Conservation of Endangered or Threatened Species

MPAs can be an important tool for preserving endangered and threatened species and their associated habitats.

The MPAs for threatened or endangered species are different from those established for the conservation and protection of commercial and non-commercial species. They target the protection of an endangered species or the community that supports the endangered species, and do not have the central goal of enhancing harvests elsewhere. MPAs designed for endangered species protection must provide enough suitable habitat and space to maintain the ecosystems and the genetic pools that support viable populations of threatened species. The success of these MPAs is dependent upon the appropriate and complementary use of adjacent lands and water.

The Committee on the Status of Endangered Wildlife in Canada (COSEWIC) identifies the following as endangered, threatened, or vulnerable in the marine environment:

17 fish species, 15 marine mammal populations, and one species of turtle. Four species of fish are extinct or extirpated (locally extinct), as well as two marine mammal populations. In addition, endangered and threatened species in need of protection can include those considered key to ecosystem functioning and valuable from an economic or ethical perspective.

The role of MPAs in protecting these species is described below.

Loss of a Key Species

MPAs can assist in maintaining or re-establishing key species by protecting them from activities that affect their populations. Current understanding of marine and coastal ecosystems often makes it difficult to anticipate the effects of the loss of a single species on the functioning of an ecosystem.

The disappearance of a ‘keystone species’ can alter and disrupt the functioning of an entire ecosystem. The history of the sea otter is a good example. As the populations of sea otters declined because of trapping, their prey, the sea urchin, exploded in numbers. Sea urchin food—kelp—disappeared, leaving ‘sea urchin’ barrens, a dramatically diminished habitat. In recent decades, re-introduction of the sea otter by conservation agencies to these ‘sea urchin’ barrens has brought about a reversing of the ecological processes and a return of the kelp. With them came other algal species, crustaceans, squid, fish, and other organisms.8

In this case, the blind exploitation of sea otters drastically changed ecosystems along the Pacific Coast. The damage was done before scientists and fur managers were aware of the key role of the sea otter. Remote natural ‘refuges’ offered protection that

ensured the survival of the sea otter and the opportunity to re-introduce them to their former ranges.

Loss of Valuable Species

MPAs can help protect species that have an economic value. The loss of certain species could lead to serious economic losses in the future. There are a number of activities that could adversely effect the gene pool in the flora and fauna of the oceans. Oceans contain the raw material that could provide new sources of food, fibre and medicines, and that could contribute to scientific and industrial innovations. In pharmaceuticals, for example, species that were relatively unknown or thought to be weeds have emerged as potential sources of miracle drugs. The ecological adaptability of this genetic ‘raw material’ also depends on the genetic capability, contained within species, to respond and adapt to changing conditions. If a fish species declines due to global environmental changes, will another be able to replace it? We cannot know in advance which species are likely to be important. For example, species such as sea urchins, sea cucumbers, rock crabs and Jonah crabs were once thought to be of no commercial value, but have developed into locally significant fisheries. MPAs provide the opportunity to address this issue and protect valued resources.

Loss of Intangible Values

The loss of species and the destruction of biodiversity is ethically unacceptable to many people. Some concerned citizens believe that many species are ‘priceless’ and have intrinsic value because of their very existence. Studies show that, in considering habitat restoration, people place a higher value on the existence of a species than on its potential for use.9 MPAs provide the opportunity to protect species and habitats that are considered valuable from these perspectives.

Marine Mammals

Marine mammals and their habitats are specifically identified in the Oceans Actas being worthy of special protection through the establishment of an MPA.

A wide variety of marine mammals are found in Canadian waters. These include whales (gray, bowhead, beluga, narwhal, minke, humpback, and killer whales as well as sperm, northern bottlenose, blue and right whales further offshore), porpoises, dolphins, seals, walrus, sea lions, and sea otters. Some of these species are listed as endangered, such as the beluga, bowhead, and right whale. Threatened species include the harbour porpoise, sea otter, humpback whale, and beluga (Hudson Bay population). Some species have been affected by past whaling or fur hunters, as well as present-day pollution, shipping collisions, fishing practices, and other human activities. Some marine mammal populations that were once exploited commercially and some that are traditionally used by aboriginal people are experiencing difficulty in recovering to viable or manageable levels.

Many marine mammals and their critical habitats can benefit from an MPA in order to limit the impact of detrimental activities. MPA design must focus on temporal and other special considerations related to calving and feeding grounds, which can change over time. Highly migratory species such as whales require national or even international networks of MPAs to protect them throughout their ranges.

3.2.3 Purpose C – Conservation of Unique Habitats

MPAs designated to protect unique habitats have several benefits. Unique habitats can be defined as ‘centres of endemism’, in which rare species are endemic to a single habitat area. In this case, protection of the area is a means of preventing the extinction of a species. However, endemism is generally believed to be rare because of the potential for long-range recruitment of many species, particularly free-swimming marine species.

Unique habitats can also be seen as having intrinsic or existence values—that is, they are especially valuable because they are unique. Many offshore benthic (bottom-dwelling) organisms, for example, are relatively restricted in their ranges. Some benthic communities are associated with specialized environments such as hydrothermal vents, isolated seamounts, and oceanic trenches or canyons. These unusual and isolated habitats result in confined ecological communities. The species endemic to these habitats may be at risk because of their limited means of dispersing to recolonize other areas.

3.2.4 Purpose D – Conservation of Productive Ecosystems and Biodiversity

MPAs can provide an important tool for protecting productive marine ecosystems and biodiversity. Many marine areas have a range of biota (the plant or animal life of a region) rivaling or exceeding that of tropical forests. The term “biodiversity” includes genetic, species, and ecological diversity, as well as the variety of responses to environmental change. Several scientists believe that coastal and marine zones are being rapidly depleted of their resources and diversity. Marine biodiversity can be adversely affected in several ways. Serious problems such as the introduction of exotic organisms, habitat alterations, overfishing, or increasing contamination can reduce the diversity and impair the operation of marine ecosystems. Consequently, the ability of the marine environment to support commercial activities is threatened.

A number of highly productive ecosystems can be identified as being in need of protection as an MPA. For example, many estuaries are highly productive, providing critical habitats for the life stages of a variety of fish and other species. Estuaries are under considerable stress throughout Canada, requiring greater levels of protection from both ocean and land-based activities. Similarly, upwelling and mixing areas typically have high productivity and support the life stages of a variety of fish, mammal, and other species. Upwelling occurs under specific conditions in coastal locations, such as the west coast of Vancouver Island, in the St. Lawrence Estuary (at the mouth of the Saguenay River), and on the Atlantic offshore. Other highly productive and diverse ecosystems include offshore banks, kelp forests, and deep sea features such as sea vents.

In order to protect highly productive ecosystems and areas of high biodiversity, an MPA typically needs to be large—encompassing a variety of critical ecosystem components. This presents a unique management challenge, since it is necessary to coordinate protection objectives with a variety of human activities. A wide variety of factors and influences affecting productivity and biodiversity need to be considered in the development of MPAs for this purpose. Often ‘no take’ areas or zones are required in order to ensure that critical ecosystem functions and key species and communities are maintained.

3.2.5 Purpose E – Conservation of Other Marine Resources and Habitats to Fulfill The Mandate of the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans

The establishment of MPAs will provide a unique opportunity to help fulfill other mandates given to the Minister, including that of scientific research. The Oceans Act (sections 35 and 42) supports this by providing for MPAs to be established to protect marine resources or habitat necessary to fulfill the mandate of the Minister, including the area of marine science.

MPAs can provide a number of opportunities for scientific research because they can range from pristine areas to heavily utilized areas to recovering areas. They can provide opportunities for testing management approaches including those of conservation, restoration ecology, and monitoring. However, of utmost importance is the opportunity to study and compare relatively ‘untouched’ ecosystems with others that have been subject to human contact.

Scientific research within MPAs can further our understanding of how ecosystems function and how conservation strategies contribute to the recovery of marine species and ecosystems. Researchers can assess the effectiveness of MPAs and provide guidance in developing an MPA Program. This is particularly important because of the lack of information on different designs for MPAs (size, boundaries, use restrictions, types of biota, proximity to human activities).

Improved scientific knowledge will aid in coastal management, including fisheries management. It can address major gaps in our current understanding, reduce uncertainty, and provide a basis for adaptive management and future planning. There are a number of researchers within government, universities, and other institutions who have identified potential areas, and who can serve as important players in developing research-oriented MPAs.


Back to top

4.0 HOW WILL MPAs BE IDENTIFIED & ESTABLISHED?

Establishing the Department of Fisheries and Oceans’ MPA Program will be a complex process of public consultation, information gathering, and building of collaborative arrangements with stakeholders. The process will take many years and will require a ‘learn-by-doing’ approach to program development—an approach that recognizes the need to act quickly on priority sites and issues, while at the same time developing and adjusting the overall MPA Program based on this experience.

At the national level, the overall MPA Program framework and strategy will be developed, defining its goals and standards for operation, creating collaborative arrangements, and the linking of global, national, and regional concerns. The MPA Program will be implemented at the regional level through activities such as the identification of candidate sites, consultation and creating collaborative arrangements with local user groups, governmental and non-government interests, and the establishment and management of individual MPAs.

DFO’s MPA Program will consider the following in its development:

  • that MPAs must be seen as an important means of marine conservation—a means suitable to a national strategy for ocean management and fisheries management as well as provincial and community-based conservation strategies;
  • that the MPA program must be adaptable to and determined by regional and local circumstances and issues;
  • that the process of completing a system of MPAs, as well as establishing individual candidate sites, may require many years; and,
  • that monitoring will need to be established to determine if the program is meeting its goals, and to take advantage of the lessons learned.

A number of principles of conservation, singularly or in combination, will guide the development of the MPA Program. Discussed further in Appendix B, these include the following: ecosystem based approach, sustainable development, precautionary approach, adaptive management, integrated management, regional flexibility, consultation, and partnering.

Back to top

4.1 The Process for Establishing an MPA Program

The development of marine protected area programs around the world, and in Canada, indicates that there are a number of relatively standard stages in a typical process. Potential marine protected areas are identified, evaluated, selected, established, and managed. The process suggested below, and represented in Figure 1, is based on that experience.10 The process for the MPA Program is not necessarily linear. Each

Figure 1: Proposed MPA Establishment Process

missing alt tag
missing alt tag

stage may be conducted on a continuous basis, and stages are often carried out simultaneously.

Back to top

4.2 Area Nomination

There is a balance to be sought between the need to act on critical areas immediately and the need to be systematic in looking at an overall MPA network. The judgment of government staff and users in discussions has been that we do not need to wait for full network systems plans to identify some of the known high priority areas. Indeed, waiting for such plans can delay overdue action. Typically, certain important areas are designated in advance of a systems plan. The best approach is to begin consideration of priority areas while at the same time proceeding on a systematic basis, conducting overviews of marine regions to identify candidate MPAs.

Two complementary processes are being proposed to nominate areas in need of protection as an MPA: i) Nomination by Interested Groups, and ii) Regional Overviews.

Nomination by Interested Groups

The MPA program will accept nominations of areas for designation as MPAs. This route provides a unique opportunity for interested groups to nominate areas for consideration, including those from local resource users, government agencies, industry, non-government organizations (NGOs), research institutions, and private sector organizations. If, for example, a local lobster fisher committee wishes to pursue establishment of an MPA for protection of a lobster nursery area, the nomination process would provide a channel for this purpose. Based on survey and workshop information, various interested groups in Canada have already identified potential MPAs. As well, candidate areas currently under some form of special protection could be identified in this process. As considerable support exists for some of these potential sites, a built-in constituency and potential collaborators exist in many areas.

Regional Overviews

Over the longer term, there is also a need for a systematic approach to identifying a network of MPAs that reflects all the purposes identified in the Oceans Act. The systematic development of an MPA network will be accomplished through regional overviews conducted by an interdisciplinary team. This is complementary to the nomination-by-interested-parties process, with selected sites added to the area identification list (see below). Moreover, the regional overview would identify knowledge gaps that require further research and inventory. Consultation with affected organizations and interested parties will be conducted to identify issues and concerns and to gather information on the valued components of marine systems. The regional overview will cumulate into a working database of MPA-related information, providing a centralized and organized means of assessing candidate sites.

The MPA Proposal

The nomination of an MPA should be accompanied by a stated purpose, objectives, and a proposed plan for management of the area, possibly termed the “preliminary MPA proposal”. The proposal will be prepared through a cooperative process involving coastal communities, organizations, and government agencies. This proposal should be based on existing information and can provide the core elements of a draft management plan, should the site be selected. Appendix D provides an example of the typical information that might be expected for an MPA proposal.

Area Identification List

Nominated areas are placed on an area identification list (AIL), a working list of potential MPAs from which candidates are selected for further evaluation. Inclusion on the AIL is based on an evaluation of preliminary selection criteria, which will need to be defined.

An MPA Program will establish an AIL early on in the process. Those areas on the list will be considered for early establishment. There is already enough information to identify and justify certain priority areas for protection. In the case of unique habitats, offshore sea vents are an obvious example. The spawning areas of many important species are known and may already be identified in existing studies as requiring protection. Appropriate research and monitoring can be carried out within areas that are established early, and the knowledge gained can assist in planning for a full network of MPAs. As well, the public visibility of early MPA initiatives will provide a basis for greater public understanding and input into regional level activities.

Candidate MPAs that have been added to the AIL for a region will need to be monitored to ensure that the potential of the area is not lost while awaiting final decision. Protection can be provided, as necessary, within other regulatory authorities assigned to DFO. This will allow areas and plans to be evaluated during the decision process.

Back to top

4.3 Area Evaluation and Selection

Each MPA proposal will be evaluated on the basis of extensive criteria. One set of criteria are the purposes stated for MPAs in section 35 of the Oceans Act. Areas may rate high on several of these criteria. For example, the area could support rare species within a zone that is high in biological diversity and that supports commercially important species. Other sites not within the scope of the Oceans Act and mandate of DFO would be forwarded to relevant federal and provincial agencies for their consideration.

Other types of evaluation criteria are also important in selecting a site. These include social and economic values, the immediacy of need, practicality, opportunities of partnering arrangements, community support, adequacy of existing regulatory regimes, potential human activity threats to the area, ecological fragility, feasibility of enforcement, scientific importance, educational value, fiscal constraints, and regional, national, or international significance. Provided the candidate area is consistent with the purposes identified in the Oceans Act, these criteria add to the importance of the site. Discussions on specific sites will take place with resource users, governments, affected interests, and the public at large.

It is possible that consideration of the proposals and input from consultation may delay implementation of an important proposal. While a delay may be of concern, establishing inappropriate MPAs or ‘paper’ MPAs without feasibility for implementation would add little in value to marine conservation. A form of interim protection of an area may be necessary for some candidates at this stage.

Back to top

4.4 Development of an Area Management Plan

The management plan for each MPA will be based on the proposal that was developed in the Area Nomination stage, and on additional information from the Area Evaluation and Selection stage. These elements will have to be expanded in the management plan so that all players, particularly if there is a some form of partnering arrangement involved, will clearly understand their roles and responsibilities.

Since each MPA is different, the management plan of each will be unique. Each plan will attempt to reflect the issues and concerns of the stakeholders. An interdisciplinary and cross-sectoral planning team will be assembled to develop the management plan. It will clearly define the purpose of the MPA, its goals and objectives, how the goals and objectives are to be reached, and how the success of the MPA will be measured. Input from a variety of interested parties will be required at this stage in order to identify key management issues and constraints.

In many candidate MPA areas there will be existing and proposed activities and interests, some of which may conflict with the conservation objectives of the MPA. A key component of the management plan will be the development of regulatory actions, including the zoning of activities to be prohibited or limited. The Oceans Act (section 35) allows for the establishment of zones within MPAs and the prohibition of classes of activities. Levels of protection defined in the management plan can vary from a strict ‘no take’ area, where access is severely limited, to areas where controlled use, resource harvesting, and various socio-economic activities are allowed. Buffer areas may be defined around MPAs to ensure that nearby human activities are managed in a manner that conserves the marine resources in the MPA core areas.

Back to top

4.5 Area Establishment

The Oceans Actallows for the establishment and management of MPAs through regulations created under section 35 (3). The form that these regulations will take has not been determined. It has been suggested that each MPA would have its own set of regulations specifying boundaries and the measures that have to be taken to protect the area. Another alternative would be to establish a set of general regulations that would authorize, first, the creation of MPAs on a regional level in support of formal management plans; and second, the permitting of activities within the MPA that do not conflict with the plan. Formal designation of an MPA would in any case define geographic boundaries and all the elements described in the management plan. These regulations would be enforceable by persons appointed under section 39 of the Act and subject to fines specified in section 37.

The Oceans Act(section 36) permits the Minister to designate an MPA on an emergency basis. This power could be used if resources or habitats are at particular risk and require protection on an interim basis.

Back to top

4.6 Area Management

MPAs will typically be managed on a site-by-site basis. This means that each MPA will have its own management plan, tailored to the type of site, and the purposes for which it was established. MPAs will be managed in close cooperation with other agencies and interested parties. Guidance for management will be contained in a management plan and based on the proposal prepared and on the regulations adopted. The key management issues that need to be addressed are discussed below in Section 5.


Back to top

5.0 How will MPAs be managed?

Management challenges for a successful MPA Program include: establishing effective partnering arrangements, providing jurisdictional coordination, developing information, providing management resources, providing an enforcement capability, and developing awareness and education for MPAs. These are discussed below, with possible solutions proposed.

Back to top

5.1 Need for Effective Partnering

The concept of partnering is a driving force in the MPA Program. Stakeholder information, cooperation, and ongoing support is key in creating and managing MPAs. Cooperation and coordination between interested parties and DFO is required to ensure efficiency and to avoid duplication of effort. It has been said that “environmental management is most effective when implemented by those who have the most to lose and the most to gain from the management of the environment”.11 This is particularly true for marine users. By considering their interests early in the process, areas of constraint and potential conflict can be identified and negotiated where appropriate.

The number of interested parties, like the diversity of interests and uses, will vary with sites, regional needs and attitudes and valued resources. The degree of involvement and responsibility of interested parties will depend on the purpose of the MPA and its geographical location. For example, with offshore MPAs such as seamounts, DFO may be solely responsible. However, the MPA will likely involve shipping, mineral resource extraction, and fishing interests. One advantage of establishing effective partnering arrangements with the fishing and shipping community is improved compliance with MPA regulations.

Partnering arrangements in an MPA Program will often involve ‘different’ groups and interestsSome of these groups could include coastal communities, the fishing industry, aquaculturalists, aboriginal organizations, conservationists, ocean industries, and federal, provincial and municipal governments.

Back to top

5.2 Coastal Communities and Non-Government Conservation Organizations

The MPA Program provides an opportunity for communities as well as local, regional and national conservation groups, to be involved in conservation activities in the marine environment. For coastal MPA management, local organizations and communities play a prominent role, ranging from nomination and co-management of sites to consultation activities and public awareness programs. Organizations nominating an MPA could become a ‘sponsor’ for the site. A sponsor is an organization prepared to take a long term partnering arrangement in managing the MPA.

Partnering arrangements with provincial and federal departments are being formed. For many years, conservation organizations have been actively acquiring coastal lands. This practice allows them to preserve the lands, while promoting marine conservation and protected areas. Some MPAs such as the Whytecliff Marine Sanctuary in West Vancouver lend themselves to local management. In Atlantic Canada, several types of community/government partnering arrangements have been formed to study the local resources and economy with an eye to sustainable management and development. Such arrangements would have value in the management of MPAs.

Back to top

5.3 Fishing Interests

Fishing interests have an important investment in MPAs. It is essential to all involved parties that fishing groups, including commercial and aboriginal fish harvesters, recreational fishers, businesses, processing companies, and the fishing-dependent communities, play an active role in the MPA process.

Fish harvesters have been strong proponents for conserving the marine resources upon which they depend. They have much knowledge to add to the scientific information that shapes the management approach. Experience suggests that MPAs need strong support from fishing interests, particularly if the MPAs will remove territory from their traditional fishing areas or affect their application of fishing rights in the area. Support for MPAs grows when harvesters see the results of a successful MPA, or when they become involved in the many stages of the MPA establishment process.12

Currently, the development of the Canadian Code of Conduct for Responsible Fishing Operations in Atlantic Canada complements the MPA process and encourages

collaborative approaches to management of the fisheries resources.

Back to top

5.4 Aboriginal Organizations

Aboriginal organizations have a strong interest in conserving marine resources for cultural, subsistence, and economic reasons. MPAs will be managed in collaboration with aboriginal people in accordance with mutual interests in marine conservation. MPAs will be identified and designated in a manner consistent with Aboriginal land claims and rights.

Co-management provides a means of marine conservation and protection, pending the resolution of aboriginal claims. It provides opportunities for better resource management and for mutual learning among scientific and aboriginal experts. Aboriginal people have extensive traditional knowledge about marine resources and apply customary management practices in maintaining marine resource productivity. Currently, a number of co-management institutions exist in the North, under the Nunavut Final Land Claim Agreement and the Inuvialuit Final Agreement. Similar land claim agreements are being negotiated between the province of Quebec and the Inuit of Northern Quebec.

Back to top

5.5 Ocean Industries

There are a number of ocean industries that have a direct interest in the development of an MPA Program, particularly in the management of individual MPAs. These industries and interests could include oil and gas companies, marine mining interests, tourism operators, shoreline developers, and shipping agencies. It is important that these interests be included early on in the development of management plans to ensure that conflict with both current and future uses of oceans is avoided where possible. Many of these industries may wish to assume a long-term collaborative role in managing an MPA, assisting in activities such as enforcement and monitoring.

Back to top

5.6 Provinces and Municipal Governments

Effective partnering arrangements between DFO, its federal counterparts, and the provinces are crucial to the success of an MPA Program. This has been clearly demonstrated elsewhere in the world (Australia, the United States, and Spain, to name a few). In Canada, coastal provinces have varying degrees of jurisdiction over the seabed in inshore waters. Moreover, the provinces and municipalities are responsible for managing most of the land-based activities that affect the marine environment and potential MPAs: run-off (pollution), tourism, and shoreline development .

At present, many coastal provinces have specific initiatives that show their interest in MPAs. These initiatives are: considering and/or developing a number of terrestrial protected areas adjacent to potential MPA sites; and establishing coastal zone management initiatives that complement the MPA Program (e.g., Coastal 2000 in Nova Scotia, or ‘conservation easements’ for marine protected areas in British Columbia). In addition, both British Columbia and Prince Edward Island are establishing MPA programs through collaborative arrangements with a variety of government departments, non-government organizations, and the fishing industry.

Back to top

5.7 Federal Departments

With the passage of the Oceans Act , DFO will join two other federal departments—Canadian Heritage and Environment Canada—in having direct responsibility for the identification, designation and management of protected areas in the marine environment (Appendix C). The partnering process has been initiated at the federal level, where a steering committee on MPAs has been created: the Marine Protected Areas Interdepartmental Committee. The aims of this committee are to develop a comprehensive and complementary system of MPAs and to ensure that individual MPAs have a full range of support, expert advice, and protection. This level of partnering will be reflected at the regional level and at individual MPA sites. Other federal agencies such as the Department of Transport, Natural Resources Canada, and the Department of Defence will be approached in addressing specific issues and in considering particular sites.

Back to top

5.8 International

Cooperative agreements and joint planning exercises between Canada and its neighbours will be necessary in order to meet common conservation objectives. Some potential marine protected area sites are shared with, or are in close proximity to, the United States. A similar situation exists in the Arctic, where Canada and Greenland have a common marine environment that requires protection. Finally, Canada and France (Saint Pierre and Miquelon) share valuable resources on the east coast. Highly migratory species such as whales have critical habitats located thousands of kilometres from Canadian waters, requiring a network of protected areas throughout their range. Existing management structures such as the Gulf of Maine Council may provide the basis for an international collaborative arrangement on MPAs to be developed.

Back to top

5.9 Addressing Information Requirements

MPAs will be managed using present information, ongoing research, and traditional ecological information from a variety stakeholders. Accurate information on the marine environment, its resources, and uses will be critical in identifying, evaluating, and managing MPAs. A broad information base will be developed in order to evaluate individual MPA proposals and to support regional overviews (Section 5 of the discussion paper).

The database will consist of such information categories as:

  • existing and proposed protected areas (federal, provincial, private)
  • existing and planned uses (fishery activities, resource extraction, recreation)
  • environmental data (oceanographic processes)
  • ecological information (key species distribution, critical habitats, ecological systems)

A common database, developed through tools such as a geographic information systems (GIS) will be used for storing, interpreting, and displaying the information. An agency and team of information specialists will be identified and charged with coordinating the development of the data.

Information Constraints and Sources

A major constraint in planning for MPAs is the limited understanding of the dynamics of our marine ecosystems. Even in the foreseeable future, management decisions will be made with limited knowledge. The MPA Program will address information deficits by:

  • exercising the sustainable development, integrated management, and precautionary principles
  • using MPAs as a learning opportunity by applying the adaptive management principle
  • establishing a monitoring component as part of some MPAs, and
  • using MPAs as natural laboratories to conduct environmental research.

Information to ensure sound management of MPAs will continue to be gathered. The Oceans Act (section 42) defines DFO’s marine sciences role. This includes collecting data for understanding oceans and their living resources, as well as hydrographic, oceanographic, fisheries, and other marine systems. Provincial agencies are developing a number of coastal databases that will be useful for decision-making. Federal and provincial agencies are also cooperating in the assembly of coastal zone information management systems. For example, federal and provincial agencies in the Atlantic region are cooperating in an Atlantic Coastal Zone Information Management Committee (ACZIMC) established to improve and standardize information infrastructure related to the coastal zone.

Community groups have information that an MPA Program can put to use in decision-making. Conservation groups involved in activities such as the Atlantic Coastal Action Program (ACAP) also have, on a site-specific basis, important information for use in an MPA Program.

Monitoring programs will be established to determine whether the goals of individual MPAs have been effectively realized. Environmental parameters will be monitored to detect natural and artificial changes in environmental systems. These data are essential for demonstrating management success. If success is demonstrated, compliance with regulations and public support for additional MPAs would be expected to increase.

Back to top

5.10 Awareness and Education

Education and awareness of DFO’s MPA Program is of the utmost importance. If partnering arrangements are to be a key method for delivering this MPA Program, the parties must be well informed and knowledgeable. Also, as the approach will be an evolving one, the aims of the program must be clearly defined and understood.

The awareness-and-education component of the program will develop different types of materials for different audiences, including: schools, resource users, DFO and other government agencies, communities, and various non-government agencies. A wide range of educational tools can be used, e.g., public meetings, brochures, booklets, and educational videos. A coordinated awareness and education program between Canadian Heritage, Environment Canada, and DFO will be needed. This should clarify each agency’s role in establishing protected areas, and provide information on the collaboration between agencies.

Effective education and stakeholder support can reduce enforcement requirements in three important ways:

  • by encouraging participation by all interested parties in enforcement efforts;
  • by creating an understanding that leads to better compliance; and
  • by providing a forum, through the partnering arrangements, to address enforcement concerns.

Existing fisheries management enforcement tools can provide a basis for enforcement approaches within many of the MPAs. However, given the types of MPAs that are envisaged under the Oceans Act, the enforcement challenges presented may be equally diverse. Many of the issues related to enforcement capabilities and alternatives will be addressed on a site-by-site basis and will be identified in the management plan.

The Oceans Act contains enforcement provisions, that are included in Appendix A.


Back to top

6.0 The next step – your comments

MPAs provide a powerful and proven tool for achieving conservation objectives in the marine environment. Through MPAs we can begin to protect important ecosystems and species, thereby protecting the marine environment and resources upon which our coastal communities depend.

The Oceans Actand the development of an MPA Program presents an exciting new challenge for DFO and for Canada. Over the next few years, DFO, together with various partnering organizations and stakeholders, will build an MPA Program encompassing a broad network of protected areas. The MPA Program will evolve over time, adopting a learn-by-doing approach and will be developed in close coordination with existing protection initiatives undertaken by other organizations. This will take commitment, active involvement, and consensus-building among a wide range of stakeholders.

A number of complementary tasks have been identified as critical for developing the MPA Program. The MPA Program framework needs to be structured, pilot MPAs in priority sites need to be established, and extensive partnering arrangements and consultation exercises are required. The discussion paper represents a starting point for addressing the issues surrounding MPAs in Canada. It also provides a general set of principles and approaches DFO can adopt. The approach to the MPA Program provided in this discussion paper is not a prescriptive one. On the contrary: the needs and design of the MPA Program will be developed in cooperation with a range of stakeholders.

Your comments on this discussion paper will provide an initial step in this process, helping to develop an innovative, effective, and coordinated approach to conserving our marine heritage.

For further information, and to provide your comments, please contact your regional DFO office—addresses are provided at the back of this paper. We look forward to hearing from you.


Back to top

Appendix A-

Oceans Act

PART II – OCEANS MANAGEMENT STRATEGY

Part does not apply to inland waters

28.For greater certainty, this Part does not apply in respect of rivers and lakes.

Development and implementation of strategy

29.The Minister, in collaboration with other ministers, boards and agencies of the Government of Canada, with provincial and territorial governments and with affected aboriginal organizations, coastal communities and other persons and bodies, including those bodies established under land claims agreements, shall lead and facilitate the development and implementation of a national strategy for the management of estuarine, coastal and marine ecosystems in waters that form part of Canada or in which Canada has sovereign rights under international law.

Principles of strategy

30.The national strategy will be based on the principles of

(a)sustainable development, that is, development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs;

(b)the integrated management of activities in estuaries, coastal waters and marine waters that form part of Canada or in which Canada has sovereign rights under international law; and

(c)the precautionary approach, that is, erring on the side of caution.

Integrated management plans

31.The Minister, in collaboration with other ministers, boards and agencies of the Government of Canada, with provincial and territorial governments and with affected aboriginal organizations, coastal communities and other persons and bodies, including those bodies established under land claims agreements, shall lead and facilitate the development and implementation of plans for the integrated management of all activities or measures in or affecting estuaries, coastal waters and marine waters that form part of Canada or in which Canada has sovereign rights under international law.

Implementation of integrated management plans

32.For the purpose of the implementation of integrated management plans, the Minister

(a)shall develop and implement policies and programs with respect to matters assigned by law to the Minister;

(b)shall coordinate with other ministers, boards and agencies of the Government of Canada the implementation of policies and programs of the Government with respect to all activities or measures in or affecting coastal waters and marine waters;

(c)may, on his or her own or jointly with another person or body or with another minister, board or agency of the Government of Canada, and taking into consideration the views of other ministers, boards and agencies of the Government of Canada, provincial and territorial governments and affected aboriginal organizations, coastal communities and other persons and bodies, including those bodies established under land claims agreements,

(i)establish advisory or management bodies and appoint or designate, as appropriate, members of those bodies, and

(ii)recognize established advisory or management bodies; and

(d)may, in consultation with other ministers, boards and agencies of the Government of Canada, with provincial and territorial governments and with affected aboriginal organizations, coastal communities and other persons and bodies, including those bodies established under land claims agreements, establish marine environmental quality guidelines, objectives and criteria respecting estuaries, coastal waters and marine waters.

Cooperation and agreements

33.(1) In exercising the powers and performing the duties and functions assigned to the Minister by this Act, the Minister

(a)shall cooperate with other ministers, boards and agencies of the Government of Canada, with provincial and territorial governments and with affected aboriginal organizations, coastal communities and other persons and bodies, including those bodies established under land claims agreements;

(b)may enter into agreements with any person or body or with another minister, board or agency of the Government of Canada;

(c)shall gather, compile, analyse, coordinate and disseminate information;

(d)may make grants and contributions on terms and conditions approved by the Treasury Board; and

(e)may make recoverable expenditures on behalf of and at the request of any other minister, board or agency of the Government of Canada or of a province or any person or body.

Consultation

(2) In exercising the powers and performing the duties and functions mentioned in this Part, the Minister may consult with other ministers, boards and agencies of the Government of Canada, with provincial and territorial governments and with affected aboriginal organizations, coastal communities and other persons and bodies, including those bodies established under land claims agreements.

Logistics support, etc.

 

34.The Minister may coordinate logistics support and provide related assistance for the purposes of advancing scientific knowledge of estuarine, coastal and marine ecosystems.

Marine protected areas

35.(1) A marine protected area is an area of the sea that forms part of the internal waters of Canada, the territorial sea of Canada or the exclusive economic zone of Canada and has been designated under this section for special protection for one or more of the following reasons:

(a)the conservation and protection of commercial and non-commercial fishery resources, including marine mammals, and their habitats;

(b)the conservation and protection of endangered or threatened marine species, and their habitats;

(c)the conservation and protection of unique habitats;

(d)the conservation and protection of marine areas of high biodiversity or biological productivity; and

(e)the conservation and protection of any other marine resource or habitat as is necessary to fulfil the mandate of the Minister.

Marine protected areas

(2)For the purposes of integrated management plans referred to in sections 31 and 32, the Minister will lead and coordinate the development and implementation of a national system of marine protected areas on behalf of the Government of Canada.

Regulations

(3)The Governor in Council, on the recommendation of the Minister, may make regulations

(a)designating marine protected areas; and

(b)prescribing measures that may include but not be limited to

(i)the zoning of marine protected areas,

(ii)the prohibition of classes of activities within marine protected areas, and

(iii)any other matter consistent with the purpose of the designation.

Interim marine protected areas in emergency situations

36.(1) The Governor in Council, on the recommendation of the Minister, may make orders exercising any power under section 35 on an emergency basis, where the Minister is of the opinion that a marine resource or habitat is or is likely to be at risk to the extent that such orders are not inconsistent with a land claims agreement that has been given effect and has been ratified or approved by an Act of Parliament.

Exemption from Statutory Instruments Act

(2) An order made under this section is exempt from the application of sections 3, 5 and 11 of the Statutory Instruments Act.

Temporary effect

(3)An order made under this section that is not repealed ceases to have effect 90 days after it is made.

Offence and punishment

37.Every person who contravenes a regulation made under paragraph 35(3)(b) or an order made under subsection 36(1) in the exercise of a power under that paragraph

(a)is guilty of an offence punishable on summary conviction and liable to a fine not exceeding $100,000; or

(b)is guilty of an indictable offence and liable to a fine not exceeding $500,000.

Contravention of unpublished order

38.No person may be convicted of an offence consisting of a contravention of an order made under subsection 36(1) in the exercise of a power under paragraph 35(3)(b) that, at the time of the alleged contravention, had not been published in the Canada Gazette in both official languages unless it is proved that reasonable steps had been taken before that time to bring the purport of the order to the attention of those persons likely to be affected by it.

Enforcement officers

39.(1) The Minister may designate any person or class of persons to act as enforcement officers for the purposes of this Act and the regulations.

Designation of provincial government employees

(2) The Minister may not designate any person or class of persons employed by the government of a province unless that government agrees.

Certificate of designation

(3)Every enforcement officer must be provided with a certificate of designation as an enforcement officer in a form approved by the Minister and, on entering any place under this Act, the officer shall, if so requested, show the certificate to the occupant or person in charge of the place.

Powers of peace officers

(4)For the purposes of this Act and the regulations, enforcement officers have all the powers of a peace officer, but the Minister may specify limits on those powers when designating any person or class of persons.

Exemptions for law enforcement activities

(5)For the purpose of investigations and other law enforcement activities under this Act, the Minister may, on any terms and conditions the Minister considers necessary, exempt enforcement officers who are carrying out duties or functions under this Act, and persons acting under their direction and control, from the application of any provision of this Act or the regulations.

Obstruction

(6)When an enforcement officer is carrying out duties or functions under this Act or the regulations, no person shall

(a)knowingly make any false or misleading statement either orally or in writing to the enforcement officer; or

(b)otherwise wilfully obstruct the enforcement officer.

Inspections

39.1(1) For the purpose of ensuring compliance with this Act and the regulations, an enforcement officer may, subject to subsection (3), at any reasonable time enter and inspect any place in which the enforcement officer believes, on reasonable grounds, there is any thing to which this Act or the regulations apply or any document relating to the administration of this Act or the regulations, and the enforcement officer may

(a)open or cause to be opened any container that the enforcement officer believes, on reasonable grounds, contains any such thing or document;

(b)inspect the thing and take samples free of charge;

(c)require any person to produce the document for inspection or copying, in whole or in part; and

(d)seize any thing by means of or in relation to which the enforcement officer believes, on reasonable grounds, this Act or the regulations have been contravened or that the enforcement officer believes, on reasonable grounds, will provide evidence of a contravention.

Conveyance

(2)For the purposes of carrying out the inspection, the enforcement officer may stop a conveyance or direct that it be moved to a place where the inspection can be carried out.

Dwelling-place

(3)The enforcement officer may not enter a dwelling-place except with the consent of the occupant or person in charge of the dwelling-place or under the authority of a warrant.

Warrant

(4)Where on ex parte application a justice, as defined in section 2 of the Criminal Code, is satisfied by information on oath that

(a)the conditions for entry described in subsection (1) exist in relation to a dwelling-place,

(b)entry to the dwelling-place is necessary in relation to the administration of this Act or the regulations, and

(c)entry to the dwelling-place has been refused or there are reasonable grounds for believing that entry will be refused,

the justice may issue a warrant authorizing the enforcement officer to enter the dwelling-place subject to any conditions that may be specified in the warrant.

Search and seizure without warrant

39.2For the purpose of ensuring compliance with this Act and the regulations, an enforcement officer may exercise the powers of search and seizure provided in section 487 of the Criminal Code without a warrant, if the conditions for obtaining a warrant exist but by reason of exigent circumstances it would not be feasible to obtain the warrant.

Custody of things seized

39.3(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), where an enforcement officer seizes a thing under this Act or under a warrant issued under the Criminal Code,

(a)sections 489.1 and 490 of the Criminal Code apply; and

(b)the enforcement officer, or any person that the officer may designate, shall retain custody of the thing, subject to any order made under section 490 of the Criminal Code.

Forfeiture where ownership not ascertainable

(2)Where the lawful ownership of or entitlement to the seized thing cannot be ascertained within thirty days after its seizure, the thing or any proceeds of its disposition are forfeited to

(a)Her Majesty in right of Canada, if the thing was seized by an enforcement officer employed in the public service of Canada; or

(b)Her Majesty in right of a province, if the thing was seized by an enforcement officer employed by the government of that province.

Perishable things

(3)Where the seized thing is perishable, the enforcement officer may dispose of it or destroy it, and any proceeds of its disposition must be

(a)paid to the lawful owner or person lawfully entitled to possession of the thing, unless proceedings under this Act are commenced within ninety days after its seizure; or

(b)retained by the enforcement officer pending the outcome of the proceedings.

Abandonment

(4)The owner of the seized thing may abandon it to Her Majesty in right of Canada or a province.

Disposition by Minister

39.4Any thing that has been forfeited or abandoned under this Act must be dealt with and disposed of as the Minister may direct.

Liability for costs

39.5The lawful owner and any person lawfully entitled to possession of any thing seized, abandoned or forfeited under this Act are jointly and severally liable for all the costs of inspection, seizure, abandonment, forfeiture or disposition incurred by Her Majesty in right of Canada in excess of any proceeds of disposition of the thing that have been forfeited to Her Majesty under this Act.

Contravention of Act or regulations

39.6(1) Every person who contravenes subsection 39(6) or any regulation made under section 52.1

(a)is guilty of an offence punishable on summary conviction and is liable to a fine not exceeding $100,000; or

(b)is guilty of an indictable offence and is liable to a fine not exceeding $500,000.

Subsequent offence

(2)Where a person is convicted of an offence under this Act a second or subsequent time, the amount of the fine for the subsequent offence may, notwithstanding subsection (1), be double the amount set out in that subsection.

Continuing offence

(3)A person who commits or continues an offence on more than one day is liable to be convicted for a separate offence for each day on which the offence is committed or continued.

Fines cumulative

(4)A fine imposed for an offence involving more than one animal, plant or other organism may be calculated in respect of each one as though it had been the subject of a separate information and the fine then imposed is the total of that calculation.

Additional fine

(5)Where a person has been convicted of an offence and the court is satisfied that monetary benefits accrued to the person as a result of the commission of the offence,

(a)the court may order the person to pay an additional fine in an amount equal to the court’s estimation of the amount of the monetary benefits; and

(b)the additional fine may exceed the maximum amount of any fine that may otherwise be imposed under this Act.

Forfeiture

39.7(1) Where a person is convicted of an offence, the convicting court may, in addition to any punishment imposed, order that any seized thing by means of or in relation to which the offence was committed, or any proceeds of its disposition, be forfeited to Her Majesty in right of Canada.

Return where no forfeiture ordered

(2) Where the convicting court does not order the forfeiture, the seized thing, or the proceeds of its disposition, must be returned to its lawful owner or the person lawfully entitled to it.

Retention or sale

39.8Where a fine is imposed on a person convicted of an offence, any seized thing, or any proceeds of its disposition, may be retained until the fine is paid, or the thing may be sold in satisfaction of the fine and the proceeds applied, in whole or in part, in payment of the fine.

Orders of court

39.9Where a person is convicted of an offence, the court may, in addition to any punishment imposed and having regard to the nature of the offence and the circumstances surrounding its commission, make an order containing one or more of the following prohibitions, directions or requirements:

(a)prohibiting the person from doing any act or engaging in any activity that could, in the opinion of the court, result in the continuation or repetition of the offence;

(b)directing the person to take any action that the court considers appropriate to remedy or avoid any harm to estuarine, coastal or ocean waters, or their resources that resulted or may result from the commission of the offence;

(c)directing the person to publish, in any manner that the court considers appropriate, the facts relating to the commission of the offence;

(d)directing the person to pay the Minister or the government of a province compensation, in whole or in part, for the cost of any remedial or preventive action taken by or on behalf of the Minister or that government as a result of the commission of the offence;

(e)directing the person to perform community service in accordance with any reasonable conditions that may be specified in the order;

(f)directing the person to submit to the Minister, on application to the court by the Minister within three years after the conviction, any information respecting the activities of the person that the court considers appropriate in the circumstances;

(g)requiring the person to comply with any other conditions that the court considers appropriate for securing the person’s good conduct and for preventing the person from repeating the offence or committing other offences; and

(h)directing the person to post a bond or pay into court an amount of money that the court considers appropriate for the purpose of ensuring compliance with any prohibition, direction or requirement under this section.

Suspended sentence

39.10(1) Where a person is convicted of an offence and the court suspends the passing of sentence pursuant to the Criminal Code, the court may, in addition to any probation order made on suspending the passing of that sentence, make an order containing one or more of the prohibitions, directions or requirements mentioned in section 39.9.

Imposition of sentence

(2) Where the person does not comply with the order or is convicted of another offence, within three years after the order was made, the court may, on the application of the prosecution, impose any sentence that could have been imposed if the passing of sentence had not been suspended.

Limitation period

39.11(1) Proceedings by way of summary conviction in respect of an offence may be commenced at any time within, but not later than, two years after the day on which the subject-matter of the proceedings became known to the Minister.

Minister’s certificate

(2) A document appearing to have been issued by the Minister, certifying the day on which the subject-matter of any proceedings became known to the Minister, is admissible in evidence without proof of the signature or official character of the person appearing to have signed the document and is proof of the matter asserted in it.

Procedure

39.12(1) In addition to the procedures set out in the Criminal Code for commencing a proceeding, proceedings in respect of any offence prescribed by the regulations may be commenced by an enforcement officer

(a)completing a ticket that consists of a summons portion and an information portion;

(b)delivering the summons portion to the accused or mailing it to the accused at the accused’s latest known address; and

(c)filing the information portion with a court of competent jurisdiction before the summons portion has been delivered or mailed or as soon as is practicable afterward.

Content of ticket

(2)The summons and information portions of the ticket must

(a)set out a description of the offence and the time and place of its alleged commission;

(b)include a statement, signed by the enforcement officer who completes the ticket, that the officer has reasonable grounds to believe that the accused committed the offence;

(c)set out the amount of the fine prescribed by the regulations for the offence and the manner in which and period within which it may be paid;

(d)include a statement that if the accused pays the fine within the period set out in the ticket, a conviction will be entered and recorded against the accused; and

(e)include a statement that if the accused wishes to plead not guilty or for any other reason fails to pay the fine within the period set out in the ticket, the accused must appear in the court on the day and at the time set out in the ticket.

Notice of forfeiture

(3)Where a thing is seized under this Act and proceedings relating to it are commenced by way of the ticketing procedure, the enforcement officer who completes the ticket shall give written notice to the accused that, if the accused pays the fine prescribed by the regulations within the period set out in the ticket, the thing, or any proceeds of its disposition, will be immediately forfeited to Her Majesty.

Consequences of payment

(4)Where an accused to whom the summons portion of a ticket is delivered or mailed pays the prescribed fine within the period set out in the ticket,

(a)the payment constitutes a plea of guilty to the offence and a conviction must be entered against the accused and no further action may be taken against the accused in respect of that offence; and

(b)notwithstanding section 39.3, any thing seized from the accused under this Act that relates to the offence, or any proceeds of its disposition, are forfeited to

(i)Her Majesty in right of Canada, if the thing was seized by an enforcement officer employed in the public service of Canada, or

(ii)Her Majesty in right of a province, if the thing was seized by an enforcement officer employed by the government of that province.

Regulations

(5)The Governor in Council may make regulations prescribing

(a)offences in respect of which this section applies and the manner in which the offences are to be described in tickets; and

(b)the amount of the fine for a prescribed offence, but the amount may not exceed $2,000.


Back to top

Appendix B – Guiding Principles for an MPA Program

The following provides a description of management principles to be used to guide the development and implementation of the MPA Program.

Sustainability Principle

Sustainable development is defined in the Oceans Act, Section 30, as:

“development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs”.

Sustainability has become a well-accepted principle in resource management. It says that our activities today should not diminish the opportunities of future generations. Our approach is to put emphasis on conserving ecosystem functions and services on which economic and social values depend. As such, MPAs provide an anchor for marine conservation, and consequently, assist in meeting sustainability objectives.

Precautionary Principle

The precautionary approach is defined in the Act as “erring on the side of caution”. For example, lack of scientific certainty about where to put MPAs, or how big they should be, or how many are needed, should not be used as a reason not to establish MPAs. Similarly a lack of scientific certainty about the need for and efficacy of MPAs, especially as related to fisheries management, does not mean MPAs are unnecessary or ineffective. Indeed a precautionary approach to fisheries management suggests that establishment of MPAs is imperative.

The precautionary principle puts the ‘burden of proof’ on activities, including those of both individuals and the government, that may cause damage to ecological resources, as opposed to the current approach that permits activities until harm is demonstrated.

Consultation Principle

The consultation principle provides that interested persons, and those who would in any way be affected by the designation of MPAs, should be consulted in making decisions. The Oceans Act includes provision for broad consultation and collaboration with interested persons and agencies in exercising the powers and duties within Part II of the Act, including the designation of MPAs. The benefits of consultation are well documented, including equity and fairness, better information for decisions (especially local and traditional knowledge), broader public understanding of decisions, stronger commitment to decisions, cooperation, and ultimately, better decisions.

Integrated Management Principle

The Oceans Act also states that the national oceans strategy should be based on the following principle (Section 30):

“the integrated management of activities in estuaries, coastal waters and marine waters that form part of Canada or in which Canada has sovereign rights under international law”.

Integrated management is a decision-making process used to coordinate the management of human activities that affect marine resources. It requires attention to environmental, social and economic values. Integrated management brings affected interests, sectors and government agencies with differing goals together in a process for agreeing on common goals, plans and policies. Integrated management also implies an evolving consistency among government and non-government objectives and programs.

Adaptive Management Principle

The principle of adaptive management assumes that we do not have all of the information that we would prefer for identification and management of an MPA. Plans and regulations need to be flexibly designed to adapt to changes in information about effectiveness in achieving an area’s objectives, to changes in the environment or to changes of circumstances outside the MPA.

Ecosystem Principle

The ecosystem principle requires that we consider the entire ecosystem when establishing an MPA, including the maintenance of the integrity of the ecosystem and key ecosystem components, functions and services. This may not require that the entire ecosystem be included within the MPA. In a marine system, this will usually not be possible. However, MPAs should also not focus on a single species or stock but rather on the ecosystem or fragment of the ecosystem to which they belong.

Regional Flexibility Principle

Standardized national policies for MPAs would be difficult to establish, given the diversity of Canada’s ocean environments which range from high Arctic to temperate west coast marine to the Atlantic. Canada has a mosaic of ecosystems, socioeconomic and cultural systems, and management systems. To be relevant and effective locally, programs need to recognize local circumstances and history.

Partnering Principle

Partnering means working together on mutual interests. MPAs will benefit many interests, including coastal communities, coastal provinces and territories, aboriginal organizations, commercial fishers, environmental groups, wildlife groups, tourism enterprises, and others. Partnering will optimize the use of scarce government, non-profit, and private resources for marine conservation. Wherever possible, the marine protected areas program will need to seek opportunities to work closely with interested parties in all phases of the program.


Back to top

Appendix C – Marine Conservation Programs of Canadian Heritage and Environment Canada

Canadian Heritage – National Marine Conservation Areas (NMCA)

Purpose

In 1986, Parks Canada initiated the national marine park program. It has since been renamed the national marine conservation area (NMCA) program recognizing that conservation through shared stewardship would be the main focus in the planning and management of these areas.

The purpose of the NMCA program is to protect and conserve for all time a system of marine protected areas representative of Canada’s oceans and Great Lakes and to provide opportunities for public understanding, appreciation and enjoyment of the country’s natural and cultural marine heritage. To do this, Canada’s oceans and Great Lakes have been divided into 29 marine natural regions based on their natural features. Canadian Heritage (Parks Canada) is working to establish NMCAs that represent each of these marine natural regions.

Concept

NMCAs contain one or more highly protected zones buffered by cooperatively managed multiple-use areas. They include the sea bed, its subsoil and the overlying water column. In coastal areas, NMCAs may include wetlands, river estuaries, islands and other coastal lands. They may also, however, be established wholly offshore.

In contrast to national parks where the primary goal is to protect ecosystems in a state essentially unaltered by human activity, within NMCAs only activities such as ocean disposal, seabed mining and oil and gas extraction would be totally prohibited. Outside of highly protected zones, activities such as commercial shipping, commercial and recreational fishing and hunting would be permitted provided that these uses will not seriously degrade the essential structure and function of the area’s ecosystems.

Flexibility is required in the planning and management of these areas. Traditions and socioeconomic values concerning the protection and use of the marine environment vary from region to region in Canada. While NMCAs must make a meaningful contribution to the protection of the country’s marine heritage, they must also respect the life styles of local people. In fact, it is unlikely that NMCAs will succeed without the continuing cooperation and good will of those most directly affected by their establishment.

Each NMCA will be managed in accordance with a management plan. These plans will reflect the decisions taken during the feasibility study for a proposed NMCA. They set out management objectives and a zoning plan for the area and provide guidelines for day-to-day management and use. Management advisory committees are established in each NMCA to ensure that local people are directly involved in the preparation, review and implementation of management plans.

Legislation

In 1988, minor amendments were made to the National Parks Act to allow for the establishment of NMCAs. This was intended as an interim measure only since the Act was not developed to respond to the legislative requirements of protected areas in marine environments. Work is now under way to develop new legislation to establish and manage NMCAs.

The Saguenay – St. Lawrence Marine Park is a special partnership initiative with the province of Quebec. The 1990 federal – provincial agreement calling for the establishment of this park recognizes that seabed and subsoil will remain under provincial jurisdiction while the management of the super—adjacent waters will be a federal responsibility. The agreement requires each government to develop complementary legislation. In December 1996, federal and provincial governments each tabled parallel legislation to establish and administer the Park.

Status of the NMCA Program

The NMCA program is relatively young. To date, only four of the 29 marine regions are represented by three sites (one NMCA represents two regions).

Fathom Five, in Georgian Bay was established as the country’s first NMCA in 1987. This was followed, in 1988, by an agreement to establish Gwaii Haanas National Marine Conservation Reserve off the Queen Charlotte Islands of British Columbia. This one site represents both Hecate Strait and the Queen Charlotte Island Natural regions. In 1990, an agreement was signed with Quebec calling for the establishment of the Saguenay – St. Lawrence marine park at the confluence of the Saguenay fjord and the St. Lawrence Estuary.

Work is now under way to examine the feasibility of establishing new NMCAs in other regions. Consultations recently began with provincial officials and local people on the possibility of establishing an NMCA in the Bonavista – Funk Island areas adjacent to Terra Nova National Park. The proposed area would represent the Newfoundland Shelf Marine Region.

In July 1995, the federal and provincial governments launched the Pacific Marine Heritage Legacy, a five-year program to create an expanded and integrated network of coastal and marine parks on Canada’s Pacific Coast. As part of the Legacy, the feasibility of establishing two new NMCAs on the Pacific Coast will be studied. The first of these studies will examine the possibility of an NMCA representing the Strait of Georgia Marine Region.

Back to top

Environment Canada – National Wildlife Areas, Protected Marine Areas, and Migratory Bird Sanctuaries

Purpose

Environment Canada has three mechanisms available for protecting ocean and land areas to conserve significant habitats and wildlife resources, especially migratory birds. These mechanisms include National Wildlife Areas, protected marine areas, and Migratory Bird Sanctuaries.

National Wildlife Areas (NWAs), established under the Canada Wildlife Act, protect nationally significant habitats—especially for migratory birds but also for all wildlife—for the purpose of wildlife research, conservation and interpretation. Protected marine areas – which will likely be called “Marine Wildlife Areas” – extend the NWA concept beyond the territorial sea out to the 200 nautical mile limit (with the passage of the Oceans Actwithin the EEZ) They are also provided for in the Canada Wildlife Act but require a different regulatory regime. Migratory bird sanctuaries, established under the Migratory Birds Convention Act, seek to conserve the diversity of migratory birds by controlling human activities within important areas that are managed for the protection of birds.

This suite of mechanisms provides Canada with the opportunity to protect important coastal and offshore marine areas having significant seasonal concentrations of marine birds and other wildlife. These include areas where marine birds congregate for nesting, feeding, molting, wintering and migration stopover.

Concept

These designations aim to protect wildlife by prohibiting human activities that would be harmful to the wildlife (migratory bird sanctuaries) and to the environment (national wildlife areas, protected marine areas). Through a flexible permitting system, specific activities such as ecotourism can be allowed provided that they are compatible with wildlife conservation. The permit system allows the management regime to be tailored to the specific conditions of a given location or for a given period of time. Co-operation in wildlife management is the basis of the Canada Wildlife Act. Partnering agreements can be developed with all levels of government, communities (including aboriginal groups), and individuals both for the establishment of a protected area and for its subsequent co-operative management.

Legislation

Authority rests under the Canada Wildlife Act for the establishment of NWAs on Canada’s lands, internal waters and territorial sea. In 1994, regulation-making authority was added to the Act to allow for the establishment of protected marine areas within any fishing zone prescribed under Section 4 of the Territorial Sea and Fishing Zones Act (with the passage of the Canada Oceans Act, the Canada Wildlife Act will be amended to refer to the EEZ). A regulation has not yet been developed for protected marine areas.

In the Canada Wildlife Act, wildlife includes any animal, plant or other organism belonging to a wild species and also the habitat of any wild animal, plant or other organism. Owing to federal and international responsibilities for migratory birds, the focus of protected areas has been primarily on migratory birds, although sites are managed for the benefit of all wildlife occurring in the area.

Under the Migratory Birds Convention Act, the Governor in Council may make regulations prescribing protection areas for migratory birds and nests, and for the control and management of those areas. These areas may be established on Canada’s lands, internal waters and territorial sea.

Status of the Marine Component of Wildlife Marine Protected Areas

A number of migratory bird sanctuaries have marine components, usually in coastal situations. A number of NWAs are coastal wetlands. The first primarily marine national wildlife area was designated in 1995 in the Northwest Territories. A second marine national wildlife area—a joint proposal between EC, DFO, Inuit agencies and others—is nearing designation in 1996. Other areas are under consideration.


Back to top

Appendix D – The MPA Proposal

The preliminary proposal would provide information necessary to describe the proposed MPA and evaluate its potential. It would include the following information:

  • a statement of significance that justifies the area as a potential MPA including information related to the purposes defined for MPAs in the Oceans Act
  • the suggested location and proposed boundaries of the area
  • environmental and ecological information such as important natural processes, species present, habitat characteristics, and special features, e.g., upwellings, nutrient rich areas
  • social and economic characteristics within and near the area, including potential human activity impacts on the area and present and historical known uses
  • clearly document past and present commercial fishing activities and opportunities and have an analysis of impact on the commercial fishery and options to reduce this impact
  • suggestions as to how the proposed MPA would be managed, including assessment of management capabilities and proposals for enforcement
  • description and listing of interested groups or individuals in the development of an MPA
  • an outline of proposed zones including restrictions and prohibited activities within each zone
  • research needs including suggested approaches for monitoring and assessing the success of the MPA in meeting its objectives, and for evaluating the environmental and socioeconomic effects and benefits of the MPA
  • estimate of costs and possible funding opportunities for management of the MPA

Back to top

ENDNOTES FROM TEXT:

1 Kelleher, G. and Kenchington, R.A. 1992. Guidelines for Establishing Marine Protected Areas. A Marine Conservation and Development Report. Gland, Switzerland: IUCN.
2 A full description of the National Marine Conservation Area Program developed under Canadian Heritage is documented in Parks Canada (1995) “Sea to Sea to Sea: Canada’s National Marine Conservation System Plan. Parks Canada: Hull.
3 A full description of the marine conservation programs developed under Environment Canada is documented in Zurbrigg, E. (1996). Towards an Environment Canada Stratgegy for Coastal and Marine Protected Areas. Canadian Wildlfe Service: Hull.
4 Clark, C.W., Lauck, T. and Munro, G.R. (In Press) Managing uncertain fishery resources: The case for fully protected marine reserves. and Rowley, R.J. (1994). Marine Reserves in Fisheries Management. Aquatic Conservation: Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems. Vol. 4, pp. 233-254.
5 Rowley, R.J. (1994). Marine Reserves in Fisheries Management. Aquatic Conservation: Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems. Vol. 4, pp. 233-254.
6 Shackel, N. and Lien, J. (1995). An Under-Utilized Conservation Option for fisheries managersL Marine Protected Areas in the Northwest Atlantic. In. Marine Protected Areas and Sustainable Fisheries. Proceedings of the Symposium on Marine Protected Areas and Sustainable Fisheries conducted at the Second International Conference on Science and the Management of Protected Areas held at Dalhousie, Halifax, Nova Scotia, May 16-20, 1994. Science and Management of Protected Areas Association, Wolfville, pp. 21-31.
7 Campbell, A. and Pezzack, D.S. (1986). Relative egg production and abundance of berried lobsters, Homarus americanus, in the Bay of Fundy and off southwestern Nova Scotia. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 43:2190-2196.
8 Wilson, E.O. (1993). The creation of ecosystems. The Diversity of Life. New York: W.W. Norton & Company.
9 Vatn, A. and Bromley, D.W. (1994). Choices without prices without apologies. Journal of Environmental Economics and Management. 26, pp. 129-148.
10 The steps in this process are further detailed in Salm, R.V. and Clark, J.R. (1989). Marine and Coastal Protected Areas: A Guide for Planners and Managers. Gland, Switzerland: IUCN and Kelleher, G. and Kenchington, R.A. (1992). Guidelines for Establishing Marine Protected Areas. A Marine Conservation and Development Report. Gland, Switzerland: IUCN.
11 Barchard, W.W. and Hildebrand, L.P. (1993). Canada’s Atlantic Coastal Action Program: A community-based approach to coastal management. In. Coastlines of Canada (Ed. Hildebrand, L.P.). American Society of Civil Engineers: New York.
12 Somerton, D.A. and Jones, J. (1984). A cost-benefit method of determining optimal closed fishing areas to reduce trawl catch of prohibited species. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences. 41, pp. 93-98.


Back to top

7.0 CONTACTS ON MARINE PROTECTED AREAS

Back to top

Internet Access:

You may obtain additional copies of the Discussion Paper on the Department of Fisheries Oceans internet site http://www.dfo-mpo.gc.ca

Back to top

racerocks.com home page
Sitemap Contact
webmaster:
Garry Fletcher
Copyright

Conserving Marine Ecosystems- taken from Biodiversity in British Columbia

Excerpt from: Michael Hawkes, M.W. 1994. Conserving Marine Ecosystems: Are British Columbia’s Marine Protected Areas Adequate? Chap. 28 in: Biodiversity in British Columbia: Our Changing Environment, edited by E. McCullum & L. Harding. Environment Canada: Vancouver.
With permission from:
Michael W. Hawkes
Department of Botany
University of British Columbia
#3529-6270 University Blvd.
Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1 Z4

Conserving Marine Ecosystems:
Are British Columbia’s Marine Protected Areas
Adequate?

 

Despite the fact that the marine environment encompasses two-thirds of the Earth’s surface, little attention has been paid to marine conservation issues until relatively recently (Eiswerth, 1990; Hawkes, 1990 and 1992; Earle, 1991; Thorne-Miller and Catena, 199 1; MacInnis 1992; Norse, 1993). Of the 27,000 kilometres of coastline in B.C., there is not one kilometre within which all marine organisms, both commercial and non-commercial, are completely protected from harvesting. Marine protected areas are essential components of any coastal conservation strategy (Lien and Graham, 1985; Bohnsack et al., 1989; Graham, 1990: Beatley, 199 1). Dethier et al. (1989) note that,

There should be a push for the establishment of large marine preserves. There is a rapidly increasing need for areas protected from all human disturbance that can serve as natural habitats, nurseries for young, sources of spores and larvae of harvested species, and ‘controls’ for research into the impacts that we are having on our nearshore ecosystems.
 
However, the establishment of marine protected areas in Canada has been impeded by a multiplicity of jurisdictions, agencies, and legislation. Four levels of government (federal, provincial, municipal, and first nations) are involved in governing the marine environment (Table 28- 1). Different agencies and legislation control the water surface, the water body, the ocean bed, and the tidal strip and adjacent coastal land (Dorcey, 1983). More than thirty agencies and public groups were involved in the B.C. offshore hydrocarbon panel hearings (Langford et al., 1988). As well, federal, provincial, and interjurisdictional interests are not well coordinated on issues involving the coastal zone (Day and Gamble, 1990). The split between federal and provincial ownership and jurisdiction results in several areas of overlapping responsibility. “Nowhere in the coastal zone–upland, foreshore, subtidal land or wateris there a clear undisputed basis for one government to be the sole authority” (Dorcey, 1986).

 


Existing legislation requires that the relevant government own” the affected seabed before a protected area can be established (Westwater Research Centre, 1992a). Regardless of which level of government owns the land/seabed upon which a marine protected area is to be located, the federal government retains exclusive constitutional jurisdiction over: issues transcending international boundaries, navigation (Transport Canada), marine pollution (Environment Canada), migratory birds (Environment Canada) and the conservation and management of all organisms in the water column (Department of Fisheries and Oceans). Depending on the location of aged the protected area, First Nations may also have rights to resources and land.

 

Table 28-1: Some Major Jurisdictions Responsible for the Coastal Marine Environment.

Federal Government
1. Fisheries, finfish and shellfish (includes all invertebrates), and marine mammals,
Department of Fisheries and Oceans
2. Shipping and navigation, Transport Canada
3. National Marine Parks, Canadian Heritage (Parks Service)
4. Migratory birds, Environment Canada (Canadian Wildlife Service)
5. Marine pollution, Environment Canada (Environmental Protection Service)
6. Energy and mineral resources, Energy, Mines and Resources Canada
Provincial Government
1. Marine plants, Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries 197
2. Sea bed, jurisdiction sometimes disputed between the federal and First Nations governments. Ownership of the seabed in territorial waters is disputed between federal and provincial governments, as are exploitation rights to the sea bed on the continental shelf.
3. Environmental protection, Ministry of Environment, Lands and Parks
4. Provincial marine parks and provincial marine ecological reserves, Ministry of Environment, Lands and Parks.

Municipal Government

First Nations Governmen

 

To review the current status of marine protected areas in B.C., let us look at national marine parks, provincial marine parks and are provincial ecological reserves.

 

National Marine Park Reserves

The National Marine Parks Policy allows for multiple use, unlike terrestrial national parks, which are strict preserves. Multiple use is regulated under a zoning system as follows (Environment Canada, 1986): Zone I – Preservation, Zone II – Natural environment, Zone III – Recreation, Zone IV – General use, and Zone V – Park services. Only Zone I is given complete preserve status. A draft of proposed revisions to Canadian Parks Service policies (dated June 15, 1993) proposes a three zone system and a name change from national marine parks to national marine conservation areas. However, concern remains centred around the fact that,

Fisheries will continue in marine parks, subject to protecting the ecosystem, to maintaining viable fish stocks and to attaining the purpose and objectives of the park …. Jurisdiction over fisheries will, therefore, remain with theMinister of Fisheries and Oceans (Environment Canada, 1986).


To date, B.C. does not have any full-fledged national marine parks: rather, there is one national marine park reserve and a national park reserve with a marine component. Substantial areas
of three of the five marine regions in British Columbia are partially protected (Lien, 1989) by the marine component of Pacific Rim National Park Reserve on the outer coast of Vancouver Island (Fig
ure 28- 1), and Gwaii Haanas/South Moresby National Marine Park Reserve (Figure 28-2) on the southem portion of Haida Gwaii (Queen
Charlotte Islands).

Portions of this paper have been adapted from Hawkes (1990) and Hawkes (1992).

Pacific Rim National Park Reserve

On the exposed west coast of Vancouver Island, Pacific Rim National Park Reserve has a marine component that is 155.4 square kilometres in extent and is divided into three segments: Long Beach, the Broken Group Islands, and the West Coast Trail. An initial agreement to establish Pacific Rim National Park was signed by the federal and provincial governments on April 21, 1970. This agreement was subsequently amended on March 27, 1973, October 2 1, 1977, and February 19, 1987, (personal communication on Sept 6, 1990 with Claude Mondor, Environment Canada, Parks Service).

Under amendments to the National Park Act made in 1988, it became necessary to proclaim Pacific Rim as a National Park Reserve until resolution of the Nuu-chah-nulth Tribal Council native land claim, which includes all the land and marine environment within Pacific Rim. To date (January, 1993), however, Pacific Rim still has not been proclaimed in Parliament (personal communication on January 14, 1993 with Bill Henwood, Environment Canada, Parks Service). Once it is proclaimed, the National Park Act will apply to Pacific Rim National Park Reserve as if it were a national park. The terrestrial portion of the Park is being managed under the National Park Policy whereas the marine component is being managed under the National Marine Parks Policy (Environment Canada, 1991).

Current status of the fisheries in Pacific Rim National Park Reserve is as follows. The only commercial fin fisheries that are open are salmon and herring roe-on-kelp. All commercial invertebrate fisheries are closed except for Dungeness crab (Cancer magister) and squid (Loligo opalescens). The recreational fin fishery and invertebrate fishery are both open, but an application was made by Parks

Figure 28-1. Location of Pacific Rim National Park Reserve. Source: Environment Canada 1991, p.3.
Figure 28-2. Proposed Boundaries for Gwaii Haanas/South Moresby National Marine Park Reserve. Source: Claude Mondor, Parks Canada
 
Canada (September, 1991) to the Department of Fisheries and Oceans requesting closure of all recreational invertebrate fisheries and the recreational rockfish fishery. As of January 1993, no closures have been made (personal communication on January 14, 1993 with Bill Henwood, Environment Canada, Parks Service).

Gwaii-Haanas/South Moresby National Marine Park Reserve

A Federal – Provincial Agreement (Canada and British Columbia 1988) established the Haanas/South Moresby National Park Reserve and National Marine Park Reserve on July 12, 1988. The Canada/Haida agreement for joint management of the park was signed in 1992. The proposed marine park boundaries extend between six and ten kilometres from the coast and cover an area of 3,180 square kilometres, thereby encompassing a diversity of west coast marine environments. These boundaries are tentative, pending completion of offshore energy and mineral resource assessments (Lien, 1989). Petroleum and mineral resource assessments were finished in 1992, and final marine park boundaries were to be set by December 31, 1992 (personal communication on Sept 6, 1991 with Claude Mondor, Environment Canada, Parks Service). However, discussions between Parks Canada, the Haida Nation, and the Ministry of Energy, Mines, and Resources are still ongoing and it is expected that final park boundaries will be established sometime in 1993 (personal communication on January 14, 1993, with Bill Henwood, Environment Canada, Parks Service).

British Columbian Provincial Parks With Marine Components

Provincial marine parks, ecological reserves, and recreation areas that have marine components are subject to all of the jurisdictional complexities mentioned previously. Of key importance is the fact that the province lacks complete legislative and jurisdictional authority over the marine organisms and the marine environment in its parks. Pursuant to The Constitution Act (Canada, 1982), as amended, jurisdiction over harvesting of organisms (except for marine plants) in such marine protected areas rests with the federal Department of Fisheries and Oceans. The Department of Fisheries and Oceans has not invoked complete closures on the commercial and recreational harvesting of all fish and invertebrates in provincial marine protected areas. Several marine protected areas have no closures at all. Youds (1985) noted, “the marine conservation value of foreshore and subtidal provincial parkland [is] more symbolic than substantive.” Recent initiatives are, however, improving this situation.

Thirty-one coastal provincial parks are listed on the Coastal Marine Parks of British Columbia map (BC Parks, 1989a). Forty-two percent of these parks are exclusively terrestrial, with no foreshore or subtidal component. Cape Scott, which has a large foreshore and subtidal component, is not listed because it is treated as a wilderness park (Youds, 1985). The primary focus of these parks is the recreational boater (Deardon, 1985; Chettleburgh, 1985) and not the preservation of representative marine ecosystems or biodiversity.

Parks Plan 90 (BC Parks, 1990a) offered little hope for improvement in the representation and protection of marine environments in the provincial parks system. In Landscapes for B.C. Parks (BC Parks, 1990a) it was stated that,

It is a reasonable argument that park visitors, being largely land-based (even if they are boating or diving), are not inclined to seek recreational or appreciative experiences in these offshore, oceanic areas. These are areas of industrial interest (commercial fishing, shipping) but of marginal direct interest to the general public. Furthermore, the provincial Park Act has significant jurisdictional limitations in such areas. Therefore, it has been concluded that at this time offshore marine environments should be excluded from the Landscapes system and from consideration within the provincial parks system.

At present (December, 1993), there are 50 Class A provincial parks and 3 recreational areas that have an inter-tidal and/or subtidal component, totalling 92,399 hectares of marine waters (Table 28-2). Since Parks Plan 90 was written, BC Parks has recently shown renewed interest in provincial marine protected areas. The recent establishment of Broughton Archipelago Marine Park, which encompasses a large area of marine waters, constitutes a significant step toward more adequately protecting marine ecosystems and biodiversity.

British Columbian Ecological Reserves With Marine Components

In 1971, the Ecological Reserves Act was passed, formalizing the B.C. Ecological Reserves Program. Setting aside important, unique, or representative ecosystems and species is the main objective, with conservation and research being the primary function of the Ecological Reserves Program (BC Parks, 1989b). Most reserves are open to the public for non-destructive observational use but, unlike provincial parks, they are not created for outdoor recreation.

Of the 134 ecological reserves established in B.C. to date, 15 have intertidal and/or subtidal areas (Table 28-3). Only 13 of these are presently included in the ecological reserves system because reserves #95 and #96 have been transferred to federal jurisdiction to be included in Gwaii Haanas/S. Moresby National Park Reserve and National Marine Park Reserve. The 13 marine ecological reserves include estuarine, semi-protected, and exposed sites, as well as south and north coast localities. Most of these reserves are small (50-350 hectares), which brings up the whole question of the minimum reserve size necessary to maintain viable populations, a topic much discussed in the conservation biology literature (Gilpin and SoulŽ, 1986; Newmark, 1987, Usher, 1987). However, some of the smaller reserves seem appropriate for protecting local, unique, or especially diverse habitats, such as Race Rocks (reserve #97), Kerouard Islands, (reserve #96), and Pine, Storm, Tree Islands (reserve # 120).

The 13 ecological reserves include 47,697 hectares of marine waters. Two of them are noteworthy for their size and extensive subtidal areas: Byers, Conroy, Harvey, and Sinnett Islands (reserve # 103) and Checleset Bay (reserve # 109). The Checleset Bay Ecological Reserve is over 98% marine, runs 30 kilometres from east to west, and covers a total area of 346.5 square kilometres. It includes diverse habitats, both intertidal and subtidal. This showpiece reserve was set aside December 10, 1981 to provide sufficient high-quality marine habitat for reintroduced sea otters (Enhydra lutris), an endangered species.

Race Rocks (Ecological Reserve #97) in the Strait of Juan de Fuca has the most protected status of any marine protected area in the province. It is closed (by the Department of Fisheries and Oceans) to the commercial and recreational harvesting of all marine life except for recreational (sport) fishing of salmon and halibut. (Ed note: now closed to all in 2006–due to RockFish protection areas) The reasoning behind this decision is that salmon and halibut are migratory finfish and, therefore, transient in the reserve, so closing these fisheries in the reserve will do nothing to conserve these species. However, accidental catch of resident fish in the reserve, especially rockfish, is a matter of concern.

An additional 12 ecological reserves which do not contain marine waters do nevertheless, protect important marine features and organisms, such as seabird colonies and seal or sea lion haul-out sites. Collectively, provincial marine parks and ecological reserves cover 0.06% of B.C.’s marine environment (out to the 12 mile limit).

Name of Park or Recreational Area Area (ha) of Marine Component
Botanical Beach 120.0
Brooks Peninsula (R.A.) 5,832.0
Broughton Archipelago Marine Park 10,034.0
Cape Scott Park 1,450.0
Codville Lagoon Marine Park 315.0
Copeland Islands Marine Park 257.0
Cormorant Channel Provincial Park 505.0
Desolation Sound Marine Park 2,550.0
Echo Bay 0.5
Fjordland (R.A.) 6,645.0
Gabriola Sands 4.5
Garden Bay 0.5
Green Inlet Marine Park 17.9
Hakai (R.A.) 56,987.0
Halkett Bay 19.0
Harmony Islands Marine Park 26.0
Helliwell Provincial Park 2,803.0
Jackson Narrows Marine Park 30.0
Kitson Island 24.7
Klewnuggit Inlet Marine Park 304.0
Lowe Inlet Marine Park 212.0
Manson’s Landing 53.0
Miracle Beach Park 27.5
Mitlenatch I. Nature Park 119.0
Montague Harbour Marine Par k 3.0
Naikoon Park 216.0
Newcastle Island Marine Park 34.0
Octopus Islands 43.0
Oliver Cove Marine Park 26.0
Parkinson Creek 80.0
Penrose Island Marine Park 1,079.0
Pirate’s Cove Marine Park 7.0
Plumper Cove Marine Park 33.5
Porteau Cove 45.5
Princess Louisa Marine Park 27.0
Princess Margaret Marine Park 340.0
Raft Cove 265.0
Rathtrevor Beach Park 240.0
Rebecca Spit Marine Park 156.0
Roscoe Bay 47.0
Rugged Point 150.0
Saltery Bay 30.0
Sandwell 9.0
Sidney Spit Marine Park 177.0
Smuggler Cove Marine Park 16.0
Teakerne Arm 10.7
Thurston Bay Marine Park 80.0
Tribune Bay Park 23.0
Union Passage Marine Park 395.0
Wallace Island 0.2
Walsh Cove 46.0
Whaleboat Island 7.0
Winter Cove 16.0

Table 28-2: Provincial Parks and Recreation Areas with Marine Components

Reserve Number Reserve Name and Location Description
Area (ha) of Marine
Component
24.
Baeria Rocks, Barkley Sound
Seabird colony and subtidal marine life
48.00
45. V.J. Krajina, W. coast Graham I. Virgin marine shoreline 100.00
66. Ten Mile Point, Victoria Inter- and subtidal marine life 10.00
67. Satellite Channel, between Saltspring Island and Saanich Peninsula Subtidal marine life 343.30
94. Oak Bay Islands, east of Victoria Seabirds and marine life 163.00
*95
Anthony Island, south of Gwaii Haanas (South Moresby) Seabird colony
*96. Kerouard Islands, south of Gwaii Haanas (S. Moresby) Seabird colony
97 Race Rocks, southwest of Victoria Outstanding marine community,
sea-lion haul-out, seabirds
200.00
103. Byers, Conroy, Harvey & Sinnett Islands, Hecate Strait Important seabird and marine mammal breeding areas 11,780.00
109. Checleset Bay, northwest of Kyuquot, Vancouver Island Extensive marine shoreline, reefs and islets provide habitat for BC’s prime sea otter population; seabirds, marine life 33,150.00
111. Robson Bight (Michael Bigg), Johnstone Strait Killer whales and a crucial part of
their habitat; pristine estuary
1,248.00
119. Tahsish River, west coast of Vancouver Island, south of Port McNeill Pristine westcoast estuary 50.00
120. Duke of Edinburgh (Pine/Storm/Tree Islands), northwest of Port Hardy, Vancouver Island Largest seabird nesting colony in BC; spectacular inter- and subtidal marine life 535.00
121. Brackman Island, north of Sidney, Vancouver Island Inter- and subtidal marine life 30.00
129. Klaskish River, southwest of Port Alice, Vancouver Island Estuary with native oysters 40.00
. * now part of Gwaii Haanas/South Morsbv National Park Reserve and National Marine Park Reserve

Table 28-3: B.C. Ecological Reserves with Marine Components.

Inadequacy of Existing Marine Protected Areas

 

Is marine biodiversity adequately protected and are marine ecosystems adequately represented by our present system of marine protected areas? The answer has to be an unequivocal no. Existing areas have not been established with uniform biological criteria or an overview of the region. Few, if any, protect entire ecosystems (especially the land/sea interface), and the organisms in existing areas are inadequately protected.

As an example of the management problems common to marine protected areas in B.C., I would like to briefly review three of the marine ecological reserves: Baeria Rocks, Checleset Bay, and Robson Bight (Michael Bigg). In these three cases, the management problems (identified in the Management Statements produced by the Ecological Reserves Program [BC Parks, 1990b]) arise from the jurisdictional complexities in the marine environment, and the failure of other agencies, in particular the Department of Fisheries and Oceans, to establish complete protection, through closures, for all marine organisms in these reserves.

 

Baeria Rocks

 

Recreational fishing under the jurisdiction of the Department of Fisheries and Oceans (federal) has wiped out the entire adult rockfish population. Rockfish populations are in trouble in other areas of the coast, too. These fish are long-lived and resident; many live 70-80 years and don’t reach reproductive maturity until 20 years of age (personal communication on August 29, 1990 with Andy Lamb, Department of Fisheries and Oceans).

 

Checleset Bay

Clearcut logging under the jurisdiction of the provincial Ministry of Forests has negatively impacted the reserve through increased runoff and ocean turbidity. The infamous clearcut on Mt. Paxton, which was portrayed as a three page foldout in National Geographic Magazine (Findley, 1990), borders on Checleset Bay. Until recently, both finfish and shellfish harvesting, under the jurisdiction of the federal Department of Fisheries and Oceans, were occurring in the reserve. Marine charts do not indicate the existence of this (or any other) marine reserve, and logging barge traffic, which is under the jurisdiction of Transport Canada (federal), traverses the reserve.

 

Robson Bight (Michael Bigg)

In the Tsitika Valley, clearcuts made under the jurisdiction of the provincial Ministry of Forests are the big concern, as they may lead to increased erosion and sedimentation in the estuary. On October 3, 1990, the Federal government (Department of Fisheries and Oceans) recommended a moratorium on all logging in the area. The federal /provincial Johnstone Strait Killer Whale Committee final report released in June 1992 (Canada and British Columbia,1992) recommended an immediate five year moratorium on all forest harvesting in the lower Tsitika. Other highlights of the twenty-seven management recommendations in the report are: the Department of Fisheries and Oceans should immediately designate a Special Management Zone in the killer whale (Orcinus orca) core area of western Johnstone Strait: BC Parks should expand the land portion of the Ecological Reserve south and cast to provide a better buffer for the rubbing beaches, and expand the marine portion of the Reserve one kilometre east; Department of Fisheries and Oceans should eliminate mooring and commercial fishing within the expanded boundaries of the marine portion of the Ecological Reserve; the Reserve should be closed to all vessels, except by permit: and Department of Fisheries and Oceans should manage salmon stocks in a conservative manner in this area.

The management issues in both Checleset Bay and Robson Bight (Michael Bigg) underscore the need to protect whole ecosystems, not just individual species or portions of their immediate habitat. Yet, the many different levels of government with jurisdictional control over different parts of a single ecosystem are managing on a species rather than on an ecosystem basis.

Nor will simply setting aside marine protected areas be enough to preserve the biota. Monitoring and further research into individual species biology and ecosystem dynamics are particularly needed. So also are much more knowledge about the basic stewardship of protected areas (Deblinger and Jenkings, 1991) and significantly enhanced cooperation between provincial, federal, municipal and First Nations governments, including a more formal mechanism for facilitating cooperation on a regular basis (Westwater Research Centre, 1992b).

Even if marine protected areas within British Columbia were given complete sanctuary status, which they should be, they still would be inadequate for protecting much of the marine life within their boundaries if the marine environment outside their boundaries is not being utilized in a sustainable fashion. International transboundary issues with Alaska and Washington State are also a concern (Across the Border, 1992).

Threats to Marine Biodiversity

We do not have a history of sustainably managing living marine resources. Eradication of the sea otter from our coast around the turn of the century and the consequent sea urchin population explosion has left us with highly modified, rocky nearshore ecosystems that are much lower in seaweed biomass and diversity, than they should be (Chapter 11, this volume). By the early 1900s, whaling had eliminated humpback whale (Megaptera novaeangliae) populations from the Strait of Georgia (Merilees, 1985). Before 1913, over 3,800 Steller’s sea lions (Eumetopias jubatus) used the islands of The Sea Otter Group in the Scott Islands as a breeding rookery. Between 1913 and 1938, the Department of Fisheries and Oceans machine-gunned 29,800 animals, resulting in the permanent demise of The Sea Otter Group rookery (Obee and Ellis, 1992). The three remaining sea lion rookeries in the Scott Islands are the most important ones along the B.C. coast. The current population of Steller’s sea lions is only about one third of its former size, and the population has not recovered appreciably since being protected in 1970 (Olesiuk and Bigg, 1988).

Due to poor recruitment of young abalone into the population, both the commercial and recreational fisheries for northern abalone (Hatiotis kamtschatkana) are closed for five years (Department of Fisheries and Oceans, 1990a). Many other non-traditional invertebrate species such as the geoduck clam (Panopea generosa), red sea urchin (Stongylocentrotus

franciscanus) and sea cucumber (Stichopus califomicus) represent “gold-rush” fisheries that are being operated on an experimental basis because their biology is incompletely known (Jamieson and Francis, 1986). Many of these species are locally ecologically important because they affect the distribution and abundance of other organisms in the system. Giant geoduck clams have an average age of seventy years and may live as long as one hundred and forty years (Jamieson and Francis, 1986). These clams are being harvested by divers using a technique that is the underwater equivalent of strip-mining.

Due to declining stocks, the commercial lingcod (Ophiodon elongatus) fishery in the Strait of Georgia is closed and strict size limits have been instituted for the sport fishery (Department of Fisheries and Oceans, 1990b). Rockfish populations throughout the coast have shown drastic declines, over the past twenty years, due to overfishing (personal communication on October 29, 1992 with Bernie Hanby, Sport Fishing Advisory Board).

Sources of pollutants in the B.C. marine environment include municipal effluent (point-source and non point-source), dumping of dredged material, pulp and paper mill discharges, mine tailings, oil spills and related environmental mishaps. Despite government assurances (Langford et al., 1988) that marine environmental quality has declined along only a small percentage of the B.C. coastline, there is cause for serious concern because the chronic, sublethal toxic and synergistic effects of pollutants in B.C.’s marine ecosystems are poorly understood (Kay, 1989).

In the most recent synopsis of marine environmental quality on the Pacific Coast, Wells and Rolston (1991) state, “Signs of widespread ecosystem stress have been detected and degradation is pronounced in many inshore waters along the coast.” Dioxins/ furans and other organochlorine discharges from pulp mills are recent examples of land-based marine pollution that have had a significant local impact on marine organisms and associated fisheries in B.C. Chlorinated organic chemicals are also becoming more widespread through bioaccumulation in migratory seabirds and marine mammals (Wells and Rolston, 1991).

Some of the competing and potentially incompatible uses of the marine environment are summarized in Table 28-4. At present, all these uses are under the jurisdiction and control of various levels of government, different agencies, and legislation. Because the land and sea portions of the coastal zone have been managed separately, often with an ad-hoe approach, the ecological integrity of the zone has not always been adequately protected (Ray, 1988 and 1991). This fragmented approach has left us without an adequate overview of coastal zone planning, use, and management (Hildebrand, 1989).

1) Preservation/Conservation of wilderness, biodiversity, & unique or representative marine ecosystems

2) Marine environmental education areas

3) Scientific research areas

4) Preservation of the cultural heritage of first nations people

5) Historic sites

6) Recreation areas/tourism

7) Fisheries (finfish, invertebrates, marine plants)

8) Mariculture sites

9) Port sites

10) Oil & gas exploration/extraction

11) Mineral extraction

12) Ocean dumping

13)Discharge of pollutants (land-based, from point source & non-point source)

14) Marine transportation

15) Log handling

16) Undersea pipelines & transmission lines

17) Military uses

Table 28-4: Competing and Potentially Incompatible Uses of the Marine Environment.

Day and Gamble (1990) made a number of innovative recommendations for improving the approach to coastal zone management in British Columbia, but few if any have been acted on. As C™tŽ (1989) pointed out, our policies for addressing problems in the coastal zone are largely focused on symptoms rather than causes.

Coastal Zone Stewardship

Our dealings with the marine environment have tended to be exploitative, with emphasis on short-term gain rather than long-term sustainability. We need to transform ourselves from “gold-rush fishers” to responsible stewards of our marine environment and its diverse biological treasures. Integrated coastal planning, to date, has tended to focus on a relatively few major river estuaries, such as the Fraser (Dorcey, 1991), the Squamish, and the Cowichan (Morgan et al., 1988). There is now an urgent need to extend this approach to the entire B.C. coast. Four key steps are needed to do so.

First, coastal zone planning, research, and management need to be coordinated and a coastal ecosystem classification scheme and inventory developed. Similar recommendations were made fifteen years ago by The Coastal Zone Resource Subcommittee (1 977a) but, regrettably, these have been largely ignored. The marine and estuarine habitat classification system developed by Dethier (1990) for Washington State could be adapted for use in B.C. Existing baseline information should be compiled and data gaps identified, as was done by the Coastal Zone Resource Subcommittee (1977b). Wherever possible, data should be incorporated into a central data base with GIS (Geographic Information System) capability, so that maps providing information specific to a particular location can be generated. The provincial Ministry of the Environment’s Environmental Emergency Services Branch has developed such a marine data base for its Oil Spill Shoreline Sensitivity Model. At present, though, this data base is limited to the south coast and its main purpose is to identify shorelines sensitive to oil spills and cleanup operations (Howes and Wainwright, 1992). Only in this way will it be possible to determine the status of marine conservation and use in B.C.’s coastal zone.

The second step should be to ensure that the system of marine protected areas adequately represents genetic, species and ecosystem diversity. The Endangered Spaces Project’s (Earthlife Canada Foundation, 1991) land-use planning proposal for the Province of B.C. would provide an excellent framework for such an undertaking for the marine environment.

It is hoped that the new provincial Protected Areas Strategy (BC Parks and Ministry of Forests, 1992) will address marine protected area issues. Since conservation proposals for terrestrial ecosystems recommend preservation of twelve percent of the land-base (Brundfland, 1987), we should also set a goal of preserving, in marine protected areas, twelve percent (by area and content) of all marine assets in the coastal zone of B.C. These areas should be one hundred percent protected from consumptive use of any marine organisms. Other jurisdictions are far ahead of us in marine conservation. New Zealand is targeting ten percent of its coastal marine environment to be set aside in marine reserves (Ballantine, 1991) and complete marine fishery reserves are being proposed for the southeast coast of the United States (Plan Development Team, 1990). Bohnsack (1992) has presented extensive evidence that such reserves are the best method for protecting biodiversity and natural community equilibrium.

The third step should be to allocate more money for research on the basic biology and population dynamics of fish, invertebrates, marine mammals, and marine plants. Improved stewardship of the coastal zone also depends on experimental research into ecosystem function (Dorcey, 1983).

Fisheries often have been managed to maximize economic returns, frequently with inadequate knowledge of the biology of harvested species or consideration of the effects of harvesting on the rest of the ecosystem. As noted by Jamieson and Caddy (1986) “Economic considerations form the bottom line of most management situations…” However, Jamieson (1986) cautions that “most invertebrate fisheries, then, will never warrant or command large investments in data collection, monitoring or research, and may never be supported by data bases and assessments adequate for active management.” In view of this lack of information, experimental fisheries, such as the invertebrate fisheries and the newly established shark fishery (Pynn, 1991), should not be allowed. The shark fishery, especially, should be halted, since a recent report (Manire and Gruber, 1990) has revealed that many shark species in the United States and elsewhere may be headed toward extinction due to overfishing! There are four main problems with experimental fisheries (Dethier et al., 1989):

  1. by the time a problem is recognized (through, for example drops in catch/unit effort or in local population size), it may be serious and potentially irreversible, and
  2. it is politically difficult to close an established fishery.

The fourth and perhaps most important step is to recognize and respond to the need for increased public awareness and input on matters of coastal zone use and stewardship, in general, and marine protected areas, in particular (Kaza, 1988). There is an urgent need for conservation groups, and other non-governmental organizations, to extend their interests from their traditional terrestrial focus, or specific marine species bias, to the whole marine environment and its biota. Initiatives and groups such as the Vancouver Island Shorelines Workshop (Smiley et al., 1991; sponsored by The Federation of B.C. Naturalists and the Vancouver Island Natural History Clubs), the Marine Life Sanctuaries Society of B.C the National Marine Conservation Forum, the Canadian Parks and Wilderness Society marine protected areas resolution (Ianson and Moore, 1992), and the Westwater Research Centre’s Marine Protected Areas Workshops (Westwater Research Centre, 1992a, 1992b, and 1992c) are to be applauded. The only significant proposal for establishing more marine protected areas that I am aware of is The Valhalla Society’s Endangered Wilderness map (Valhalla Society, 1988 and 1992).

Preservation and conservation of marine biodiversity from an ecosystem perspective should be the primary objectives for coastal zone stewardship. Socio-economic and political considerations are important, but should be secondary to achieving long-term viability of natural systems in the coastal zone.

If we want to keep our marine wilderness and biodiversity intact for future generations, we need to act now.

Acknowledgements

Canadian NSERC Operating Grant 580384 supported this work. Paul Gabrielson, William Jewell College made several helpful suggestions for improving the manuscript. Andy Lamb and the Marine Life Sanctuaries Society of B.C. provided Special information on the invertebrate fisheries. Doug Swanston brought to my attention the Coast the Marine Life Sanctuaries Society archives, which contain much early correspondence on the subject of marine parks (primarily the work of Betty Pratt Johnson). The following individuals from the Ministry of Environment, Lands and Parks helped with information: Greg Chin, Kerry Joy, Kaaren Lewis, Mike Murta, Roger Norrish. and Hans Roemer. National parks people who were most helpful included: Bill Henwood and Claude Monclor. Larry Golden brought important references on marine invertebrate fisheries and marine environmental quality to my attention. Patricia Clay brought several important references on coastal zone management to my attention. Richard Kyle Paisley, Westwater Research Centre made many helpful suggestions regarding jurisdiction and legislation pertaining to the marine environment. Jim Bohnsack, US National Marine Fisheries Service, provided key literature on the ecological basis for using marine fishery reserves for reef resource management. Bill Ballantine, University of Auckland, Leigh Marine Laboratory provided inspiration and many helpful ideas regarding the establishment of marine protected areas. Denise Bonin suggested several improvements to the paper.

References

Across the Border. A Scientific Meeting on Marine Environmental Conditions in Washington and British Columbia. 1992. Synopses of Presentations (with References and List of Contacts). Western Washington University, Bellingham, Washington.

BC Parks. 1989a. Coastal Marine Parks of British Columbia. Ministry of Environment, Lands and Parks, Victoria, B.C. Map.

BC Parks. 1989b. Guide to Ecological Reserves in British Columbia. Ministry of Environment, Lands and Parks, Victoria, B.C. Map.

BC Parks. 1990a. Preserving Our Living Legacy. Parks Plan 90. Landscapes for B.C. Parks. BC Parks, Planning and Conservation Services, Victoria, B.C.

BC Parks. 1990b. Baeria Rocks, Robson Bight, and Checleset Bay Management Statements. Ecological Reserves Program, Ministry of Environment, Lands and Parks, Victoria, B.C.

BC Parks and Ministry of Forests. 1992. Towards a Protected Areas Strategy for B.C. BC Parks and Ministry of Forests, Victoria, B.C. Map With text.

Ballantine, B. 199 1 . Marine Reserves for New Zealand. Leigh Marine Laboratory Bulletin No. 25. University of Auckland, Warkworth, New Zealand.

Beatley, T. 1991. Protecting biodiversity in coastal environments: Introduction and overview. Coastal Management 19:1-19.

Bohnsack, J.A. 1992. Reef resource habitat protection: The forgotten factor. In: Stemming the 7Yde of Coastal Fish Habitat Ioss. R.H. Stroud (ed.). Marine Recreational Fisheries V. 14. pp. 117-129.

Bohnsack, J.A., H. Kumpf, E. Hobson, G. Huntsman, K.W. Able and S.V. Ralston. 1989. Report on the concept of marine wilderness. Fisheries 14:22-24.

Brundtland, G.H, (Chairperson). 1987. Our Common Future. The World Commission on Environment and Development. Oxford University Press, Oxford, England.

Canada. 1982. The Constitution Act.

Canada and British Columbia. 1988. Memorandum of Agreement between the Government of Canada and the Government of the Province of British Columbia. Government of Canada, Ottawa, Ontario.

Canada and British Columbia. 1992. Johnstone Strait Killer Whale Committee Management Recommendations. BC Parks and Department of Fisheries and Oceans, Victoria, B.C.

Chettleburgh, P. 1985. An Explorer’s Guide: Marine Parks of British Columbia. Special Interest Publications (a Division of Maclean Hunter), Vancouver, B.C.

Coastal Zone Resource Subcommittee. 1977a. 7he Management of Coastal Resources in British Columbia. Vol. 1: ‘State-of-the-Art.’ Prepared for the B.C. Land Resources Steering Committee, Minister of Supply and Services, Vancouver, B.C.

Coastal Zone Resource Subcommittee. 1977b. The Management of Coastal Resources in British Columbia Vol. 2:Review of Selected Information. Prepared for the B.C. Land Resources Steering Committee, Minister of Supply and Services, Vancouver, B.C.

C6t6, R.P. 1989. The Many Dimensions of Marine Environmental Quality. Science Council of Canada, Ottawa, Ontario.

Day, J.C. and D.B. Gamble. 1990. Coastal zone management in British Columbia: An institutional comparison with Washington, Oregon, and California. Coastal Management 18:115-141.

Deardon, P. 1985. Desolation Sound Marine Park, British Columbia. In: Marine Parks and Conservation. Challenge and Promise. J. Lien and R. Graham (eds.). Vol. 2:1-211. NPPAC Henderson Park Book Series No. 10. National and Provincial Parks Association of Canada, Toronto, Ontario. pp. 155-165.

Deblinger, R.D. and R.E. Jenkings, Jr. 1991. Preserving coastal biodiversity: the private, nonprofit approach. Coastal Management 19:103-112.

Department of Fisheries and Oceans. 1990a. Closure to Protect Abalone Stocks. 1 November news release.

Department of Fisheries and Oceans. 1990b. Lingcod Size Limit Introduced for Anglers. 10 May news release.

Dethier, M.N. 1990. A Marine and Estuarine Habitat Classification System for Washington State. Washington State Department of Natural Resources, Olympia,Washington.

Dethier, M.N., D.O. Duggins and T.F. Mumford, Jr. 1989. Harvesting of non-traditional marine resources in Washington State: trends and concerns. The Northwest Environmental Journal 5:71-87.

Dorcey, A.H.J. 1983. Coastal zone management as a bargaining process. In: Coastal Zone Management in British Columbia. B. Sadler (ed.). Cornett Occasional Papers No. 3, Department of Geography, University of Victoria, Victoria, B.C. pp. 73-89.

Dorcey, A.H.J. 1986. Bargaining in the Governance of Pacific Coastal Resources: Research and Reform. Westwater Research Centre, University of British Columbia,Vancouver, B.C.

Dorcey, A.H.J. (ed.). 1991. Water in Sustainable Development. Exploring Our Common Future in the Fraser River Basin. Westwater Research Centre, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C.

Earle, S.A. 1991. Sharks, squids, and horseshoe crabs–the significance of marine biodiversity. BinScience 41:506-509.Earthlife Canada Foundation. 1991. Endangered Spaces. Project Synopsis. Earthlife Canada Foundation, Queen Charlotte City, B.C.

Eiswerth, M.E. 1990. Marine Biological Diversity: Report of a Meeting of the Marine Biological Diversity Working Group. Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution Technical Report 90-13.

Environment Canada. 1986. National Marine Parks Policy. Minister of the Environment, Ottawa, Ontario.

Environment Canada. 1991, Background Information. Management Planning Program. Pacific Rim National Park Reserve. Environment Canada, Parks Service, Ottawa, Ontario.

Findley, R. 1990. Endangered old-growth forests. Will we save our own? National Geographic 178(3):106-136.

Gilpin, M.E. and M.E. SoulŽ. 1986. Minimum viable populations: processes of species extinction. In: Conservation Biology. The Science of Scarcity and Diversity. M.E. SoulŽ (ed.). Sinauer Association, Sunderland, Mass. pp. 19-34.

Graham, R. (ed.). 1990. Marine Ecological Areas in Canada. Perspectives of the Canadian Council on Ecological Areas Task Force on Marine Protected Areas. Occasional Paper No. 9, The Canadian Council on Ecological Areas, Ottawa, Ontario.

Hawkes, M.W. 1990. Benthic marine algal flora (seaweeds) of B.C. Diversity and conservation status. BioLine 9:18-21.

Hawkes, M.W. 1992. Conservation status of marine plants and invertebrates in British Columbia: Are our marine parks and reserves adequate? In: Community Action for Endangered Species. A public symposium on B.C.’s threatened and Endangered Species and their Habitat, 28-29 September 1991. S. Rautio (ed.).

Federation of B.C. Naturalists and Northwest Wildlife Preservation Society, Vancouver, B.C. pp. 87-101.

Hildebrand, L.P. 1989. Canada’s Experience With Coastal Zone Management. Oceans Institute, Halifax, Nova Scotia.

Howes, D and P. Wainwright. 1992. Presentation to DFO Sensitivity Mapping Workshop. Ministry of the Environment, Victoria, B.C.

Ianson, D and D. Moore. 1992. Resolution 16. Marine protected areas. Parks and Wilderness Quarterly 4(4):6-9.

Jamieson, G.S. 1986. A perspective on invertebrate fisheries management—the British Columbia experience. Canadian Special Publication of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 92~57-74.

Jamieson, G.S. and J.F. Caddy. 1986. Research advice and its application to management of invertebrate resources: an overview. Canadian Special Publication Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 92:416-424.

Jamieson, G.S. and K. Francis (eds.). 1986. Invertebrate and marine plant fishery resources of British Columbia. Canadian Special Publication of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 91, Department of Fisheries and Oceans, Ottawa, Ontario.

Kay, B.H. 1989. Pollutants in British Columbia’s Marine Environment. A Status Report. SOE Report No. 89-1. Environment Canada, Ottawa, Ontario.

Kaza. S. 1988. Community involvement in marine protected areas. Oceanus 31:75 – 81.

Langford, R.W., S. Reid, and L. Harding. 1988. Marine environmental quality in Canada: status and issues. The Pacific coast of Canada. In: Proceedings: Canadian Conference on Marine Environmental Quality. P.G. Wells and J. Gratwick (eds.). International Institute for Transportion and Ocean Policy Studies, Halifax, Nova Scotia. pp. 209-228.

Lien, J. 1989. Eau Canada! A new marine-parks system. In: Endangered Spaces. The Future For Canada’s Wilderness. M. Hummel (ed.). Key Porter Books, Toronto,Ontario. pp. 107-119.

Lien, J. and R. Graham (eds.). 1985. Marine Parks and Conservation. Challenge and Promise. Vol. 1: 1-254, Vol. 2:1-211. NPPAC Henderson Park Book Series No. 10. National and Provincial Parks Association of Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Maclnnis, J. (ed.). 1992. Saving the Oceans. Key Porter Books, Toronto, Ontario.

Manire, C.A. and S.H. Gruber. 1990. Many sharks may be headed toward extinction. Conservation Biology 4: 10-11.

Merilees, B. 1985. The Humpback Whales of Georgia Strait. Waters, Journal of the Vancouver Aquarium 8:1-24.

Morgan, B., J. O’Riordan, R.W. Langford and L. Harding. 1988. Marine environmental quality management in British Columbia. In: Proceedings: Canadian Conference on Marine Environmental Quality. P.G. Wells and J. Gratwick (eds.). International Institute for Transportion and Ocean Policy Studies, Halifax, Nova Scotia. pp. 173-183.

Newmark, W.D. 1987. A land-bridge island perspective on mammalian extinctions in western North American parks. Nature 325:430-432.

Norse, E.A. 1993. Global Marine Biological Diversity. Strategy for Building Conservation Into Decision Making. Island Press: Washington, D.C.

Obee, B. and G. Ellis. 1992. Guardians of the Whales. Vie Quest to Study Whales in the Wild. Whitecap Books, Vancouver, B.C

Olesiuk, P.F. and M.A. Bigg. 1988. Seats and Sea Lions on the British Columbia Coast Department of Fisheries and Oceans, Nanaimo, B.C.

Plan Development Team. 1990. The Potential of Marine Fisheny Reserves for Reef Fish Management in the U.S. Southern Atlantic. NOAA Technical Memorandum NMFS-SEFC-261.

Pynn, L. 1991. Shark Bait. Vancouver Sun 19 November 199 1. p. B 1 and B 14.

Ray, C. 1988. Ecological diversity in coastal zones and oceans. In: Biodiversity. E.0. Wilson (ed.). National Academy Press, Washington, D.C. pp. 36-50.

Ray, C. 1991. Coastal-zone biodiversity patterns. Bloscience 41:490-498.

Smiley, B., N. Layard, D. Carsen and S. Love (eds.). 1991. Identifying and Protecting Sensitive Shoreline and Adjacent Wetland Habitat on tire East Coast of Vancouver Island. Report of the Vancouver Island East Coast Shoreline and Adjacent Wetlands Workshop. The Federation of B.C. Naturalists, Vancouver, B.C.

Thorne-Miller, B. and J.G. Catena. 1991. 7he Living Ocean. Understanding and Protecting Marine Biodiversity. Island Press, Washington, D.C. and Covelo, California.

Usher, M.B. 1987. Effects of fragmentation on communities and populations: a review with applications to wildlife conservation. In: Nature Conservation: The Role of Remnants of Native Vegetation. D.A. Saunders et al. (eds.). Surrey Beatty and Sons, Norton, N.S.W., Australia. pp. 103-121.

Valhalla Society. 1988. British Columbia’s Endangered Wilderness. A Proposal for all an Adequate System of Totally Protected Lands. Valhalla Society, New Denver, B.C. 1:2,000,000 map with accompanying text.

Valhalla Society. 1992 (2nd revised edition). British Columbia’s Endangered Wilderness. A Comprehensive Proposal for Protection. Valhalla Society, New Denver, B.C. 1:2,000,000 map with accompanying text.

Wells, P.G. and SA Rolston (eds.). 199 1. Health of Our Oceans. A Status Report on Canadian Marine Environmental Quality. Environment Canada, Ottawa, Ontario and Dartmouth, Nova Scotia.

Westwater Research Centre. 1992a. Marine Protected Areas (MPA) in British Columbia. Options for the Future. Westwater Research Centre, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C.

Westwater Research Centre. 1992b. Marine Protected Areas (MPA) in British Columbia. Final Report to the Law Foundation of British Columbia. Westwater Research Centre, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C.

Westwater Research Centre. 1992c. Workshop Agenda. Marine Ecological Areas in British Columbia. Westwater Research Centre, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C.

Youds, K. 1985. Marine parks in British Columbia. In: Marine Parks and Conservation. Challenge and Promise. J. Lien and R. Graham (eds.). Vol. 2:1-211. NPPAC Henderson Park Book Series No. 10. National and Provincial Parks Association of Canada, Toronto, Ontario. pp. 149-156.

 

Rhysia fletcheri (a new species of colonial hydroid from Vancouver Island, BC, Canada)

Permission for reproduction of this paper has been granted by the Canadian Journal of Zoology and the Author. Color images have been taken by A.B.V. and D.M.L. and were added to this html document by G.Fletcher. 

p.401 , Vol 71, 1993 Rhysia fletcheri (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa, Rhysiidae), a new species of colonial hydroid from Vancouver Island (British Columbia, Canada) and the San Juan Archipelago (Washington, U.S.A.)A. BRINCKMANN-VOSS
Department of lnvertebrate Zoology, Royal Ontario Museum, 100 Queen’s Park, Toronto, Ont., Canada M55 2C6
And D. M. LICKEY AND C. E. MILLS, Friday Harbor laboratories, University of Washington, 620 University Road, Friday Harbor, WA 98250, U.S.A.Received February 28, 1992 Accepted September 17, 1992BRINCKMANN-VOSS, A., LICKEY, D. M., and MILLS, C. E. 1993. Rhysia fletcheri (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa, Rhysiidae), a new species of colonial hydroid from Vancouver Island (British Columbia, Canada) and the San Juan Archipelago (Washington, U.S.A.).
Can. J. Zool. 71: 401-406.

hydrfeme

A group of females

A new species of colonial athecate hydroid, Rhysia fletcheri, is described from Vancouver Island, British Columbia Canada, and from Friday Harbor, Washington, U.S.A. Its relationship to Rhysia autumnalis Brinckmann from the Mediterranean and Rhysia halecii (Hickson and Gravely) from the Antarctic and Japan is discussed. Rhysia fletcheri differs from Rhysia autumnalis and Rhysia halecii in the gastrozooid having distinctive cnidocyst clusters on its hypostome and few, thick tentacles. Most of its female gonozooids have no tentacles. Colonies of R. fletcheriare without dactylozooids. The majority of R. fletcheri colonies are found growing on large barnacles or among the hydrorhiza of large thecate hydrozoans. Rhysia fletcheri occurs in relatively sheltered waters of the San Juan Islands and on the exposed rocky coast of southern Vancouver Island.

rhysiamale

c. (a group of males.. relaxed)

rhysiamalecontr

b. -( group of males ..contracted.)

 

 

 

 

On trouvera ici la description d’un nouvelle espece d’hydroide colonial sans theque. Rhysia fletcheri, trouvee dans l’ile de Vancouver en Colombie-Britannique, Canada, et a Friday Harbor, Washington, Etats-Unis. Sa relation avec Rhysia autumnalis Brinckmann en Medlterrannee et Rhysia halecii (Hickson and Gravely), de l’Antarctique et du Japon, fait l’objet d’une discussion. Rhysia fletcheri differe des deux autres especes par la presence chez le gastrozooide de faisceaux tres particuliers de cnidocystes sur l’ hypostome et de tentacules epais et peu nombreux. La plupart des gonozooides femelles sont depourvus de tentacules. Les colonies de R. fletcheri ne comportent pas de dactylozooides. La majorite des colonies de R. Fletcheri crois sent sur les grosses balanes ou parmi les hydrorhizes des gros hydrozoaires a theque. Rhysia Fletcheri se trouve dans les eaux relativement protegees des iles San Juan et sur la cote rocheuse exposee du sud de l’ile de Vancouver. [Traduit par la redaction.]

Introduction:Colonies of a hydroid species belonging to the genus Rhysia Brinckmann, 1965 were collected off Friday Harbor in Washington State, U.S.A., from 1972 to 1992. They were found in tide pools at Race Rocks, British Columbia, Canada, and from adjacent coastal regions of Vancouver Island between 1986 and 1992. The species is referable to the hydrozoan family Rhysiidae, and to the genusRhysia, in having gonads within the body wall along one side of the gonozooid. However, it differs from previously described species of the genus in having cnidocysts arranged in clusters on the hypostome of the gastrozooid, and in having fewer and thicker tentacles on the gastrozooid, and no dactylozooids. The purpose of this paper is to provide a systematic and ecological account of Rhysia fletcheri sp.nov. The species is compared with Rhysia autumnalis Brinckmann, 1965, type species of the genus Rhysia, and with Stylactis halecii Hickson and Gravely, 1907. The latter species has lateral gonads, as doR. autumnalis and R. fletcheri sp.nov., and is assigned here to the genus Rhysia as well.ETYMOL0GY: Rhysia fletcheri is named for Garry Fletcher, senior biologist at Pearson College and voluntary warden of the Ecological Reserve of Race Rocks, British Columbia, Canada, who was instrumental in establishing Race Rocks as an Ecological Reserve in 1980.

  • Systematic account:
  • FAMILY Rhysiidae Brinckmann, 1965
  • GENUS Rhysia Brinckmann, 1965
  • Rhysia fletcheri sp.nov

 

Material examined:

rhysiaonvalve

Growing on the valves of the barnacle Balanus nubilus , female and male colony .(.click on picture) . Top left, two females, below left gastrozooids: below right – male.

Holotype: Friday Harbor, Washington, U.S.A., on Balanus nubilis attached to a tire on the side of floating docks at Friday Harbor Laboratories of the University of Washington, 0.5 m, 5 October 1984, female colony, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Cat. No. USNM 73984.

Paratypes: Race Rocks, British Columbia, Canada, on Semibalanus cariosus in tide pool, 0.5 m, 5 April 1990, male colony, Royal Ontario Museum Cat. No. ROMIZ B1164;

Friday Harbor, Washington, on hydrorhiza of a thecate hydroid colony, 10-15 m, October 1972, female colony,

Royal Ontario Museum Cat. No. ROMIZ B1165; Race Rocks, British Columbia, on Semibalanus cariosus in tide pool, 0.5 m, 15 June 1991, female and male colony, Royal British Columbia Museum Cat. No. RBCM 992-170-1.

Further material is deposited in the Natural History Museum, London, England.

Description:

Hydroid colony stolonal, arising from a creeping and anastomosing hydrorhiza. Hydrorhiza thick (averaging 0.05 mm), covered with a very thin and often virtually invisible perisarc (Fig. 2a), giving rise to gastrozooids and gonozooids. Zooids inserting with hydrorhiza via a broad base and without a neck or stem (Figs. Ia, 2a); perisarcal collar absent around bases of zooids. Gastrozooids widely scattered, occurring singly or in a loose group. Gastrozooids extremely contractile, 0.3÷1.0 mm long, appearing columnar to barrel-shaped or like a contracted sea anemone if exposed to strong light (compare Figs. Ia and 4a).

(Page 402)

rhysiafig1

Figure 1. Rhysia fletcheri, gastrozooid, relaxed, preserved. (a) Whole animal, (b) oral region. Scale bars =0.1 mm.

Gastrozocid tentacles 4 – 10, filiform, in a single whorl, 0.08 – 0.10 mm thick depending on the degree of contraction, each with more than 30 endodermal cells, cnidocysts arranged in a more or less distinct spiral (Fig. lb). Hypostome round, surrounded by a circle of 4 or 5 cnidocyst clusters that do not develop into tentacles (Figs. 2e, 2f, 4a). Gonozooids often separated from gastrozooids by several millimetres, occurring in dense clusters (Figs. 3, 4}. Gonads developing internally on one side of gonozooid, without a gonophore (Figs. 4b, 4c). Female gonozooids up to 1.1 mm high when mature (Figs. 3a÷3d); hypostome round, provided with a cap of cnidocysts, not divided into separate clusters as in gastrozooid; mouth lacking; tentacles typically lacking; in gastrozooid; mouth lacking; tentacles typically lacking; immature female gonozooids, at a stage not more than 115 the height of a mature gonozooid, being recognizable as such in showing an egg on one side. Male gonozooids develop 3 or 4 oral tentacles, which are shorter and thinner than those of gas- trozooids, each tentacle has up to 10 endodermal cells and bears cnidocysts at the tip only, some with thickened tips(Figs. 2c, 4b) because of the presence of larger numbers of cnidocysts (this varies among colonies); hypostome of males round, more conical than in females, provided with evenly distributed cnidocysts, unlike the cnidocyst clusters typical of gastrozooids; mouth lacking. Male gonozooids with mature gonads sometimes exceeding gastrozooids in length, reaching a maximum of 1.5 mm.

Dactylozooids absent.

Gastrozooids and gonozooids pink to orange, due to the colour of the endoderm; tentacles and hypostomes milky white; eggs and planulae peach coloured; male gonads milky white in early stages, iridescent in later stages.

rhysiagastrozooidCnidocysts: large microbasic euryteles (average 10; 20.2/1 9.6 um) (height/diameter) when exploded; small microbasic euryteles (average 10; 9.6/4.8 um when exploded); desmonemes (not measured).

 

 

Continue reading

Race Rocks Ecological Overview Index

Ecological Reserve Proposal and Workshop – April 1979
Background Information of the role of Lester Pearson College in the Formation of the RR Ecological reserve
Proposal for Marine Protected Area at William Head
Long Term Monitoring Proposal- Jane Watson
Sampling Program – Jane Watson
Conserving Marine Ecosystems— from Biodiversity in British Columbia
Protected Areas Act of British Columbia
The Juan de Fuca Marine Park 1975
Race Rocks National Park – 1975